Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout18-Development ServicesCITY OF SAN BERNARDINO REQUEST FOR COUNCIL ACTION From: Valerie C. Ross, Director Subject: Resolution awarding a contract to Hood Corporation for Construction of Underground Dept: Development Services (Dry) Utilities in Mill Street east of Waterman Avenue to Doolittle Drive (SS07- Date: May 18, 2007 18), per Project Plan No. 11747. File Nos. 8.09-7700 MCC Date: June 18, 2007 Synopsis of Previous Couucil Action: August 2006 The Mayor and Common Council approved FY 2006-07 CIP Budget. Recommended Motion: Adopt Resolution. V GuPr1,CU ~/• 7~A~ Valerie C. Ross Contact Person: Mark Lancaster, Deputy Director/City Engineer Phone: 3305 Supporting data attached: Staff Report, Resolution & ~~Iap Ward: 1 FUNDING REQUIREMENTS: Amount: S 340,000 Source: (Acct. Nos.) 242-362-5504-7700 Acct. Description: Doolittle & Mill -Underground Utilities Finance: Council Notes: ~ ~ I~ ~7 ~~ Agenda Item No. CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO REQUEST FOR COUNCIL ACTION STAFF REPORT Subject: Resolution awazding a contract to Hood Corporation for Construction of Underground (Iary) Utilities in Mill Street east of Waterman Avenue to Doolittle Drive (SS07-18), per Project Plan No. 11747. Background: On August 7, 2006, the Mayor and Common Council allocated funds, as part of the FY 2006/07 Capital Improvement Program (CIP) for "Undergrounding of Overhead Utilities at Doolittle Drive and Mill Street. (SS07-18). This project consists of the following: 1. Installation of conduits, pull boxes and service laterals. 2. Roadway improvements. The developer was required to do this undergrounding as a part of the project. Due to time constraints, the City allowed the developer to deposit funds for the work and the City would complete the undergrounding of utilities in conjunction with a project to signalize the intersection of Mill Street and Doolittle Drive (TC06-01). This project is fully funded by developer. The plans and specifications for this project were completed and the project was opened to public bidding on April 13, 2007. The project was advertised locally in the San Bernazdino County Sun Newspaper, F. W. Dodge, Construction Bid Boazd, High Desert Plan Room, San Diego Daily Transcript, Sub-Hub Online Plan Room, Reed Construction Data, Bid America Online, Construction Bid Source, Bid Ocean, the City's web sites, and with the San Bernardino Area Chamber of Commerce. Based on review of the sealed competitive bids received, staff has determined Hood Corporation of .Norco, the apparent low bidder, has met the minimum requirements of the specifications and bid guidelines; and, therefore, recommends that the Mayor and Common Council award the referenced contract to Hood Corporation. z Bids have been received and are listed below: CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO REQUEST FOR COUNCIL ACTION • STAFF REPORT -Continued The estimated project costs are as follows: If approved, this project is expected to begin construction in July of 2007 and be completed by August of 2007. Financial Impact: Sufficient funding for this project is available in Account No. 242-362-5504-7700 "Undergrounding of Overhead Utilities at Doolittle Drive and Mill Street" (SS07-18). This project is fully funded by developer. Recommendation: Adopt Resolution. Attachments: "I" Vicinity Maps City of San Bernardino, California Department of Public Works, Division of Engineering CIP No. SS07-18 UNDERGROUND UTILITIES FOR MILL STREET AT DOOLITTLE DRIVE r mn a_iwa~ Plllrf g E I BNfAM 7g~ j ~ 807 ,w IFBCre ~~S ~I --x~wao ' ~ ~ ~ ~ c ~ E O 6 . ua2~ ~ ST $T g E3 2ND I ~_J LOi¢a y~ 1 -_~ ' - a -..- TG ~ ANT w INSEt ST F _ t,,. - BUTLalAG ~ ^ d a - , ~ ~ _ pt c F~~ N K 7NG = gr ~, E 'KING STZ ~ AV E RIALTO ' ~ 2<T00 AV F ~. g RI z AV ALTO AV a ~~., E RIALTO E Gam; sa~~ ~~~ ;BBC a azuEV1Ew ~~sii ~ wr"wE'~ w G - „~mg 44=== l00 200 :07Y 100E j /t100R.pf g', ~ ~ ~FIEIOT' I ~ ~\FELIPE ti!$ ' ~ BUffDfAO i i !sTI BEUERtEw ~ - ~ iu EMRRPAISE^ ~, ~ e __ o w nIIDA ' CT i ST w 1FF.AV~2 ~ I E JUL[A„ ~~ ~ '^ ~!~ HANNi 7EN1[5 ~ SNEPPA~O '^ ~ r mars-s* ~~ < Q ' ~ - - `~,~. P5~ '~' ' L 5T ii~< „ E COUNT RLL9 w vAn ~ '. "a! , I N W ~ < < W M 9 i ST E ~i s ~ u~ m BN :,. .II W 't'I >.@S~In SINY ST ° E ! ' Z§. -'I , E ~ PS S, ~ U ~ „ ctte ' N. I t ~ ~I ~ ~ * 1 ^ N V BEYD MK ~I `<! $i,,, E MA~IfJC BFWM " " PAUL ILL~ASFIION _ _ _. ~~ '"~ III > H E •. „I L ~ ST I „ I E rare tR ^" M I ~ '~ Nnt = ~ ~ ,. M L uao • ~ ^ 10 ,~ 700 S SAN ~ JALINfO S'T _ ? I eS il. ST '• ~ ~ ' i E <I SNOA i FE ST ° _ ~ J w ~ ~RAN ' U I I I~ ? o - $ - '< <aWi „ F E „ ~ ~' OPAKE OR ~ I E ~ LL ~. MLOEN ~ - y ~ Ir ~ GN ' ~ . i -~ ~ ~ l w a ~ ~I H E DPAKE , ~ ~ E A a _ ~ ,~~E ~I CENTRAL py „~ i oasE EN „' „~ CENTRAL ~ AV ~ _-PAUL ___ MEADOYS CENIRAL Y AV JoB Too , ° lio[. 1500 1r tBO ^ F" wW i I6 $ O'.. saB ~ '. ~u < I is a!IMfIBmQ R57 CIR < ~ ~?MN17Y i IAIR ~ ° II ^ ~ ~~ E ~R i k 1170 9PE ST " ~I N BENEOILT ST ~ ~ ~~ P,wA `a ' j a E _t- F e _ „ ~ ~ SANT N I11LlCNEST_ ST Fs ~ ~ ! .~ I ~ ~, - „ Z! Q ~ ~ 3 E NpRNAN i - I .. ~~' ~ SFON _. vr~ .. yr Ian E " __ HORNN ~I I y__ - ..........E-. . I ........ .....NIVER 0.lVE1C1EE~ - ^ LN vt °° ST ~ E1NI5 .... 11~ ~ E E PIONEER ST I ~ n VICINITY MAP N.T.S. SS07-18 i 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 RESOLUTION NO. RESOLUTION OF THE MAYOR AND COMMON COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO AWARDING A CONTRACT TO HOOD CORPORATION FOR CONSTRUCTION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES IN MILL STRIiET EAST OF WATERMAN AVENUE TO DOOLITTLE DRIVE (SS07-18), PER PROJECT PLAN NO. 11747. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE MAYOR AND COMMON COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO AS FOLLOWS: SECTION 1. Hood Corporation, 3166 Horseless Carriage Drive, Norco, CA 92860, is the lowest responsible bidder for construction of underground utilities in Mill Street east of Waterman Avenue to Doolittle Drive (SS07-18), per Project Plan No. 11747. A contract is awarded accordingly to said bidder in a total amount of $259,969.00, with. a contingency amount of $41,035.65, but such award shall be effective only upon being fully executed by both parties. All other bids, therefore, are hereby rejected. The City Manager is hereby authorized and directed to execute said contract on behalf of the City; a copy of the contract is on file in the office of the City Clerk and incorporated herein by reference as fully as though set forth at length. SECTION 2. This contract and any amendment or modifications thereto shall not take 211 22~ effect or become operative until fully signed and executed by the parties and no party shall be obligated hereunder until the time of such full execution. No oral agreements, amendments, modifications or waivers are intended or authorized and shall not be implied from any act or course of conduct of any party. SECTION 3. This resolution is rescinded if the parties to the contract fail to execute it within sixty (60) days of passage of the resolution. • 28II //// ~o- ~~ ~/~8/ I• 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 it 12 13 1 1 1 1 1 21 I 23 24 RESOLUTION OF THE MAYOR AND COMMON COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN I~ BERNARDINO AWARDING A CONTRACT TO HOOD CORPORATION FOR CONSTRUCTION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES IN MILL STREET EAST OF WATERMAN AVENUE TO DOOLITTLE DRIVE (SS07-18), PER PROJECT PLAN NO. 11747. I HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing Resolution was duly adopted by the Mayor and Common Council of the City of San Bemardino at a meeting thereof, held on the day of , 2007, by the following vote, to wit: Council Members: AYES NAYS ABSTAIN ABSENT ESTRADA BAXTER BRINKER DERRY KELLEY JOHNSON MC CAMMACK City Clerk The foregoing resolution is hereby approved this day of , 2007. Patrick J. Morris, Mayor City of San Bemardino Approved as to form: JAMES F. PENMAN, City Attorney By: ~'~vW.~._ 2 COUNCIL MEETING - 06/18/07 RESOLUTION 2007-190 ITEM /l18 CITY OF SAN BBRNARDINO STA'TF.OF CALll'OI:NIA I;1D AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PLANS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 11747 FOR 0 -zS-~7 C'ONSTRUCT30N ' OF •~~~ DNDERGROLIND (DRX) FJTILIiIE5 IN MILL STREET EAST OF WATF,RMAN AVENUE TO DOOI..ITTLE DRIVE ' (SS 07-181 ~. ' T --... ~ 'irrSSl~ . F . ..- ' r '/ ~ ~, 7ti/! Kni ~ ~ tr f f f X ..- . ~ q ~ { . ~ i 1 ~ C ,. M ,6 e ~ 3. - e/ ~. ~ w 1` F; .,~ • l .~ ~~_ r r ~ r ""~.- - .,. "' DIVISION OF PIiBLIC WORKS DEFAK"T.MIENT OF DEVELOFMEN",'' 5ER.V,CES CITY OF SAN BERI.IAIZUINU r JANU..4RY, 2007 `' BIDS WILL BE R.FCIiIVrI' OF '1'0 T'HE kOUF uF 2:OG F.A4. r ON MAl' 8 , 2007 ~'XEflB~T "~- y OiP/6/NIL FILE NU. 8.09-7700 ACCT. NO. 2d2-362-iSOd-77fiG FILE NO. R.U9-7700 ACCT. N0. 242462-5504-7700 DIVISION OF PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO, STATE OF CALIFORNIA ADDENDUM NO. THREE FOR BID AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PLANS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 11747 FOR CONSTRUCTION OF UNDERGROUND (DRY) UTILITIES IN MILL STREET EAST OF WATERMAN AVENUE TO DOOLITTLE DRIVE ( SS 07-18 ) The Special Provisions for this project have been amended as follows: 1. REVISE SUB-SECTION 8-1.01 DESCRIPTION by eliminating "and conductors" from the description of work to be performed. IS: The work to be done consists, in general, of mobilization, saw cutting existing concrete curbs and sidewalks and asphalt concrete as required, performing clearing and grubbing of any such material, performing unclassified excavation and unclassified fill, constructing underground utility conduit by trench and/or jacking, and such other items or details, not mentioned above, that are required by the Plans, Standard Specifications, or these Special Provisions to be performed, placed, constructed or installed. WAS: The work to be done consists, in general, of mobilization, saw cutting existing concrete curbs and sidewalks and asphalt concrete as required, performing clearing and grubbing of any such material, performing unclassified excavation and unclassified fill, constructing underground utility conduit and conductors by trench and/or jacking, and such other items or details, not mentioned above; that are required by the Plans, Standard Specifications, or these Special Provisions to be performed, placed, constructed or installed. The revised Sheet SP-35 is attached and a part of this ADDENDUM N0. THREE. ALL BIDDERS S ALL INDICATE RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM NO. THREE AT THE BOTTOM OF HE BI ER'S INFORMATION SHEET INCLUDED IN THE BID DOCUMENTS OF THESE SPEC L PRO ISIONS. BY: DATE: 5/z o J i~~ MARK LANCASTER Deputy Director /City Engineer ADDENDUM NO. 'THREE PLANS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 11747 env i inner ATTACHMENT TO ADDENDUM NO. THREE ADDENDUM NO. itiREE PLANS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 11747 MAY 2. 2007 SECTION 8 8-1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 8-I.OI DESCRIPTION -- The work to be done consists, in general, of mobilization, saw cutting existing concrete curbs and sidewalks and asphalt concrete as required, performing clearing and grubbing of any such material, performing unclassified excavation and unclassified fill, constructing underground utility conduit by trench and/or jacking, and such other items or details, not mentioned above, that are required by the Plans, Standard Specifications, or these Special Provisions to be performed, placed, constructed or installed. 8-1.02 BLANK 8-1.03 CLEAN UP AND DUST CONTROL -- Clean up and dust control shall conform to provisions in Section 7-8.1, "Clean Up and Dust Control", of the Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall water down the site during periods of high winds as directed by the Engineer, including periods when the work is not actually in progress. Failure to respond to a directive to water the site in a prompt manner will result in the City making other arrangements to have this item of work done and the costs billed to the Contractor, or it shall be paid for by the Contractor as a deduction from his contract. 8-1.04 PROJECT LOCATIONS -- See separate bound Plans. The work to be done shall include furnishing all materials, equipment, tools, labor, taxes and incidentals as required by the Contract Documents to construct the project. Addenda issued during the time of bidding shall become a part of the documents furnished to all bidders for the preparation of bids, shall be covered in the bids, and shall be made a part of the contract. Each Bid shall include specific acknowledgement in the space provided of receipt of all Addenda issued during the bidding period. Failure to so acknowledge Addenda may result in the Bid being rejected as not responsive. SP-35 ADDENDUM NO. THREE PLANS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 11737 MAV ~ )M7 FILE N0.8.094700 ACCT. NO. 242-362-5504-7700 DIVISION OF PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO STATE OF CALIFORNIA ADDENDUM NO. TWO FOR BID AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PLANS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 11747 FOR CONSTRUCTION OF UNDERGROUND (DRY) UTILITIES IN MILL STREET EAST OF WATERMAN AVENUE TO DOOLITTLE DRIVE (SS 07-18) The Special Provisions for this project have been amended as follows: 1. The BID OPENING DATE of Tuesday, May O1, 2007, at 2:00 p.m. has been changed to: TUESDAY. MAY 08, 2007, at 2:00 P.M. ALL BIDDERS SHALL INDICATE RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM NO. ONE AT THE BOTTOM OF THE BIDDER'S INFORMATION SHEET INCLUDED IN THE BID DOCUMENTS OF THESE SPECIAL PRO IONS. BY: DATE: ~'~ ~~ MA LANCASTER Deputy Director /City Engineer ADDENDUM NO.TWO PLANS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 11747 APRIL 26, 2007 FILE N0.8.09-7700 ACCT. NO. 242-362-5504-7700 DIVISION OF PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO STATE OF CALIFORNIA ADDENDUM NO. ONE FOR BID AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PLANS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 11747 FOR CONSTRUCTION OF UNDERGROUND (DRY) UTILITIES IN MILL STREET EAST OF WATERMAN AVENUE TO DOOLITTLE DRIVE (SS 07-18) The Special Provisions for this project have been amended as follows: 1. REVISE SUB-SECTION 35-1.06 PERMANENT RESURFACING regarding the thickness of new asphalt concrete pavement. IS: Permanent trench resurfacing shall be one (1") inch greater in thickness than existing pavement, with a minimum thickness of 4" of new asphalt concrete, and shall be feathered over existing pavement a minimum of 2 feet on each side of the trench as shown on the Plans and as directed by the Engineer. WAS: Permanent trench resurfacing shall be one (1") inch greater in thickness than existing pavement and shall be feathered over existing pavement a minimum of 2 feet on each side of the trench as shown on the Plans and as directed by the Engineer. However, total thickness of the new asphalt concrete pavement shall not exceed a maximum of 4 inches in thickness. The revised Sheet SP-48 is attached and a part of this ADDENDUM NO.ONE. ADDENDUM NO. ONE PLANS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 11747 APRIL 26, 2007 2. ADD to the APPENDIX of the Special Provisions the attached TIME WARNER CABLE "R20 MILL STREET" underground design submitted to the City of San Bernardino by Time Warner Cable on 4-19-07 This two (2) sheet drawing supercedes Sheet 10 of Drawing No. 11747 3. Following are the CITY's response to questions submitted by potential Bidders attending the Pre-Bid Meeting on Tuesday, Apri124, 2007: a. All three (3) utilities, SCE, VERIZON and TIME WARNER CABLE may be placed in the same trench. The 12" parallel separation and 6" perpendicular separation shall be maintained between each utilities conduit. b. Bidders shall bid the TIME WARNER CABLE plan as construction of conduit and pull rope to the service locations indicated. TIME WARNER CABLE will provide and install their own pull boxes and live runs. c. Bidders shall bid the utility crossings as indicated per each utility's Plan. Changes that are unforeseen will be covered by change order. d. The Contractor for this project shall be allowed to trench in lieu of boring. e. The CITY will not provide a yard site for this project. £ The CONTRACTOR shall provide survey as specified in SUB-SECTION 6-1.10 SURVEYING SERVICE of the Special Provisions. g. As stated in the NOTICE INVITING SEALED BIDS, Contractors submitting bids for underground construction must be authorized to do so by Southern California Edison. Contractors submitting bids that are not on the "EDISON LIST OF APPROVED CONTRACTORS -UNDERGROUND", dated 2/15/05, must provide permission in writing (fax or a-mail is acceptable) from the Southern California Edison facility in Redlands, California. Bidders should be aware that Southern California Edison differentiates between "Civil Construction" and "Underground Construction" ALL BIDDERS SHALL INDICATE RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM NO. ONE AT THE BOTTOM OF THE BIDDER'S INFORMATION SHEET INCLUDED IN THE BID DOCUMENTS OF THESE SPECIAL PROVISI BY; c MARK LANCASTER Deputy Director /City Engineer DATE: ~' - ,~~~ ~" ~ ADDENDUM NO. ONE PLANS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 11747 APRIL 26, 2007 ATTACHMENT TO ADDENDUM NO. ONE ADDENDUM NO. ONE PLANS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 11747 APRIL 26, 2007 35-1.04 BACKFILLING AND DENSIFICATION -- Backfilling and densification shall comply with the requirements of Section 306-1.3, "Backfilling and Densification", of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Outside the haveled way, in areas to receive concrete, soil shall be compacted to a relative density of not less than 90%. Backfill for trenching under the traveled way shall be compacted to a relative compaction of a minimum of 90%. When asphalt pavement is to be placed directly on subgrade material, the top 6" of subgrade material shall be compacted to a relative compaction of 95°/a Under no circumstances shall truck wheels be used for compacting soil. 35-1.05 TEMPORARY RESURFACING -- Temporary resurfacing shall comply with the requirements of Sub-Section 306-1.5.1, "Temporary Resurfacing", of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Temporary resurfacing shall be placed over all backfill in streets, or to the areas where the Contractor's operations have resulted in the removal of existing paving. Temporary resurfacing shall be placed at nam as the backfill is densified to the relative density or immediately when so directed by the Engineer. 35-1.06 PERMANENT RESURFACING -- Permanent resurfacing shall comply with the requirements of Sub-Section 306-1.5.2, "Permanent Resurfacing", of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Permanent trench resurfacing shall be one (1") inch greater in thickness than existing pavement, with a minimum thickness of 4" of new asphalt concrete, and shall be feathered over existing pavement a minimum of 2 feet on each side of the trench as shown on the Plans and as directed by the Engineer. Restoration of asphalt concrete pavement driveway approach shall conform to the above as directed by the City Engineer. The Performance Grade of the asphalt concrete shall be PG 64-10. A self-propelled machine will not be required for any trench that is 2 feet or less in width. A tack coat shall be applied as directed by the Engineer. SP-48 ADDENDUM NO. ONE PLANS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. ll747 APRIL 26, 2007 i ` l ~ I ' L~ I I ~ O lI iz 'I I' -____. __ I i i ~il il~ ~-, a ,. 1~ I ~~ ~.„IT. L W ~ i ~ • ~<~ ~' I ~ ~ , .. ~, I -_ F V ~ i I~ u I I I i, '~ i I 2 ~ ~~ ~ I ~ y ~ I ,.c.~ -rcrv ~o ~ o I ~~ ' m r g I rv ~ m op,m~r~ ~' el ° \ m I 4 I / 4 T u i I I ~i I I I - ' I I ' 1 ~- 1 Sy ' I ~ ' i I I 1 i ~ I - 1 I a. -. ~ I ' 1 ~ ~ 1 I I 9 °~ ~ -I ~ ) ~_, II]' _ I I ~ 1 I I I _' 1 O I ' I ~ II ~I I ~ i I I 1 la I I I ~ I 1 ~ P I I i `~ ~3 I ~~ ml ~ I 1 ADDE DUM NO. ONE PLANS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 11747 APRIL 26, 2007 y._~ ~ ~ I' I ~Sf ~ s , ~+ c, j,Ai.~ __ ..~ . ~ ~ ~ i v :le': c ~ 6 ~~ ;.--- E~rj: a! ^,.I ~ ~ ~ 3~WI r~l' +~ ~ ~ I W ~ ~ i ~' i fig I ~ I ~ ~ ` i w ~~Ei ~ i s. -, :~ ~ i ~! ~ - - ~ ~ ~~,, _J ~ I I I l 1 ' ~ - i~ i __-o rcr I I I I i I 5' _I ___ I I I _°I I I I ~ 9 ]]' I ~ ~ l ~ O I I IJ I n~ i I i ~ ~ OI OI .o ~I ~ I Il l y la ' ADDENDUM NO. ONE PLANS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 11747 APRIL 26, 2007 DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPONENTS OF THESE PLANS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS The "Bid and Contract Documents" for this project consists of three (3) Parts as follows: PART I -Administrative Section PART II -Special Provisions The above (2) parts are bound together in one (1) manual titled "Bid and Contract Documents" PART III -PLAN N0. 11747 One (1) bound set made up of plans submitted for this project from the following utility companies: SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON DWG N0. 3157212 ( Revision Dated 06/21/05, Sheet 1-3 ) Contact: Vince Alvarez III, (909) 307-6779 Customer Service Planner 287 Tennessee St., Redlands, CA 92373 (Ref.' Utility Underground Agreement, Exhibi[ "H"J VERIZON Work Order #0415-8P001-AX ( issued 5/O5, Sheet Dwg. No. 1 - 5 ) Contact: Peter Alvarado, (909) 748-6676 Network Engineering 1980 Orange Tree Lane, Suite. 100 Redlands, CA 92374-2803 (Ref. Utility Underground Agreement, Exhibit "/") TIME WARNER CABLE (Adelphia) Contact: CATV DESIGN by J.A., 6/15/05 ( Mark-up on "Sheet 2" of City of San Bernardino Dwg. No. 11205 ) Bruce Dewese, (909) 721-8589 1500 Auto Center Drive Ontario, CA 91761-1561 (Ref. Utility Underground Agreement, Exhibit "G") CONSTRUCTION OF UNDERGROUND (DRY) UTILITIES AT MILL STREET AND DOOLITTLE DRIVE (SS 07-18 ) Cooteof, (or Bid and Caolrac[ Documeats.doc CITY OF SAN BEILNARDDVO TABLE OF CONTENTS PART I ADMINISTRATION NOTICE INVITING SEALED BIDS BID DOCUMENTS BID FORM BID SCHEDULE BIDDER'S INFORMATION AND SIGNATURE & BIDDER'S ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDUMS DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE CERTIFICATION NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT FORM OF BID BOND MBE/WBE INFORMATION -GOOD FAITH EFFORTS REFERENCES PART II SPECIAL PROVISIONS INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION 1 -SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS SP-1 SECTION 2 -BID REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS SP-5 SECTION 3 -AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT SP-8 SECTION 4 -CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE & COMMENCEMENT OF WORK, TIME OF COMPLETION & LIQUIDATED DAMAGES SP-11 SECTION 5 -LEGAL REQUIREMENTS SP-13 SECTION 6 -GENERAL SP-19 SECTION 7 -UTILITIES SP-30 SECTION 8 -DESCRIPTION OF WORK SP-35 SECTION 9 -TRAFFIC CONTROL SP-37 SECTION 10 -MOBILIZATION SP-40 SECTION 11 -CLEARING AND GRUBBING, UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION AND UNCLASSIFIED FILL SP-41 SECTION 12 THROUGH SECTION 15 BLANK SP-43 SECTION 16 -PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE SP-44 SECTION 17 THROUGH SECTION 34 BLANK SP-46 SECTION 35 - TRENCHINGBACKFILL AND RESTORATION OF ASPHALT PAVEMENT SP-47 SECTION 36 -JACKING SP-50 SECTION 37 THROUGH SECTION 49 BLANK SP-52 SECTION 50 -REMOVAL & RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS EXCEPT STREET PAVEMENT SP-53 APPENDIX SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON UNDERGROUND SERVICE STANDARDS VERIZON UNDERGROUND STRUCTURE REQUIREMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS TIME WARNER CABLE (ADELPHIA ) UNDERGROUND STRUCTURE SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO PUBLIC WORKS STANDARD DRAWINGS PROJECT LOCATION SURVEY DOCUMENTS CONTRACT AGREEMENT PART I ADMINISTRATION Engineer's Estimate: (Range Only) 275,000 to $300.000 NOTICE INVITING SEALED BIDS NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the City of San Bernardino will receive bids from contractors that have been authorized by Southern California Edison for underground construction for the following project: CONSTRUCTION OF UNDERGROUND (DRY) UTILITIES IN MILL STREET EAST OF WATERMAN AVENUE TO DOOLITTLE DRIVE (SS 07-18) in accordance with Special Provision No. 11747 on file in the Office of the City Engineer, Third Floor, San Bernardino City Hall. Deliver all bids to the City Engineer's Office, Third Floor, City Hall, 300 North "D" Street, San Bernardino, California, with the bidder's name and address, the specification title and number and "SEALED BID "clearly marked on the outside of the envelope Said bids will be received up to the hour of 2:00 n.m. , on, Tuesday Mav 1, 2007, at which time all of said bids will be publicly opened, examined and declared in the City Engineer's Conference Room, Third Floor, City Hall. No bid will be received unless it is made on a bid form furnished by the City with the unit prices written in words and also shown in figures for each item, and with the total of each item and total of all items filled in. All bids shall be signed, sealed and accompanied by cash, cashier's check, certified check or bid bond made payable to the City of San Bernardino, in the amount of teu percent (10%) of the bid. Such cash, check or bond shall be given as a guarantee that the bidder will enter into the contract if awarded to him. In the event the bidder refuses to execute said contract, the use by the public of the improvements will be delayed, and the public will suffer great damage. From the nature of the case, it would be extremely difficult and impractical to fix said amount of damages. Therefore, the City and the bidder agree that the above sum of ten percent shall be paid to the City upon the condition above set forth as liquidated damages and not as a forfeiture. All bonds furnished pursuant to this notice must be underwritten by a surety company having a rating in Best's most recent Insurance Guide of "A" or better. Bonds must be issued by a surety who is listed in the latest version of U. S. Department of Treasury Circular 570 and is authorized to issue bonds in the State of California. The Form of Bid Bond is contained in the Bid Documents in Part I of the Special Provision. Notarization of the signatures of both the Principal and the Surety and the Power of Attorney of the signing Surety shall accompany this form. Pursuant to law, the Mayor and the Common Council of the City of San Bernardino, by Resolution No. 90-358 and any and all amendments thereto which are hereby referred to and made a part thereof by references as fully as though set at length herein, have ascertained and determined the general prevailing rate per diem wages, and of per diem wages for legal holidays and overtime work for each craft or type work of workman needed in the execution of contracts under jurisdiction of said Mayor and Common Council. Said prevailing rates of wages shall conform to Section 1773 of the Labor Code, the general prevailing wage rates in the county, or counties, in which the work is to be done have been determined by the Director of the California Department of Industrial Relations. These wages are available from the California Department of Industrial Relations' Internet web site at http://www.dir.ca.gov/dirdatabases.html. Future effective general prevailing wage rates, which have been predetermined and are on file with the California Department of Industrial Relations are referenced but not printed in the general prevailing wage rates. The Contractor may substitute securities for any monies withheld by the Agency to ensure performance under the contract as provided for in Section 10263 and Section 22300 of the California Public Contract Code. It shall be mandatory upon the Contractor to whom the contract is awarded and upon any sub- contractor under him to pay not less than specified rates to all laborers, workers, and mechanics employed by them in the execution of the contract, and to prevent discrimination in the employment of persons because of race, creed, color, or national origin, as set forth in the provisions of Resolution No. 7414 of the Mayor and Common Council of the City of San Bernardino. The Contractor shall possess a Class "A" License or Aaaropriate Specialty License(s) at the time the contract is awarded. The prime Contractor shall perform, with his own organization, contract work amounting to at least 50% of the contract price. A Non-mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting will be held on Tuesday , A~ri124, 2007, at 2:00 a.m. in the office of the City Engineer, Public Works Division, Development Services, Third Floor, City Hall, 300 North "D" Street, San Bernardino, CA 92418. This meeting is to provide information, to answer questions and inform bidders of MBEs/WBEs subcontracting and material supply opportunities, and to make the prime Contractor aware of the City's outreach program as it relates to minority hiring and participation. Bidder's attendance at this meeting is recommended, but the prime may certify that they are familiar with the program and attendance is not required. Attendance and/or certification may be used as part of the good faith effort. Certified minority (MBE/WBE) subcontractors and material suppliers for the San Bernardino area located in Caltrans District 8 are listed on the California Unified Certification Program (UCP) DBE Directory and can be obtained by accessing the directory on the California Department of Transportation DBE website at http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/bep/index. The City of San Bernardino reserves the right to waive any informalities or inconsequential deviations from contract specifications, or to reject any and all bids. No bidder may withdraw his bid within 45 working days from the date of the bid opening. The City reserves the right to take all bids under advisement for a period of 90 days. Plans and Specifications may be obtained from the City Engineer's Office, Third floor, City Hall, 300 N. "D" Street, San Bemardino, California 92418, upon anon-refundable payment of $15.00 for each set if picked up in person. Upon request, the Plan and Special Provisions may be mailed for an additional charge of $5.75 per set. If there are any questions regarding this project, please contact the City Engineer's Office as follows: City Engineer's Office Third Floor San Bernardino City Hall 300 North "D" Street San Bemardino, CA 92418 Subject: CONSTRUCTION OF UNDERGROUND (DRY) UTILITIES IN MILL STREET, EAST OF WATERMAN AVENUE TO DOOLITTLE DRIVE (SS 07-18 ) PLANS & SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 11747 Attention: Robert Eisenbeisz, Senior Civil Engineer Tel: (909) 384-5203; Fax: (909) 384-5155 E-mail: eisenbeisz_ro@ci.san-bernardino.ca.us CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO RACHEL G. CLARK City Clerk NOTICE TO ADVERTISE: SPECIFICATION NO: 11747 SHALL APPEAR IN FIRST ISSUE NOT LATER THAN DATE: 4 / 13 / 07 and 4 / 19 / 07 FIVE DAYS BETWEEN FIRST & SECOND PUBLICATION SIGNATURE: DATE: BID DOCUMENTS BID FORM TO THE MAYOR AND COMMON COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO The undersigned declares that he has carefully examined the location of the proposed work, that he has examined the Plan and read the accompanying instructions to bidders and hereby proposes to famish any and all required labor, materials, transportation and service for the CONSTRUCTION OF UNDERGROUND (DRY) UTILITIES IN MILL STREET EAST OF WATERMAN AVENUE TO DOOLITTLE DRIVE ( SS 07-18 ) in strict conformity with Plans and Special Provisions No. 11747, of the Public Works Division, Department of Development Services for the City of San Bernardino and also in accordance with Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 2006 Edition, and the Southern California Edison Company Underground Structures Book (UGS) 2007, First Quarter Issue, which said Special Provisions, Standard Specifications and Underground Structures Standards are hereby especially referred to and by such reference made a part hereof. Undersigned proposes and agrees if this bid is accepted, that he will contract with the City of San Bernardino, in the form of the copy of the contract annexed hereto, to provide all necessary machinery, tools, apparatus and other means of maintenance, and to do all the work and furnish all the materials specified in the contract, in the manner and time therein prescribed, and that he will take in full payment therefor the following unit prices or lump sum prices, to-wit: BID SCHEDULE PLAN NO. 11747 CONSTRUCTION OF UNDERGROUND (DRY) UTILITIES IN MILL STREET EAST OF WATERMAN AVENUE TO DOOLITTLE DRIVE (SS 07-18 ) ITEM ESTIMATED DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT PRICE TOTAL N0. QUANTITY UN[T AND UNIT PRICE WRITTEN IN WORDS IN FIGURES IN FIGURES ]. I LS MOBILIZATION, at the Lump Sum price of NINE THOUSAND Dollars LS & N/A Cents E 9, 000.00 2. t LS TRAFFIC CONTROL, at the Lump Sum price of FOUR THOUSAND NINE HUNDRED SIXTY-NINE Dollars LS & N/A Cents S 4,969.00 3. 1 LS CLEARING and GRUBBING, Unclassified Excavation and Unclassified Fill, at the Lump Sum price of ELEVEN THOUSAND Dollars LS & N/A Cen[s E 11,000.00 4. 1 LS SCE, per PLAN NO. 3157212, at the Lump Sum price of ONE HUNDRED SEVEN THOTSAND Dollars LS ~ N/A Cents S 107.000.00 5. I LS VERIZON, per Work Order N0415-8P001-AX Dwg. l- 5, at the Lump Sum price of EIGHTY-SIX THOUSAND Dollars LS & N/A Cents S 86.000.00 6. 1 LS TIME WARNER CABLE (ADELPH/A ), per Marked Up PLAN NO. 11205, Sht. 2 of 4, at the Lump Sum price of FORTY-TWO THOUSAND Dollars LS & N/A Cents S 42.000.00 TOTAL BID $ zs9.969.00 BID SCHEDULE PLAN NO. 11747 CONSTRUCTION OF UNDERGROUND (DRY) UTILITIES IN MILL STREET EAST OF WATERMAN AVENUE TO DOOLITTLE DRIVE (SS 07-18 ) NOTE: The unit price must be written in words and also shown in figures. All blank spaces appearing above must be filled in. In case of discrepancy in Bid Amounts, "WORDS" shall govern over Tigures. BIDDERS shall complete and submit the entire BID DOCUMENT section as their bid to the City. Failure to do so will result in anon-responsive Bid. Total bid price for the entice contract work shall include the cost of labor, materials, equipment parts, implements, taxes and supplies necessary to compete the project, as based on the City Engineer's estimate of quantities of work. BIDDER declazes that this bid submittal is based upon careful examination of the work site and the Bid and Contract Documents. BIDDER'S INFORMATION AND SIGNATURE: It is the understanding of the undersigned that the work hereinabove described shall be commenced within 10 working days from the date of the "Notice to Proceed", and shall be completed within 30 working days from the date of said notice, as directed in SECTION 4 of these Special Provisions.. The undersigned further agrees that in case of default in executing the contract, or furnishing necessary bonds, all within the specified time, the proceeds of the Bidder's Guazanty accompanying this bid shall be paid to the City of San Bernardino as liquidated damages. Licensed in accordance with an act providing for the registration of Contractor, LICENSE EXPIItATION NO.: 186761 CLASSIFICATION: "A" DATE: 05/31/2007 FIRM NAME: HOOD CORPORATION BUSINESS ADDRESS: P.o. BoX 5716 NORCO, CA 92860 BUSINESS PHONE: (951)520-4282 FAX: (951)520-4385 CELL: (562)254-0416 If an individual, so state. If a firm or co-partnership, give the names of all individuals, co-partners composing the firm. If a corporation, give the names of the president, secretary, heasurer and manager thereof: CORPORATION Is Bidder currently a certified DBE? Yes ^ No Bkc Lega! Status of Firm NAME (S) ADDRESS (ES) BRUCE SVATOS P.O. BOX 5716, NORCO, CA 92860 CHUCK STEADWARD P.O. BOX 5716, NORCO, CA 92860 RICK TIBERI P.O. BOX 5716, NORCO, CA 92860 SIGNATURE OF BIDDER: ~[.-~....c- Dated: rtAY 1st .2007 BRUCE SVATOS, PRESIDENT BIDDER'S ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDUMS: ADDENDUM NO. 1 ~- DATE: 04/26/2007 ADDENDUM NO. 2 DATE: 04/30/2007 ADDENDUM NO. 3 ~~ DATE: 05/02/2007 ADDENDUM NO. 4 DATE: SPECIAL NOTICE The bidder's attention is directed to Section 2-3, "SUBCONTRACTS", of the Standard Specifications regarding the requirement that proposed subcontractors be listed in the bidder's bid proposal. Instead of listing only subcontractors for signal and lighting work as in the past, all subcontractors are now to be listed in the proposal for items of work or portions thereof to be subcontracted in excess of one-half of one percent of the total bid or $10,000.00, whichever is greater. In the case where a bidder claims an inadvertent clerical error in listing subcontractors, a notice of the claim must be submitted to the Office of the City Engineer in writing within 2 working days following the time of the bid opening and send copies of the notice to the subcontractors involved. WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE CERTIFICATION I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code requiring every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract. Contractor: NAME OF FIRM: xooD coRPORATION BY: ~ = 1 _ - - ~- BRUCE SVATOS TITLE: PRESIDENT DATE: MAY 1sT, 2007 (This affidavit shall be executed by all bidders at the time of bid submittal. Failure to execute the affidavit on this page will result in rejection of bid.) NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT To the Division of Public Works, Department of Development Services, City of San Bernardino, State of California: The undersigned in submitting a bid for performing the following work by contract, being duly sworn, deposes and says: That he or she is of the party making the foregoing bid, that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; communication, or conference with anyone to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the contract on anyone interested in the proposed contract; or take any action in restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with such contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and further, that the bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or,her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid. HOOD CORPORATION Firm Name Signature of Bidder BRUCE SVATOS, PRESIDENT Printed Name and Title '3166 HORSELESS CARRIAGE DRIVE NORCO, CALIF. 92860 Business Address P.O. BOX 5716, NORCO, CA 92860 Place of Residence Subscribed and~swo%rn to before me this 7 ~?~ day of Signed ~~'G%/~/~~j~ tary Public i and or the County of /ivy ,20 0 7 `Ii~eXSioE , State of California. My Commission expires on /Z~Z / ZooB Year JURAT State of California County of Riverside Subscribed and sworn to (or affirmed) before me on this 7th day of May ,20 07 by Bruce Svatos personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) who appeared before me. ,5F'"'~'>.~ MATTHEW J. GIVENS N .'~ COMM. ~ 1529223 ~ ~, ~ c NOTARY PUBUGCAUFORNUI ~ p.' ~ ' ORANGE COUNTY Gig My Comm. &prea OEC, 21, 2D08N (seal) Signature ~~ti!~~~ FORM OF BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, ihC undenignld, HOOD CORPORATION as Principal, and FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND ~ $UrCly,eR hereby alld firmly bound unto the Citv of Sao Bernardino .State of Glifarnia, hereinafter referted ro as "Obliges" in the penal sum of ten percent 0•/. of the total amount of the bid of the Principal submitted to the Obligee for the work described below, for the payment of which sum we hereby jointly end severally bind outxlves, our heirs, executors, administrnots, successors end assigns. TIIE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, THAT: WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted to t~liga, a certain Bid, attached hercro and hereby made a part hereof to cola intoaconrractinwriting,forth0 Specification No. 11747 -Construction of Underground (Drv) Utilities in Milt Street,San Bernardino, CA General Work Description: Installation of Conduit and Concrete Substructures (Copy here the esacr titft description of work including location as h appears ovr the 6fd documents) for which bids aro to be opened on __ May t , zoos (lnrert date of opening) NOW, THEREFORE, a, if said Bid shall be rejected, a in the alternate, b. If said Bid shall be stapled and the Principal shall exetuse a contract in the Form of contract attached hereto (properly wmpleted in accordance wAh said Bid ) sad shall ftunish a bond for his FatlhiW pafatntartce of said conorsct, and shalt in all other respxp perform the agreement created by the ataptmta of said Bid, then this obligation alull be void; otherwise, the same shall corsairs in fora and effect; it being expressly understood gad agreed that the liability of the Surety for gay and all claims heretmder ahsll, In no event, a:teed die penal amautd of this obligatim as heroin stated The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligatiorts of said Surety and its bond shall be in to way impaired a affected by any extension of the time within which the Obligee may accept such Bid; etd said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension. Signed, this 26tr~dayof Anril . 20pL. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals, and such of them m ere corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affued and these presents to be signed by their proper offkers, the day and year fast mentioned. HOOD CORPORATION (SEAL) Principal By: -~.r--~ ~~~ Signature Printed Name and ilia FIDELITY AND COMPANY OF M. By: J.W. Johnson, Attorney-in-Fact Primed Name and ]ilia NOTE: Notarization of Principal and Surety si6serorcs and Power of Attorney of the Sercty shall accompany this form. ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of Riverside On May 7, 2007 before me, Matthew J. Bivens, Notary Public (here insert name and title of the officer) personally appeared Bruce SvatOs personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. ,.~~•.~, MATTHEWJ. BIVENs N ~ ', COMM. i 1629223 ~ i'~C ~// ~( ~ $ NOTARY PUBl1C~CAl1FOIiNIA y SI nature ~ ~'r ORANGE COUNTY H g My Comm, Fxpirw DEC. N, 2002 (Seal) State of Cal'rfomia } } ss. County of Oranoe } On April 26. 2007 ,before me, SUSAN PONSELL. Notary Public , Date Name antl Title or Officer (e.9~•'~ane Doe, Ndary PubYC) Personally appeared J.W. JOHNSON , ® personally known to me evidence SUSAN PONSELL COMM. #1734814 i Z ' ~ NOTARY PUBLIC -CALIFORNIA ORANGE COUNTY My Comm. Expires March 27, 2011 to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same in his/heNtheiF authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/per/ihe'N signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS mymy hand and Qfficial seal. .(~r~('lf~~v-.Q-fzJL Place Notary Seal Above Signature of Nolery Pudic OPTIONAL Though the inkrmation below k not required bylaw, it may prove valuable to parsons relying on the document and could prevent /reudulenf removal and reattachment of this /orm to another document Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Document Date: April 26. 2007 Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: HOOD CORPORATION Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer Signer s Name: ^ Individual ^ Corporate Officer -Title(s): _ ^ Partner-^Limited ^ ® Attorney-in-Fad ^ Trustee ^ Guardian or Conservator ^ Other: Signer is Representing: X188! Ne85nel Notary A590tl85fN1 • 8350 pe8010 Ave., P.D. spit 2402 • Olletfaplh, G 9 7 3 7 3-1402 Power of Attorney FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, a corporation of the State of Maryland, by PAUL C. ROGERS, Vice President, and T. E. SMITH, Assistant Secretary, in pursuance of authority granted by Article V I, Section 2, of the By-Laws of said Company, w set forth on the reverse side hereof and aze hereb certified to be in full force and effect on the date hereof d Hate, constitute and Y appoint J. W. JOHNSON, of >HtiBerton, California, its true and lawfu -i - o make, execute, seal and deliver, for, and on its behalf as surety, and as its act and gs, and the execution of such bonds or undertakings in pursuan ° , s n said Company, as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes, as tf x ! ged by the regularly elected officers of the Company at its office in Ballah tr r his power of attorney revokes that issued on behalf of J. W. Joh r ° The said Assistant at the extract set forth on the reverse side hereof is a tnte copy of Article VI, Section 2, of the By- ny, attd is ttow in force. IN WITNESS W OF, [he said Vice-President and Assistant Secretary have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed the Corporate Seal of the said FIDELTTY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, this 19th day of February, A.D.2003. ATTEST: '~o ocvodr. _{ ~1 a ~ ~,,, s s all r , State of Maryland l ss: City of Baltimore f FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND T. E. Smith Assistant Secretary By: Paul C. Rogers Vice President On this 19th day of Febmaty, A.D. 2003, before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, duly commissioned and qualified, came PAUL C. ROGERS, Vice President, and T. E. SMITH, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in and who executed the preceding instrument, and they each acknowledged the execution of the same, and being by me duly sworn, severally and each for himself deposeth and with, that they are the said officers of the Company aforesaid, and that the seal affixed to the preceding instrument is the Corporate Seal of said Company, and that the said Corporate Seal and their signatures as such officers were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Corporation. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal the day and year firs[ above written. 'r+b~ s J Gn~~ 1 t''t 0 Sandra Lynn Mooney Notary Public My Commission Expires: January 1, 2004 POA-F 012-4152 PART II SPECIAL PROVISIONS SPECIAL PROVISIONS INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION 1 1-1 SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS 1-1.01 GENERAL -- The work embodied herein shall be done in accordance with the Standard Specifications for the Public Works Constmction, 2006 Edition, and City of San Bernardino Standard Drawings, insofar as the same apply and in accordance with the following Special Provisions. I-1.02 DEFINITIONS -- Whenever in the Standard Specifications the following terms are used, they shall be understood to mean and refer to the following: AEency - The City of San Bernardino. Board - The Mayor and Common Council for the City of San Bernardino. City Engineer - The City Engineer, Division of Public Works, Department of Development Services for the City of San Bernardino. Laboratory - The laboratory to be designated by the City of San Bernardino to test materials and worked involved in the contract. Office of the District - Whenever, in the Standard Specifications, reference is made to the office of the District or the District's office, such references shall be deemed made to the City of San Bernardino's Public Works Division Office, located in the City of San Bemardino's Development Services Department. SP-1 The mailing address for the City of San Bernardino's Public Works Division is: City of San Bernardino Development Services Department Public Works Division 300 North "D" Street, 3`d Floor San Bernardino, CA 92418 Office or Office of Structures Design -Office of the City of San Bernardino Public Works Division Resident Engineer - The Resident Engineer is the City of San Bernardino's City Or Engineer Engineer, registered as a Civil Engineer in the State of California, or the designated representative of the City of San Bernardino's City Engineer, registered as a Civil Engineer in the State of California. State Highway Engineer - The City of San Bernardino's City Engineer, registered as a Civil Engineer in the State of California. Transportation Building -Sacramento -The City of San Bernardino Public Works Division Office, City Hall, 3rd Floor. Notice Advertising for Bids -Notice Inviting Bids. Standard Specifications - Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction "Green Book". Other terms appearing in the Standard Specifications, and these Special Provisions, shall have the intent and meaning specified in Section 1-2, "Definitions", in the Standard Specifications. 1-1.03 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS -The Standard Specifications for the Agency are contained in the most current edition of the STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION, "GREEN BOOK", as written and promulgated by the Joint Cooperative Committee of the Southern California Chapter of the American Public Works Association and the Southern California District of the Associated General Contractors of California. SP-2 The Standard Specifications set forth above will control the general provisions for this Contract except as amended by the Plans, Special Provisions, or other contract documents. Only those Sections requiring amendment or elaboration or specifying options are called out. In case of conflict between the Standard Specifications and the Special Provisions, the Special Provisions shall take precedence over and be used in lieu of such conflicting portions. References in the Special Provisions to "CALTRANS Standard Specifications" shall mean the Standard Specifications (May, 2006) of the State of California, Department of Transportation. References in the Special Provisions to Standard Plans shall mean the Standard Plans for the City of San Bernardino or other governing agency as specified. Applicable Standard Plans for this project are contained in STANDARD DRAWINGS, in the APPENDIX of these Specifications. Where the Plans or Specifications describe portions of the work in general terms, but not in complete detail, it is understood that the item is to be furnished and installed complete and in place, that only the best general practice is to prevail and that only materials and workmanship of the first quality are to be used. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and do all the work involved in executing the Contract. Plans and specifications must conform to the requirements of the City of San Bernardino, American Concrete Institute (ACI), Uniform Building Code (UBC), Caltrans Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions and the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Green Book), latest edition. 1-1.04 UNDERGROUND SERVICE STANDARDS -- The underground installation of dry utilities shall conform to the Southern California Edison Company Underground Service Standards (UGS). Portions of these standards referred to on the Plans are included in the APPENDIX of these Special Provisions. The complete Underground Service Standards are available by accessing Southem California Edison's web site at: http://www.sce. com/AboutSCE/Regulatory/distributionman uals/ugs. htm SP-3 1-1.05 TAXES -- No mention shall be made in the proposal of Sales Tax, Use Tax, or any tax, as all amounts bid will be deemed and held to include any such taxes, which may be applicable. 1-1.06 INTERPRETATION OF PLANS AND DOCUMENTS -- If any person contemplates submission of a bid for the proposed contract and is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the services to be performed, they may submit a written request for an interpretation or correction thereof. The person submitting the request will be responsible for its prompt delivery. Any interpretation or correction of the proposed documents shall be made only by addendum duly issued and copy of such addendum will be faxed and mailed or delivered to each person of record as receiving a set of such documents. The City will not be responsible for any other form of explanation or interpretation of the proposed documents. 1-1.07 ADDENDA OR BULLETINS -- All Bidders are advised as to the possibility of issuance of addenda affecting the items, scope or quantity of the work required for this project. Each Bidder shall be fully responsible for informing themselves as to whether or not any such addenda have been issued. The effect of all addenda to the Contract Documents shall be considered in the bid and said addenda shall be made a part of the Contract Documents and shall be returned with them. Failure to cover in a bid any such addenda issued may render the bid irregular and may result in its rejection by the City. 1-1.08 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS TO BE PROVIDED -- The City will provide the Contractor with five (5) sets of Plans and Specifications at no cost after the Award of Contract. The Contractor shall obtain all additional sets at its own cost. SP-4 SECTION 2 2-1 BID BONDS AND MBE/WBE REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS 2-1.01 GENERAL -- Bids must submitted on the bid form contained herein. All bids shall be signed, sealed and accompanied by cash, cashier's check or bid bond made payable to the City of San Bernardino, in the amount of ten percent (10%) of the bid. Such cash, check or bond shall be given as a guarantee that the bidder will enter into the contract if awarded to him. In the event the bidder, to whom the contact is awarded, refuses to execute said contract, and/or fails to file the necessary bonds and insurance certificate within ten (10) working days after the date of the City's Notice of Award, the Bidder shall forfeit the bid bond to the City. By not executing the contract, the use by the public of the improvements will be delayed and the public will suffer great damage. From the nature of the case, it would be extremely difficult and impractical to fix the amount of said damage. Therefore, the City and the bidder agree that the bid guarantee of 10% of the bid shall be paid to the City as forfeiture. Bid bonds shall be underwritten by a surety company having a rating in Best's most recent Insurance Guide of "A" or better. Bonds must be issued by a surety who is listed in the latest version of U.S. Depardnent of Treasury Circular 570 and is authorized to issue bonds in State of California. The Form of Bid Bond is contained in the Bid Documents in Part I of these Special Provisions. Notarization of the signatures of both the Principal and the Surety and the Power of Attorney of the signing Surety shall accompany this form. Any bid not accompanied by such bid bond will be rejected as invalid. 2-1.02 MINORITY AND WOMEN'S BUSINESS ENTERPRISES -- A policy for establishing goals for participation of Minority and Women's Business Enterprises (MBE/WBE) was adopted by Resolution No. 95-409 of the Mayor and Common Council of the City of San Bernardino, on 11-20-95. This outreach program superseded Resolution No. 93-411 and the Standard Operation Procedures dated January 1994. Bidder's outreach efforts (good faith efforts) must reach out to MBEs, WBEs and all other business enterprises. Prime bidders could reasonably be expected to produce a level of participation by interested subcontractors of 0 % MBE and 0 %WBE on this project. Bidders shall make every reasonable effort to solicit bids from MBE/WBEs. A justification shall be provided to support the rejection of any bid from a minority or women's business enterprise, certified by Caltrans. SP-5 2-1.03 MINORITY WOMEN AND OTHER BUSINESS ENTERPRISES AND CITY PROCUREMENTS -- It is the policy of the City of San Bernardino to provide Minority Business Enterprises (MBEs), Women Business Enterprises (WBEs) and all other enterprises an equal opportunity to participate in the performance of all City contracts. Bidders shall assist the City in implementing this policy by taking all reasonable steps to ensure that all available business enterprises, including local MBEs and WBEs, have an equal opportunity to compete for and participate in City contracts. Bidders' good faith efforts to reach-out to MBEs, WBEs and all other business enterprises shall be determined by the following factors: (1) The bidder attended pre-solicitation or pre-bid meetings, if any, scheduled by the City to inform all bidders of the requirements for the project for which the contract will be awarded. The City may waive this requirement if the bidder certifies it is informed as to those project requirements. (2) The bidder identified and selected specific items of the project for which the contract will be awarded to be performed by sub-contractors to provide an opportunity for participation by MBEs, WBEs and other business enterprises. The bidder shall, when economically feasible, divide total contract requirements into small portions or quantities to permit maximum participation of MBEs, WBEs and other business enterprises. (3) The bidder advertised for bids from interested business enterprises not less than ten calendar days prior to the submission of bids, in one or more daily or weekly newspapers, trade association publications, minority or trade oriented publications, trade journals, or other media specified by the City. (4) The bidder provided written notice of its interest in bidding on the contract to those business enterprises, including MBEs and WBEs, having an interest in participating in such contracts. All notices of interest shall be provided not less than ten calendar days prior to the date the bids were required to be submitted. In all instances, the bidder must document that invitations for sub-contracting bids were sent to available MBEs, WBEs and other business enterprises for each item of work to be performed. The Mayor's Affirmative Action Office shall be available to help identify interested MBEs, WBEs and other business enterprises. (5) The bidder documented efforts to follow up initial solicitations of interest by contracting the business enterprises to determine with certainty whether the enterprises were interested in performing specific portions of the project. (6) The bidder provided interested enterprises with information about the Plans, Specifications and requirements for the selected sub-contracting work. SP-6 (7) The bidder requested assistance from organizations that provide assistance in the recruitment and placement of MBEs, WBEs and other business enterprises not less than fifteen days prior to the submission of bids. (8) The bidder negotiated in good faith with interested MBEs, WBEs and other business enterprises and did not unjustifiably reject as unsatisfactory bids prepared by any enterprises, as determined by the City. As documentation the bidder must submit a list of all sub-bidders for each item of work solicited, including dollar amounts of potential work for MBEs, WBEs and other business enterprises. (9) The bidder documented efforts to advise and assist interested MBEs, WBEs and other business enterprises in obtaining bonds, lines of credit, or insurance required by the City or Contractor. If the City has established expected levels of participation for MBE and WBE sub- contractors, failure to meet those levels shall not be a basis for disqualification of the bidder. A determination of the adequacy of a bidders' good faith effort must be based on due consideration of the indicia of good faith as set forth above. In the event that the City is considering awarding away from the lowest bidder or not awarding a contract to a proposed bidder because the bidder is determined to be non-responsive for failure to comply with the good faith indicia set forth above, the City shall, if requested, and prior to the award of the contract, afford the bidder the opportunity to present evidence to the Mayor and Common Council in a public heazing of the bidders' good faith efforts in making its outreach. In no case should the City award away pursuant to this program if the bidder makes a good faith effort but fails to meet the expected levels of participation. For the purposes of this Policy, "minority" shall be synonymous with "minority person" as defined in California Public Contract Code Section 2000(f). Nothing herein restricts the discretion of the City to reject all bids in accord with Charter Sections 140 and 238 or Chapter 3.04 of the San Bernazdino Municipal Code. The directions set forth herein shall take effect immediately, and all City Departments shall modify their implementation programs to the extent such programs are inconsistent with this policy. 2-1.04 SUBMISSION OF MBE/WBE INFORMATION -GOOD FAITH EFFORTS - The Contractor may submit the MBE/WBE INFORMATION -GOOD FAITH EFFORTS document with the contract Bid Documents prior to the hour of the bid opening. If this document is not submitted with the Bid Documents, it must be submitted to the Public Works Division, upon request, by 4:30 p.m. on the fourth working day following the day of the bid opening sP-~ SECTION 3 3-1 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 3-1.01 GENERAL -- Award of the contract will be made by the Mayor and the Common Council at a Council meeting. The bidder, to whom the contract is awarded, shall file with the Engineer all required bonds and insurance policies, and execute the contract within 10 calendar days after receiving notification of the award. Failure to file the stipulated documents and execute the contract within the prescribed time shall constitute good and sufficient grounds for rescission of the award and payment of 10% of the bid to the City as liquidated damages. 3-1.02 CONTRACT BONDS -- The Payment and Faithful Performance Bonds shall be filed with the Engineer before the contract is executed by the City in accordance with Section 2- 4, "CONTRACT BONDS", of the Standard Specifications. The contract bonds, including Payment Bond (Material and Labor Bond) and Performance Bond shall be underwritten by a surety company having a rating in Best's most recent Insurance Guide of "A" or better. Bonds must be issued by a surety who is listed in the latest version of U.S. Department of Treasury Circular 570 and is authorized to issue bonds in the State of California. 3-1.03 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS -- In the event that any Bidder acting as a prime contractor has an interest in more than one submitted bid, all such submitted bids will be rejected and the Bidder will be disqualified. This restriction does not apply to subcontractors or suppliers who may submit quotations to more than one Bidder and, while doing so, may also submit a formal bid as a prime contractor. No contract will be executed unless the Bidder is licensed in accordance with the provisions of the State Business and Professions Code. The Contractor shall fill out all documents contained in the Bid Document section, and comply with all the requirements of the Bid Documents and specifications contained in the Special Provisions. SP-8 3-1.04 AWARD OF CONTRACT -- Following a review of the bids, the City shall determine whether to award the contract or to reject all bids. The award of contract, if made, will be to the lowest responsible Bidder as determined solely by the City. Additionally, the City reserves the right to reject any or all bids, to accept any bid or portion thereof, to waive any irregularity and to take the bids under advisement for the period of time stated in the legal notice inviting sealed bids as may be required to provide for the best interest of the City. The Contractor's original signature on the Bid Form shall constitute a commitment on the part of the Bidder to furnish the items as set forth in the Bid Form, the Instructions to Bidders, the Plans, the Special Provisions and the Notice Inviting Bids. The Bidder to whom the contract is awarded shall be notified upon approval of the contract by the City Council. The Notice Inviting Bids, the Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form, the Plans, Special Provisions and Standard Specifications, Addendum, together with any attachments, shall be considered as part of the contract between the City and the Contractor to whom the contract is awarded. In no event will an award be made until all necessary investigations are made as to the responsibility and qualifications of the Bidder to whom the award is contemplated. 3-1.05 REQUIRED EXAMINATION OF ALL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall thoroughly examine and be familiar with the Specifications, Plans, and addenda, or any other Contract Documents. The submission of a Bid shall constitute an acknowledgement upon which the City may rely that the Bidder has thoroughly examined and is familiar with all the Contract Documents. B. The failure or neglect of a Bidder to receive or examine any of the Contract Documents shall in no way relieve that Bidder from any obligation with respect to its Bid or to the Contract. No claim for additional compensation will be allowed which is based upon a lack of knowledge of any Contract Documents. C. The Bidder shall not be allowed any extra compensation by reason of any matter or thing, concerning that which such the Bidder might have fully informed himself prior to the bidding. D. No Bidder shall at any time after submission of a bid make any claim or assertion that there was any misunderstanding or lack of information regarding the nature or amount of work necessary for the satisfactory completion of the job. SP-9 3-1.06 REQUIRED INSPECTION OF THE SITE -- A. Bidders are required to inspect the site of the work to satisfy themselves by personal examination, or by such other means as they may prefer, of the location of the proposed work, and of the actual conditions, including subsurface of, and at, the site of the work. B. If, during the course of examination, a Bidder finds facts or conditions that appear to be in conflict with the letter or spirit of the bidding documents, the Bidder shall notify the Engineer immediately. C. Submission of a Bid by the Bidder shall constitute conclusive evidence that, if awarded the Contract, it has relied and is relying on its own examination of the following: 1. The site of the work. 2. Access to the site. 3. All other data and matter requisite to the fulfillment of the work. 4. The Bidder's own knowledge of existing facilities on and in the vicinity of the site of the work under the Contract. 5. The conditions to be encountered. 6. The character, quality, scope and complexity of the proposed work. 7. The quality and quantity of the materials to be furnished. 8. The requirements of the Specifications, Plans, any addenda, or any other Contract Documents. D. The information provided by the City is not intended to be a substitute for, or a supplement to, the independent verification by the Bidder to the extent such independent investigation of site conditions is deemed necessary or desirable by the Bidder. SP-IO SECTION 4 4-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK TIME OF COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATION DAMAGES 4-1.01 GENERAL -- Attention is directed to the provisions in Section 6-1,. "Construction Schedule and Commencement of Work", in Section 6-7.1, "Time of Completion" and in Section 6-9, "Liquidated Damages" of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. 4-1.02 WORKING DAYS -- The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the work to completion before the expiration of 30 WORKING DAYS from the date of the "NOTICE TO PROCEED". 4-1.03 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES -- The Contractor shall pay to the City of San Bernardino the sum of $500.00 per day for each calendar day's delay in finishing the work in excess of the number of working days prescribed above. In case all the work called for is not completed in all parts and requirements within the time specified, the City shall have the right to grant or deny an extension of time for completion, as may seem best to serve the interest of the City. The Contractor will not be assessed with liquidated damages during the delay in the completion of the work caused by acts of God or of the Public Enemy, acts of the State, fire not due to acts of Contractors or Subcontractors, epidemics, quarantine, restrictions, freight embargo, unusually severe weather, or delays of Subcontractors due to such causes provided that the Contractor shall, within ten (10) days from the beginning of such delay, notify the City, in writing, of the cause of the delay. The City will ascertain the facts and the extent of the delay, and the findings thereon shall be final and conclusive. The Contractor's proposed Construction Schedule shall be submitted to the Engineer within ten (10) working days after the date of the Notice of Award of the Contract. The schedule shall be supported by written statements from each supplier of materials or equipment indicating that all orders have been placed and acknowledged and setting forth the dates that each item will be delivered. The schedule shall be in the form of a tabulation, chart or graph. SP-I 1 4-1.04 PROGRESS REPORTS AND ACCOUNTING OF CONTRACTOR WORKING DAYS -- The Contractor shall submit periodic Progress Reports to the Engineer by the tenth of each month. The report shall include an updated Construction Schedule. Any deviations from the original schedule shall be explained. Progress payments will be withheld pending receipt of any outstanding reports. Section 6-73 "Contract Time Accounti~", of the Standard SpeciTcations is superseded by these Special Provisions. The Engineer or his/her designee will make a daily determination of each working day to be charged against the contract time. Per contract written request, the Engineer will provide working and non-working days to the Contractor. 4-1.05 INSPECTION -- The contractor is responsible to notify the Public Works/Engineering Division 48 hours prior to start of any work. Any work performed without inspection by the City is subject to rejection and removal of work performed, and at contractor expense, the work will have to be reconstructed. At the inspector's request and the contractor's expense, any pipes less than 24" must be inspected by camera for joint grouting and any other inspection. For inspection after regular working hours, see Section 6-1.06 "HOLIDAYS, WORKING DAYS AND HOURS". SP-12 SECTION 5 5-1 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS 5-1.01 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS -- Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, his agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the City of San Bernardino, the State of California, the County of San Bernardino and/or any incorporated city from all claims or suits for damages arising from the prosecution of the contract work, as more fully described in Subsection 5-1.06, "Contractor's Liability". The Contractor agrees to protect, defend and indemnify the City of San Bernardino against loss, damage or expense by reason of any suit claims, demands, judgements and causes of action caused by the Contractor, its employees, agents or any subcontractor, or by any third party arising out of or inconsequence of the performance of all or any operations covered by the Certificate of Insurance. The Contractor, at its option, may include such coverage under Public Liability coverage. 5-1.02 LIABILITY INSURANCE -- The Contractor's attention is directed to Section 7- 3, "Liability Insurance", of the Standard Specifications, providing that the Contractor shall furnish the City with a policy or certificate of liability insurance prior to execution of the contract. All of the Insurance Policies shall name the City of San Bernardino as an additional insured. The endorsement shall be provided by/or agent of the insurance company and shall be notarized to that affect. ACCORD Forms are not acceptable, nor forms signed by the broker, unless they have Power of Attorney to bind the insurance provider. (See attached sample forms.) Contractor shall maintain minimum limits of insurance no less than: 1. General Liabiliri: $1,000,000.00 per occurrence and $2,000,000.00 aggregate for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage. Commercial General Liability Insurance or other form with a general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this project/location; SP-13 2. Products/Completed Operations: $1,000,000.00 per occurrence and $2,000,000.00 aggregate; 3. Automobile Liability: $1,000,000.00 per accident for bodily injury and property damage; 4. Employer's Liability: $1,000,000.00 per accident for bodily injury or illness; 5. Course of Construction: Completed value of the project. 5-1.03 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE -- The Contractor's attention is directed to Section 7-4, "Worker's Compensation Insurance", of Standard Specifications, providing that the Contractor shall file a signed certification Certificate of Worker's Compensation Insurance before execution of the contract. 5-1.04 PAYMENT OF PREVAILING WAGE RATE -- The Contractor and all subcontractors shall pay each craft or worker employed on this project not less than the prevailing wage rates specified in Resolution No. 90-358 of the Mayor and Common Council of the City of San Bernardino. The Engineer shall have the right to interview any craft or worker on the project site in order to verify payment of prevailing wage rates in accordance with Resolution No. 90-358. Prevailing wage shall comply with current rates and all updates. The Contractor shall comply with the provisions in Sections 10262 and 10262.5 of the Public Contract Code and Section 7108.5 of the Business and Professions Code concerning prompt payment to subcontractors. 5-1.05 PAYROLL RECORDS -- The Contractor's attention is directed to the following provisions of Labor Code Section 1776 (Stats.1978, Ch. 1249). The Contractor shall be responsible for the compliance with these provisions by his subcontractors. (a) The Contractor and all subcontractors shall keep an accurate payroll record, showing the name address, social security number, work classification, straight time, and overtime hours worked each day and week, and the actual per diem wages paid to each journeyman, apprentice, worker, or other employee employed by him or her in connection with public work. SP-14 (b) The payroll records enumerated under subdivision (a) shall be certified and shall be available for inspection at all reasonable hours at the principal office of the Contractor on the following basis: (1) A certified copy of an employee's payroll record shall be made available for inspection or furnished to such employee or his or her authorized representative on request. (c) Each Contractor shall file a certified copy of the records enumerated in subdivision (a) with the Engineer on a weekly basis. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to submit the records enumerated in subdivision (a) for all his subcontractors, in addition to his own employees. Failure to submit the records enumerated in subdivision (a) on a timely basis shall constitute good and sufficient reason for withholding the partial payments for work accomplished. 5-1.06 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY -- The City of San Bernardino, the Mayor, the City Council or the Engineer shall not be answerable or accountable in any manner for any loss or damage that may happen to the work or any part thereof; or for any of the materials or other things used or employed in performing the work; or for injury to any person or persons, either workmen or the public; or for damage to any person or persons, either workmen or the public; or for damage to adjoining property from any cause which might have been prevented by the Contractor, or his workmen, or any one employed by him; against all of which injuries or damages to persons and property the Contractor, having control over such work, must properly guard. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to any person or property resulting from defects, obstructions, or any time before its completion and final acceptance, and shall indemnify and save harmless the City of San Bernardino, the Mayor, the City Council and the Engineer from all suits or actions of every name and description brought for, or on account of, any injuries or damages received or sustained by any person or persons, by the Contractor, his servants or agents, in the construction of the work or in consequence of any negligence in guarding the same, in improper materials used in its construction, by or on account of any act or omission of the Contractor or his agents, and so much of the money due the Contractor under and by virtue of the Contract as shall be considered necessary by the City may be retained by the City until disposition has been made of such suits or claims for damages aforesaid. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the precautions taken by the Contractor are not safe or adequate at any time during the life of the Contract, the Engineer may order the Contractor to take further precautions, and if the Contractor shall fail to do so, the Engineer may order the work done by others and charge the Contractor for the cost thereof, such cost to be deducted from any monies due, or becoming due, the Contractor. Failure of the Engineer to order such additional precautions, however, shall not relieve the Contractor from his full responsibility for public safety. SP-15 5-1.07 ATTORNEY'S FEES AND ARBITRATION -- The prevailing party in any legal action to enforce or interpret any provisions of this Agreement will be entitled to recover from the losing party all attorney fees, court costs and necessary disbursements in connection with that action. The costs, salary and expenses of the City Attorney and members of his office, in connection with that action, shall be considered as attorney's fees for the purposes of this Agreement. Caltrans Standard Specifications Section 9-1.10 regarding Binding Arbitration is hereby specifically excluded from this Contract. 5-1.08 WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS -- A bid may be withdrawn by a written request signed by the Bidder. Such requests must be delivered to the City's designated official prior to the bid opening hour stipulated in the "Notice Inviting Bids" or an amended date and hour stipulated in a signed addenda to the Special Provisions. The withdrawal of a bid will not prejudice the right of the Bidder to submit a new bid, providing there is time to do so. Bids may not be withdrawn after said bid opening hour without forfeiture of the bidder's bid guarantee. 5-1.09 IRREGULAR BIDS -- Unauthorized conditions, limitations, or provisions attached to a bid will render it irregular and may cause its rejection. The completed bid forms shall be without interlineations, alterations, or erasures. No oral, telegraphic, or telephonic bid, modification, or withdrawal will be considered. 5-1.10 CITY BUSINESS REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE -- The Contractor wan•ants it possesses, or shall obtain, and maintain during the term of this Agreement, a business registration certificate pursuant to Title 5 of the City of San Bernardino Municipal Code, and any and all other licenses, permits, qualifications, insurance and approvals of whatever nature that are legally required of contractor/consultandvendor to practice its profession, skill or business. Contractor shall obtain a City of San Bernardino Business Registration its own expense. SP-16 ACCORD CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DATE (MM/YY/DD) 00/00100 PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER COMMERCIAL ASSOCIATES INS., INC. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND, ORALTER 1228 EAST LA PALMA AVE. THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. ANAHEIM, CA 92807 COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE (714)524-4949 FAX: (7145)524-4940 COMPANY A CNA-TRANSCONTINENTAL INSURED COMPANY B CNA-VALLEY FORGE YOUR COMPANY NAME COMPANY AND ADDRESS C CHUBBGROUP-FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY D COVlRAOEE nRS IS TO CERTEY THAT THE POLICIES of INSUfU1NCE LISTED BELOW WIVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE NSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PeR10D INOICAIED NOTWITHSTANpNG ANY REg11REMEM, TEAM, OR CONOOION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT IMTII RESPECT TO VAiICH 1NI5 CERTIFKUITE YAY BE L9SUE0 OR MAY PERTNK THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE PONGEES DESCRIBED HEREIN Ei SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS. EXCLU8gN5 AND CONDRgN4 OF SUCH PONCES. NMITS SHOWN MAY WIVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAq CWMS. CO POLM:Y POLICY EFFEC7NE POLICY E%PIR NMRS LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE NUMBER DATE IMM/YY/OD) DATE INMM7DD) GEN ERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE 51000000 X COMMERCU\L GEN LU\BILITY FIRE DAMAGE ANY ONE FIRE S 500000 ^ CWMS ^ OCCUR MADE MED EXP ZANY ONE PERSON) 5 5000 A OWNER'SB CONTRACTOR'S PROT 102267576 0201Aie 07/01AJ9 X PERSONAL b ADV INJURY S 1000 000 GENERAL AGREGATE 52000000 PRODUCTS-COM%OP AGG 52000000 AUT OMOBILE NABILRV COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT {7000000 X AN1'gUTO BODILY INJURY PER PERSON ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY B PER ALCIDENi BAP 519]136 07/07,98 SCHEDULED AUTOS PROPERTYDAIMGE PER ACCIDEM HIRED AUTOS NON-OWNEDAUTOS GAR AGE LU1BILffY 5 AUTO ONLY - EAC H ACC IOENT OTIERTILW AUTOOHLy 5 ANy AUTO EACH ACCIDENT OTHER THAN AUTOONIY: 5 AGGREGATE WORKERS COMPENSATION AND X WORKERS COMP EMPLOYER'S LNBILffY STATUTORY LIMITS s~ ~ ~ E.I. EACH ACCIDENT ' ' C we xxxxxx 020198 oaDJrrJ 000 51 000 THE PROPRIRETORI INCI E.L. DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE . . PARTNERS/EXECUTN 51 000000 E OFFICERS ARE: EXCL E. L. DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT , oTHER oEacnn+nox of ovERAnoRenneATloxwElacualaPECML nEMe JOB LOCATION: AlL CALIFORNIA OPERATIONS OF THE NAMED INSURED RE: (INSERT PROJECT NAME) BELOW NAMES AS ADDITIONAL INSURED WITH RESPECT TO GENERAL LV\BILITY AS REQUIRED BY PROJECT CONTRACT CERTFlCATE HOLDER CANCELWTpN THE CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO aHWID ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCMBED POLICED BE GNLE ' cn BEFORE 1ME EUMTpN MTE uuNO COMPANY wAL MNL~DAYa wMTTEN MOTILE TO THE CFIRIPKwME HOU1Px w O DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES ~ xAMES T 1XE DIVISION OF PUBLIC WORKS AVIIKIRMFDREPREBEMATNE 300 NORTH "D" STREET, 3RD FLOOR JOHN&. SMITH (SrcvnJURS J SAN BERNARDINO, CA 9 24 7 8-0001 ACCORD 285 195 ®ACCORD CORPORA7NNi SP-17 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY NAMED INSURED: POLICY NUMBER: THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY ADDITIONAL INSURED ------OWNERS, LESSES OR CONTRACTORS (FORM B ) This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART-OCCURRENCE SCHEDULE NAME OF PERSON OR ORGANIZATION: CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO DEVELOPMENT SERVICES/PUBLIC WORKS 300 NORTH "D" STREET, 3RD FLOOR SAN BERNARDINO, CA 92418-0001 SAMPLE O:NLI~~ (If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as applicable to this endorsement.) WHO IS AN INSURED (Section II) is amended to include as an insured the person or organization shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability arising out of "your work" for that insured by or for you. NOTE: MUST BE SIGEND BYAUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE FOR PROVIDER SUPPLY POWEROFATTORNEYGIVINGAUTHORITYTOBIND CG 20 10 11 85 Authorized Representative for CNA Insurance Group Golden Eagle Insurance Company SP-18 SECTION 6 6-1 GENERAL 6-1.01 INCREASED OR DECREASED QUANTITIES -- If the total pay quantity of any item of work subject to the provisions in Section 3-2.2.1, "Contract Unit Prices" ,"increased or decreased quantities", of the Standard Specifications varies by more than 25 percent, compensation payable to the Contractor will be determined in accordance with said Section 3- 2.2.1 and these Special Provisions. When the compensation payable for the number of units of an item of work performed in excess of 125 percent of the Engineer's Estimate is less that $1,500 at the applicable contract unit price, the Engineer reserves the right to make no adjustment in said price if he so elects, except that an adjustment will be made if requested in writing by the Contractor. Such Contractor's request shall be accompanied by adequate, detailed data to support costs of the item. Should the total pay quantity of any item of work required under the contract be less than 75 percent of the Engineer's Estimate, therefor, the Engineer reserves the right to make no adjustment in said price if he so elects, except that an adjustment will be made if requested in writing by the Contractor. Such Contractor's request shall be accompanied by adequate, detailed data to support costs of the item. The payment of the total pay quantity of such item of work will in no case exceed the payment which would be made for the performance of 75 percent of the Engineer's Estimate of the quantity at the original contract unit price. 6-1.02 SOUND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS -- Sound control shall comply with Chapter 8.54 of the City of San Bernardino Municipal Code and these Special Provisions. The noise level from the Contractor's operations between the hours of 9:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. shall not exceed 86 dbA at the distance of 50 feet. This requirement in no way relieves the Contractor from responsibility for complying with local ordinances regulating noise levels Said noise level requirements shall apply to all equipment on the job or related to the job, including but not limited to trucks, transit mixers or transient equipment that may or may not be owned by the Contractor. The use of loud sound signals shall be avoided in favor of light warnings except those required by safety laws for the protection of personnel. SP-19 6-1.03 NATIONAL POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM (NPDES) REQUIREMENTS -- The Contractor shall adhere strictly to Sections 7-8 and 7-10 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works (Green Book) through the entire project. The Contractor, without limitation, shall be responsible to provide and implement Best Management Practices to comply with National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) standards and practices. The Contractor shall be responsible, to the fullest extent possible, not to permit any contaminants, including soil, to enter any drainage system. Contractor shall be responsible to be prepared to provide hay bales or similar devices to prevent erosion from being washed into the storm drain system. The Contractor shall be responsible to maintain equipment so that oil, grease, gasoline, diesel fuel, et al., does not contaminate areas subject to run-off. The Contractor and its Surety shall fully indemnify the City for any pollution damage and/or cleaning costs. All construction on off-site or on-site improvements shall adhere to NPDES (National Pollution Discharge Elimination System) Best Management Practices to prevent deleterious materials or pollutants from entering the City or County storm drain systems. The following are the areas to be addressed where applicable: 1. Handle, store and dispose of materials properly. 2. Avoiding excavation and grading activities during wet weather. 3. Construct diversion dikes and drainage swales around working sites. 4. Cover stockpiles and excavated soil with secured tarps or plastic sheeting. 5. Develop and implement erosion control plans. 6. Check and repair leaking equipment away from construction site. 7. Designate a location away from storm drains for refueling. 8. Cover and seal catch basins whenever working in their vicinity. 9. Use vacuum with all concrete sawing operations. 10. Never wash excess material from aggregate, concrete or equipment onto a street 11. Catch drips from paver with drip pans or absorbent material. 12. Clean up all spills using dry methods. 13. Sweep all gutters at the end of each working day. Gutters shall be kept clean after leaving construction site. 14. Ca11911 in case of a hazardous spill. 15. Keep a running log of all activities in connection with the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) 16. Name a person, on site, responsible for complying with S.W.P.P.P. Best Management Practices (BMPs). Best Management Practices shall be defined as any program, technology, process, site criteria, operating method, measure, or device which controls, prevents, removes, or reduces pollution. The Contractor shall obtain and refer to the California Storm Water Best Management Practice Handbooks, Volume 3 Construction BMP Handbook and the Count~Regional Best Management Practices Handbook for Construction Activities. SP-20 The Contractor shall have a minimum of two (2) readily accessible copies of each publication on the Work site at all times. The Contractor shall implement the following BMPs in conjunction with the construction operation and activities: CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES Water Conservation Practices Dewatering Paving Operations Structure Construction and Painting MATERIAL MANAGEMENT Material Delivery and Storage Material Use Spill Prevention and Control WASTE MANAGEMENT Solid Waste Management Hazardous Waste Management Contaminated Soil Management Concrete Waste Management Sanitary/Septic Waste Management VEHICLE AND EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT Vehicle and Equipment Cleaning Vehicle and Equipment Fueling Vehicle and Equipment Maintenance VEGETATIVE STABILIZATION Scheduling Preservation of Existing Vegetation Temporary Seeding and Planting Mulching PHYSICAL STABILIZATION Geotextiles and Mats Soil Stabilizer/Dust Control Temporary Stream Crossing Stabilized Construction Roadway Stabilized Construction Entrance SP-21 RUNOFF DIVERSION Sodding, Grass Plugging, and Vegetative Buffer strips Earth Dikes, Drainage Swales, and Lined Ditches Top and Toe of Slope Diversion DitchesBerms Slope Drains and Subsurface Drains VELOCITY REDUCTION Flared Culvert End Sections Outlet Protection/Velocity Dissipation Devices Check Dams Slope Roughening/Terracing/Rounding SEDIMENT TRAPPING Silt Fences Straw Bale Barrier Sand Bag Barrier Brush or Rock Filter Storm Drain Inlet Protection Sediment Traps Sediment Basin Additional BMPs may be required as a result of a change in actual field conditions, contractor activities, or construction operations. When more than one BMP is listed under each specific BMP category, the Contractor shall select the appropriate and necessary number of BMPs within each category in order to achieve the BMP objective. BMPs for contractor activities shall be continuously implemented throughout the project. Resources to implement BMPs for erosion control and sedimentation shall be readily available and implemented throughout the construction phase and whenever the National Weather Service predicts rain within 24 hours. BMPs for erosion control and sedimentation shall also be implemented prior to the commencement of any contractor activity or construction operation that may produce run-off, and whenever run-off from other sources may occur. The CITY, as a permittee, is subject to enforcement actions by the State Water Resources Control Board, Environmental Protection Agency, and private citizens. The CITY may assess the Contractor a penalty of $1,000 for each calendar day that the Contractor has not fully implemented the BMPs specified for the Contract and/or is otherwise in noncompliance with these provisions. In addition, the CITY will deduct, from the final payment due the Contractor, the total amount of any fines levied on the CITY, plus legal and staff costs, as a result of the Contractor's lack of compliance with these provisions and/or less than complete implementation of the specified BMPs. SP-22 Full compensation for the implementation of BMPs, including the construction, removal, and the furnishing of all necessary labor, equipment, and materials, shall be considered as included in the prices bid for the various items of work. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP). A Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) shall be defined as a report that includes site map(s), identification of construction and contractor activities that could pollute storm water, and a description of measures and practices to control the potential pollutants. The preparation and implementation of the SWPPP. is intended to ensure that the Contractor will make every reasonable effort to prevent the pollution of water resources during the period of construction. All projects, regardless of size, shall have a SWPPP developed prior to the performance of any soil disturbing activities. Projects over one acre are placed under the regulations of the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit for Storm Water Discharge Associated with Construction Activity. In the State of California, these regulations are adopted by the State Water Resources Control Board and as such projects that fall into this category must submit a Notice of New Construction (NONC) to the State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) to obtain a waste discharge identification number (WDID). This information is available for review and downloading on the State of California, Department of Transportation web site at http: //www.dot. ca.gov/hq/construe/stormwater/manuals. SWPPP's over one acre shall be prepared under the supervision of, and signed by, a Civil Engineer registered by the State of California. All SWPPP's shall include and incorporate BMPs that address contractor activities, erosion, and sedimentation control. The SWPPP shall also include and incorporate appropriate BMPs for run-off generated by construction activities and other non-storm water sources. During all periods of construction, excavated soils which are stored on-site shall be completely covered with waterproof material and sand (or gravel) bagged or bermed in order that, in the event of a storm, no soil becomes mixed with or transported by storm water run-off. If, during construction operations, field conditions change in a manner which, in the opinion of the Field Engineer, significantly deviates from how the SWPPP, as approved by the CITY, addressed the current construction operation, the Field Engineer may direct the Contractor to revise the current construction operation and/or the SWPPP. Such directions will be made in writing and will specify the items of work for which the SWPPP is inadequate. No further work on these items will be permitted until the Contractor revises the construction operations to the satisfaction of the Field Engineer and/or until the Contractor submits a revised SWPPP and receives CITY approval. The Field Engineer will notify the Contractor of the acceptance or rejection of the revised SWPPP within seven (7) working days from the date of submittal. SP-23 The SWPPP shall be submitted to the CITY for review and approval a minimum of twenty (20) working days prior to the commencement of construction operations in accordance with 6-1.03 of these Special Provisions. Full compensation for preparation of the SWPPP, revisions to the SWPPP, and all other related costs shall be considered as included in the prices bid for the various items of work. The City's NPDES Division shall be contacted prior to any work to determine whether or not the project will require the development of a Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP). THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH THESE REQUIREMENTS AND CITY ENGINEER'S DIRECTIONS DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION. 6-1.04 PERMITS AND LICENSE -- The Contractor shall pay for and obtain a City Business Registration prior to the execution of the contract. Prior to the commencement of work, the Contractor shall obtain a construction permit at no cost from the City of San Bernardino, Public Works Division, Engineering Section, located at San Bernardino City Hall, 300 North "D" Street, 3`d Floor, San Bernardino, CA 92418. The permit shall be kept in a readily available place on the job site at all times during construction. While no fee will be charged for the permit, no permit will be issued unless the Contractor provides a code reference number from USA. Contractor shall obtain all required permits from all other City of San Bernardino Departments/divisions and/or agencies including, but not limited to, Building Inspection Division, Public Services -Sewer, Water, County Flood Control, Railroad, Caltrans, Fish & Game, Corp. of Engineers, Regional Water Quality Board, etc., at his/her own expense, unless otherwise stated in the Plans and Specifications. These fees and permits shall include water and sewer hook-up, meter, inspection and flagging fees. Contractor shall obtain a City of San Bernardino Business Registration at his/her own expense. 6-1.05 EXTRA WORK AND MARKUP -- Any extra work done shall conform to the provisions of Section 3.3, "Extra Work", of the Standard Specifications, subject to the restrictions of Section 20452 and 20455 of the Public Contract Code. A. Work by Contractor The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor's costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits: 1) Labor 20 2) Material I S 3) Equipment Rental 15 4) Other items and Expenditures 15 SP-24 To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this subjection, compensation for bonding shall be at the rate specified by the bonding company. B. Work by Subcontractor When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established above shall be applied to the Subcontractor's actual cost of such work, also a markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000.00 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000.00 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor. 6-1.06 HOLIDAYS WORKING DAYS AND HOURS -- The Contractor's activities shall be confined to the hours between 7:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding holidays, as defined in this section. Deviation from these hours will not be permitted without the prior consent of the Engineer, except in emergencies involving immediate hazard to persons or property. No traveled lane shall be closed during rush hour, (7:00 a.m. to 8:30 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. to 6:00 p.m., unless approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Engineer regarding working hours prior to start of construction. In the event of either a requested or emergency deviation, inspection service fees will be charged against the Contractor. The service fees will be calculated at overtime rates, including benefits, overhead and travel time. The Contractor will coordinate inspections with the Public Works Inspector 48 hours prior to any work being done during evenings or Saturdays. Designated legal Holidays are: January 151, the third Monday in January, the third Monday in February, the last Monday in May, July 4~', the first Monday in September, November 11~', Thanksgiving Day and the Friday following, December 25`h and the working day preceding or following (as directed by the Mayor and Common Council) and the last working day of the year. When a designated legal holiday falls on a Sunday, the following Monday shall be a designated legal holiday. When a designated legal holiday falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be designated a legal holiday. 6-1.07 PAYMENTS -- Attention is directed to Section 9-3, "Payments", and 9-3.2, "Partial and Final Payment", of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. No partial payment will be made for any materials which are furnished, but not incorporated in the work. The Contractor shall submit "As Built" project drawings to the Engineer prior to the release of final payment and/or bonds. SP-25 6-1.08 PROJECT APPEARANCE -- The contractor shall maintain a neat appearance to the work including use of street sweeping. In any area visible to the public, the following shall apply: When practicable, broken concrete and debris developed during clearing and grubbing shall be disposed of concurrently with its removal. If stockpiling is necessary, the material shall be removed or disposed of weekly unless otherwise specified. 6-1.09 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS EXCAVATED OR REMOVED MATERIAL -- Unless otherwise specified, all excess excavation or removed material shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of by him away from the site of the work. 6-1.10 SURVEYING SERVICE -- Surveying and/or contract staking shall be done per Section 2-9.2 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. The Contractor shall perform and be responsible for the accuracy of surveying adequate for construction. A California registered Civil Engineer licensed to perform surveying or a Califomia registered Land Surveyor shall perform any surveying or staking, as directed by the Engineer, at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor shall preserve construction survey stakes and marks for the duration of their usefulness. If any construction survey stakes are lost or disturbed and need to be replaced, such replacement shall be by the Contractor at the expense of the Contractor. Incase of missing or incorrect ties, the Contractor's Surveyor shall restore ties as necessary at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor shall submit to the City a copy of all survey notes and a Certificate Record of Survey. All existing monumentation shall be tied and recorded prior to construction. Corner Records shall be filed, pre and post construction, in accordance with Section 8771 of the Business and Professions Code (AB 1414). Final monumentation of alignments and new R/W lines shall be performed in accordance with the State of California Surveys Manual (latest edition). Record of Surveys or In-Lieu Maps, as applicable, shall be prepared and filed. One reproducible (mylar) copy of all filed maps and one photocopy of all filed Corner Records or Records of Survey shall be delivered to the City within 30 days of such filings. SP-26 6-1.11 APPROVED MATERIALS -Wherever the expression "or approved equal" is used, it shall be taken to mean the approval by the City Engineer of any substitution of material or material specified herein. All substitution requests shall state the reason for the request and the difference in price between the item specified and the requested substitution. All substitution requests shall be submitted to the City Engineer in writing five (5) working days prior to the bid opening. No requests for substitutions will be considered by telephone. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review and approval six (6) copies of all shop drawings. The Contractor shall make any corrections to shop drawings required by the Engineer. 6-1.12 CITY-FURNISHED MATERIALS -City-furnished material, when applicable as specified in other sections of these Special Provisions, shall comply with the following: A. Materials, if furnished by the City, will be made available as specified in these Special Provisions. The Contractor is responsible for loading, unloading, hauling and handling, and placing City-furnished materials. B. The Contractor shall inspect and assure itself of the amount and soundness of such materials. C. The Contractor will be held responsible for all materials furnished to it, and shall pay all demurrage and storage charges. City-furnished materials lost or damaged from any cause whatsoever shall be replaced by the Contractor. The Contractor will be liable to the City for the cost of replacing City-furnished material and such cost may be deducted from any monies due or to become due the Contractor. 6-1.13 CLAYTON ACT AND CARTWRIGHT ACT -- Section 4551 of the State Government Code specifies that in executing a public works contract with the CITY to supply goods, services or materials, the Contractor or Subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the CITY all rights, title and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 commencing with Sec. 16700) of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code, arising from purchase of goods, services or materials .pursuant to the contract or subcontract. This assignment shall become effective when the CITY tenders final payment to the Contractor without further acknowledgement by the parties. SP-27 6-1.14 PROJECT ERRORS OMISSIONS INCONSISTENCIES AND/OR DISCREPANCIES -- In the event of errors, omissions, inconsistencies, and/or discrepancies among two or more portions of the Contract Documents, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to follow the most stringent requirements at no additional cost. If errors, omission, inconsistencies, and/or discrepancies appear in the Contract Documents or in the work done by others affecting this work, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer prior to proceeding with the work, and the Engineer shall issue appropriate instructions. If the Contractor proceeds with the work so affected, without instructions from the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove the incorrect work or make the necessary corrections to comply with the Engineer's instructions at no cost to the City of San Bernardino. In case of conflicts, errors, omissions, inconsistencies, and/or discrepancies on the plan sheets, it is assumed that the bid included the cost for implementing and/or constructing the discrepancy that would have the highest dollar value. 6-1.15 EMERGENCY INFORMATION -- The names, addresses and telephone numbers of the Contractor and subcontractors, or their representatives, which can be reached and will respond to calls 24 hours/day, shall be filed with the Office of the City Engineer prior to beginning work. 6-1.16 MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS -- The Contractor shall protect and maintain all existing improvements and facilities in place to remain from the first day of work under this contract to acceptance. Contractor is responsible for replacing any damaged improvement or facility to original condition or better. 6-1.17 CONTRACTOR'S SAFETY RESPONSIBILITY -- The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the jobsite, including safety of all persons and property during performance of the work. This requirement shall apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours. Safety provisions shall conform to U.S. Department of Labor (OSHA), the California Occupational Safety and Health Act, and all other applicable Federal, State, County, and City laws, ordinances, regulations, codes, the requirements set forth below, and any regulations that may be detailed in other parts of the Contract Documents. Where any of these are in conflict, the more stringent requirement shall be followed. SP-28 6-1.18 SAFETY SUPERVISOR AND MEETINGS -- A. The Contractor shall appoint an employee as safety supervisor who is qualified and authorize to supervise and enforce compliance with the Safety Program. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing prior to the commencement of work of the name of the person who will act as the Contractor's Safety Supervisor. B. The Contractor will, through and with his Safety Supervisor, ensure that all of its employees, and its subcontractors of any tier, fully comply with the Project Safety Policies. The Safety Supervisor shall be a full-time employee of the Contractor whose responsibility shall be for supervising compliance with applicable safety requirements on the work site and for developing and implementing safety training classes for all job personnel. C. The Contractor and its affected subcontractors shall attend safety coordination meetings. The minutes of their meetings shall be submitted to the Engineer. 6-1-19 MEETINGS -- A. The Contractor shall attend weekly progress meetings at the project site. B. In general, these meetings will be attended by the Contractor, the Engineer or his designee, and any subcontractors, suppliers, distributors. or other concerned individuals with issues or items to discuss. C. Meeting minutes will be taken by the Engineer or his/her designee. The meeting minutes will be available to the Contractor at the following weekly meeting. The Contractor shall be responsible to distribute the meeting minutes to all parties performing work under his contract. D. The Engineer shall have the authority to require that a mandatory meeting be held at any time during normal work hours. E. These meetings shall be attended by the Contractor, the Engineer or his/her designee, and may subcontractors specified by the Engineer. 6-1.20 PAYMENT -- Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of Section 6 shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract bid items of work involved, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. SP-29 SECTION 7 7-1 UTILITIES 7-1.01 GENERAL -- The location of all utility substructures that may affect the work shall comply with Section 5, "Utilities", of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Notify the Engineer immediately of any conflict. Match existing products. The Contractor is responsible for coordinating work with the utility owners. Certain companies, governmental agencies, or their contractors may be working within the construction area. Certain utility facilities at various locations within the project limits may be removed, relocated, abandoned, or installed by companies' or agencies' contractors. The Contractor shall coordinate his work with utility owners and their contractors. The Contractor shall exercise due caution to prevent any damage to/or movement of these utility facilities. Listed below are the utilities that may be affected, with the designated contact person. These names and phone numbers, are listed for information purposes only. The Contractor is responsible for verifying phone numbers and contact persons. I. SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON COMPANY 287 Tennessee Street Redlands, CA 92373 Phone: (909) 307-6779 Attn: Vincent Alvarez, Service Planner Cell Phone: (951) 317-5881 Attn: Jeff Esquivel, Underground Inspection 2. SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA GAS COMPANY 1981 West Lugonia Avenue Redlands, CA 92373 Phone: (909) 335-7772 Attn: Devry Jennings 3. SAN BERNARDINO MUNICIPAL WATER DEPARTMENT Water Utility Division 195 North "D" Street San Bernardino, CA 92401 Phone: (909) 387-7224 Attn: Ellis Williams SP-30 4. VERIZON 1980 Orange Tree Lane, Suite 100 Redlands, CA 92374-2803 Phone: (909) 748-6676 Attn: Peter Alvarado 5. TIME WARNER CABLE ~AOELPH~A; coMCAST> 1500 Auto Center Drive Ontario, CA 91761-1561 Phone: (909) 721-8589 Attn: Bruce Dewese, Construction Coordinator 6. TIME WARNER TELCOM OF CALIFORNIA ~AOELPeiA; rci~ 1500 Auto Center Drive Ontario, CA 91761-1561 Phone: (909) 798-8588 Attn: Mark Davenhauer 7. TIME WARNER TELECOM OF CALIFORNIA 3281 Guasti Road, Suite #350 Ontario, CA 91761 Phone: (909) 456-3697 Attn: Richard Wilkerson Cell: (714) 801-6141 8. A.T. & T. - OSP Engineering Cable Maintenance & Right of Way 2741 N. Main Street Walnut Creek, CA 94596-2714 Phone: (925) 944-8416 Attn: Rosemary Hamill 9. A.T. RL T. (SBC -PACIFIC BELL TELEPHONE) ATTN: Right-of--Way Liaison 1265 N. Van Buren Street, Room # 180 Anaheim, CA 92807 Phone: (714) 666-5401 Attn: Susan Morgan SP31 10. SPRINT COMMUNICATIONS Attn: Outside Plant Engineering 282 South Sycamore Street Rialto, CA 92376 Phone: (909) 874-7450 Attn: Lynn Durrett 11. MCI -Western Region OSP Outside Plant Construction 157 S. Lilac Street Rialto, CA 92376 Phone: (909) 421-5309 Attn: Chuck Trimble 12. CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS - N / A 13. EAST VALLEY WATER DISTRICT - N / A 14. SAN BERNARDINO COUNTY INFORMATION SERVICES NETWORK SERVICES Attn: Randy Miller, Division Chief 670 E. Gilbert Street San Bernardino, CA 92415 Phone: (909) 388-5910 Attn: Michele Watson 15. OMNITRANS 1700 W. 5`h Street San Bernardino, CA 92411 Phone: (909) 379-7153 Attn: Allen Wild -Stops & Station Changes 16. CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO INFORMATION SERVICES -COMMUNICATIONS 300 North "D" Street, 4'" Floor San Bernardino, CA 92418 Phone: (909) 384-5947 Attn: Lany Martin SP32 17. CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO PUBLIC SERVICES DEPARTMENT STREET DIVISION 234 S, Mt. View Avenue San Bernardino, CA 92408 Phone: (909) 384-5143 Attn: Elias Shehab 18. CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO PUBLIC SERVICES DEPARTMENT TRAFFIC SIGNALS 234 S. Mt. View, #110 San Bernardino, CA Phone: (909) 384-5129 Attn: Scott Zehm 7-1.02 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY -- The Contractor shall verify the location of all underground utilities and services, including potholing, before proceeding with the excavation work, requesting in advance the services of inspectors from the utility companies in order to ascertain said locations. Damage to underground utilities resulting from neglect on the part of the Contractor shall be corrected and paid for by the Contractor. 7-1.03 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK -- The Contractor shall conform to the requirements of Section 7-7, "Cooperation and Collateral Work", of the Standard Specifications. 7-1.04 UTILITIES NOTIFICATION -- The Contractor shall notify all owners of public utilities seventy two (72) hours in advance of excavating around any of their facilities and substructures and shall also provide the same notice to Underground Service Alert of Southern California, telephone number 1/800/422-4133. SP-33 7-1.05 UTILITIES INTERFERENCE -- Utilities which are found, by exploratory location or by excavation, to interfere with the construction of this project will be relocated, altered, or reconstructed, or the Engineer may order changes in location, line or grade of the project structure, to be built in order to avoid said utility. The Contractor may coordinate the work with the utility owners. Abandoned utilities, which interfere with the construction of any portion of this project, may be cut by the Contractor, the interfering portion of the utility removed and open ends of the pipe sealed with a suitable plug or cap. 7-1.06 PAYMENT -- Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this Section, not otherwise provided for, shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract bid items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. SP-34 SECTION 8 8-1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 8-1.01 DESCRIPTION -- The work to be done consists, in general, of mobilization, saw cutting existing concrete curbs and sidewalks and asphalt concrete as required, performing. clearing and grubbing of any such material, performing unclassified excavation and unclassified fill, constructing underground utility conduit and conductors by trench and/or jacking, and such other items or details, not mentioned above, that are required by the Plans, Standard Specifications, or these Special Provisions to be performed, placed, constructed or installed. 8-1.02 BLANK 8-1.03 CLEAN UP AND DUST CONTROL -- Clean up and dust control shall conform to provisions in Section 7-8.1, "Clean Up and Dust Control", of the Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall water down the site during periods of high winds as directed by the Engineer, including periods when the work is not actually in progress. Failure to respond to a directive to water the site in a prompt manner will result in the City making other arrangements to have this item of work done and the costs billed to the Contractor, or it shall be paid for by the Contractor as a deduction from his contract. 8-1.04 PROJECT LOCATIONS -- See separate bound Plans. The work to be done shall include furnishing all materials, equipment, tools, labor, taxes and incidentals as required by the Contract Documents to construct the project. Addenda issued during the time of bidding shall become a part of the documents furnished to all bidders for the preparation of bids, shall be covered in the bids, and shall be made a part of the contract. Each Bid shall include specific acknowledgement in the space provided of receipt of all Addenda issued during the bidding period. Failure to so acknowledge Addenda may result in the Bid being rejected as not responsive. SP-35 8-1.04 PRE-BID INQUIRIES -- NO ORAL representations or interpretations will be made to any Bidder as to the meaning of the Specifications, Plans, any addenda, or other Contract Documents. Written requests for an interpretation, or to identify a potential omission, discrepancy, or misunderstanding will be accepted until one week prior to bid opening. If there are any questions regarding this project, please contact: City Engineer's Office San Bernardino City Hall 300 North "D" Street, 3`d Floor San Bernardino, CA 92418 Attention: Robert Eisenbeisz, Senior Civil Engineer Re: CONSTRUCTION OF UNDERGROUND (DRY) UTILITIES IN MILL STREET, EAST OF WATERMAN AVENUE TO DOOLITTLE DRIVE (SS 07-18 ) PLANS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 11747 Tel: (909) 384-5203; Fax: (909) 384-5155 E-mail: eisenbeisz_ro@ci.san-bernardino.ca.us SP-36 SECTION 9 9-1 TRAFFIC CONTROL 9-1.01 GENERAL -- Attention is directed to Section 7-10, "Public Convenience and Safety", of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 2006 Edition and these Special Provisions. Warning signs, lights, cones, barricades and devices for use in performance of work upon highways shall conform to the "Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices", current edition, and the "California Supplement", current edition. The Contractor shall submit and obtain City approval for traffic control and traffic detour plans prior to the commencement of operations on a street. Traffic control and detour plans shall be based on the most recent "Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices", current edition, and the "California Supplement", current edition. All temporary traffic striping, and maintenance shall be done by the Contractor, including placement of temporary tape on all crosswalks. The Contractor shall restore all existing striping to original configuration as directed by the Engineer. All warning, regulatory and construction signs shall be fully reflectorized. The traffic cones to be used shall be thirty-six inches (36") in height, rubber or plastic, and be reflectorized. All work areas that remain a8er dusk must be properly illuminated at night to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall take all necessary measures to obtain a normal flow of traffic to prevent accidents and to protect the work throughout the construction stages until completion of the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for implementing the approved traffic control plan based on the most recent "Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices", current edition, and the "California Supplement", current edition. The Contractor shall make the necessary arrangements to provide and maintain barriers, cones, barricades, construction warnings, regulatory signs and any other safety control devices, including flagmen. The Contractor shall take measures necessary to protect all other portions of the work during construction and until completion, providing and maintaining all necessary barriers, barricade lights and striping, including crosswalks. SP-37 In addition to the foregoing traffic control and safety measures, the Contractor shall immediately implement any measures requested by the Engineer defined as necessary to ensure the proper flow of traffic, the protection of the public and/or the safety of the workers. The Contractor shall maintain at all times the ability to respond to calls from the Engineer, including during non-working hours, to replace or provide additional traffic control or safety devices as required. All places of business and residences along the streets that are within the limits of any work shall be notified by the Contractor in writing at least seven (7) days prior to commencement of work. This notification shall explain the sequence of work and indicate any restrictions of parking and access. Verbal notification shall be given to all places of business and residences at least 18 hours in advance of commencing work that will affect access to and from their properties. 9-1.02 TURN RESTRICTIONS -- The Contractor shall post appropriate signs restricting turns when directed to do so by the Engineer. 9-1.03 PARKING RESTRICTIONS -- Unless otherwise specified herein, the Contractor may post temporary "NO PARKING" signs within the area of work as required to facilitate construction operations, with prior approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish, maintain, and install (seven days prior to the start of work) all "TEMPORARY NO PARKING" signs with the duration of the no parking time written on them. The Contractor will be responsible for posting, removing, and maintaining these signs as required for this project. The Contractor shall make his own arrangements relative to keeping the working area clear of parked vehicles. The Contractor shall obtain prior approval from the Engineer for removal of vehicles. 9-1.04 TRAFFIC LANES -- Traffic lanes shall have a minimum width of 10 feet with a minimum of one lane open in each direction. A minimum shoulder width of 2 feet shall be provided adjacent to curbs, posts and other similar obstructions, and 5 feet shall be provided adjacent to any excavation, unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer. 9-1.05 ACCESS TO ABUTTING PROPERTY AND ROAD AND TRAVEL LANE CLOSURE -- The Contractor shall so conduct his operations as to offer the least possible obstruction and inconvenience to the public. Convenience access to abutting properties shall be maintained and remain open, unless approved by the Engineer. SP-38 If lane closures are approved by the Engineer, the full width of the traveled way shall be open for use by public traffic from 4:00 p.m. to 8:30 a.m., all day for Saturdays, Sundays, and designated legal holidays, after 3:00 p.m. on Fridays and the day preceding designated legal holidays, and when construction operations are not actively in progress on working days. The Contractor shall install signs to notify the public of days and times that traveled lanes or roads will be closed seven (7) days in advance of lane or road closures. No traveled lane will be closed without authorized approval given by the Engineer. If any traveled lane or road is allowed to be closed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall install signs to notify the public of days and times that traveled lanes or roads will be closed seven (7) days in advance of the lane or road closure. Personal vehicles of the Contractor's employees shall not be parked o the traveled way at any time. 9-1.06 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE -- During the progress of work, adequate provisions shall be made by the Contractor to accommodate the normal vehicular and pedestrian traffic along streets, roads, and highways, immediately adjacent to or crossing the work, so as to cause a minimum of inconvenience to the general public. Emergency vehicles shall be permitted access at all times to any street. 9-1.07 FLASHING ARROW SIGNS -- The Contractor shall furnish and maintain flashing arrow signs (FAS) during lane closures or detours on streets. The Engineer shall determine when FAS is required at any location. 9-1.08 PAYMENT -- Full compensation for famishing and installing signs, lights, flares, barricades, traffic control plan and other traffic control devices, necessary to expedite passage of public traffic through the work area, and for conforming to the requirements of this Section, not otherwise provided for, shall be considered as included in the lump sum contract bid price for "TRAFFIC CONTROL", and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. The provisions in this Section may be modified or altered if, in the opinion of the Engineer, public traffic will be better served and work expedited. Said modifications or alterations shall be adopted immediately and shall be considered paid in full as a part of the lump sum contract bid price for "TRAFFIC CONTROL", and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. SP-39 SECTION 10 10-1 MOBILIZATION 10-1.01 GENERAL -- Mobilization shall comply with the requirements of Section 9- 3.4, "Mobilization", of the Standard Specifications. Mobilization may include, but not be limited to, the following principle items: 1. Submittal and modification, as required, of the Construction Schedule. 2. Providing a Project Office. 3. Review of the Site. 4. Obtaining all required Transportation Permits. 5. Submittal of all required insurance certificates and bonds as required by these Specifications 6. Moving onto the site, including, but not limited to: a. Equipment b. Arranging for and erection of Contractor's work and storage areas. 7. Installing construction fencing and temporary construction power and wiring. 8. Providing a minimum of one restroom facility for each twenty-five (25) workers occupying the site. Facilities may include existing functioning restrooms, or portable chemical facilities, or any combination thereof, and shall count as one for each urinal or one for each water closet (as required). 9. Installing all temporary utilities (as required). 10. Establishing required fire protection provisions. 11. Posting al10SHA required notices and establishment of safety programs. 12. Posting of all Department of Labor notices. 13. Having the Contractor's superintendent at the job site full-time and responding 24 hours per day. 14. Air and water quality protective measures, as necessary, and without limitation. 15. Potholing and other research and review as necessary to verify site conditions and utility locations. 16. Demobilization of the Site. 17. Any other item as specified. 10-1.02 PAYMENT -The contract bid lump sum price paid for "MOBILIZATION" shall be deemed to include the cost of work in advance of construction operation and not directly attributable to any specific bid item, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. SP-40 SECTION 11 11-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION AND UNCLASSIFIED FILL 11-1.01 GENERAL -- Clearing and grubbing, unclassified excavation and unclassified. fill shall comply with Section 300-1, "Clearing and Grubbing", Section 300-2, "Unclassified Excavation", and Section 300-4, "Unclassified Fill", of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Clearing and grubbing shall include, but not be limited to the following items as shown on the Plans or as specified in the Special Provisions. The following items shall be classified as clearing and grubbing: 1. Remove any existing asphalt concrete or concrete curb and sidewalk, including saw cutting, disturbed during construction and as directed by the Engineer. 2. Remove any excess soil or vegetation disturbed during trenching behind sidewalk. All removed concrete and other materials shall become the property of the .Contractor and shall be disposed of outside of the right-of--way in accordance with Section 300-2.2, "Unsuitable Materials", and Section 300-2.6, "Surplus Material", of the Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall grade disturbed areas behind curb or sidewalk as required, provide all unclassified excavating and unclassified fill necessary as indicated on the Plans and described in these Special Provisions. Excess and/or unsuitable materials shall be removed from the site by the Contractor. Where unclassified fill and grading is necessary in preparation for laying concrete, it shall be made with clean material which shall be solidly compacted to avoid future settlement. Outside the traveled way, in areas to receive concrete, soil shall be compacted to a relative density of not less than 90%. Backfill for trenching under the traveled way shall be compacted to a relative compaction of a minimum of 90%. When asphalt pavement is to be placed directly on subgrade material, the top 6" of subgrade material shall be compacted to a relative compaction of 95%. SP-41 11-1.02 PAYMENT -- The lump sum price paid for "CLEARING and GRUBBING, Unclassified Excavation and Unclassified Fill", shall be considered as full compensation for doing all the work involved in clearing and grubbing, unclassified excavation and unclassified fill, as shown on the Plans, per these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Cost of compaction testing ordered by the Engineer shall be paid for in the following manner: 1. Tests which do not meet the required relative compaction shall be paid for by the Contractor, as a deduction from his contract. 2. Tests which do meet the required relative compaction will be paid for by the City. SP-42 SECTION 12 THROUGH SECTION IS BLANK SP-43 SECTION 16 16-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE 16-1.01 GENERAL -- Portland Cement Concrete construction shall comply with Section 201-1, "Portland Cement Concrete", and Section 303-5, "Concrete Curb, Walks, Gutters, Cross Gutters, Alley Intersections, Access Ramps and Driveways", of the Standard Specifications, as shown on the Plans, Standard Drawings and these Special Provisions. Portland Cement Concrete shall be Class 520-C-2500, with a maximum slump of four (4) inches. 16-1.02 PCC SIDEWALK -- PCC sidewalk shall be constructed in accordance with the City of San Bernardino's Standard Drawing No. 202 and as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor will be responsible for replacement of any pull boxes and/or pull box covers damaged prior to and/or during construction The Contractor shall protect all existing structures and facilities which are adjacent to the limits of the work to be done under this contract, in accordance with Section 7-9, "Protection and Restoration of Existing Improvements", of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. The above referenced City Standard Drawing is made a part ofthese-Specifications and is included in the APPENDIX. All work shall conform to the above standards to the extent feasible; however, emphasis shall be given to matching dimensions of adjoining improvements, subject to concurrence of the Engineer. 16-1.03 BONDING -- Joints between new and existing concrete shall be given surface preparation as follows: Joints made with the mass of existing concrete by cutting, chipping, or grinding shall be cleaned free of all loose deleterious material by thorough brooming and compressed air jetting. SP-44 2. Original surfaces or existing concrete shall be cleaned free of bitumens, grease, paint, and other deleterious materials and clean aggregate of at least 3/8-inch size shall be exposed by rock hammer abrasive blast cleaning or machine scarifying. 16-1.04 PAYMENT -- Full compensation for repair of concrete sidewalk including furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in repair of concrete work, including saw cutting existing concrete, removing concrete, during construction, as shown on the Plans, and as directed by the Engineer, shall be considered as included in the various contract bid items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. SP-45 SECTION 17 THOROUGH SECTION 34 BLANK SP-46 SECTION 35 35-1 TRENCHING / BACKFILL AND RESTORATION OF ASPHALT PAVEMENT 35-1.01 GENERAL -- Trench excavation and backfill shall conform to the provisions of Section 308-2.2, "Trench Excavation and Backfill", and Section 306-1, "Open Trench Operations", of the Standard Specifications, and these Special Provisions. 35-1.02 TIME AND LENGTH REQUIREMENTS FOR OPEN TRENCH -- Open trench, as referred to herein, is defined as al excavations made for the permanent installations required on the project, which have not been completely backfilled (including attaining relative densities) as required elsewhere in these Specifications and in which either temporary or permanent paving has not been placed. The Contractor shall schedule his operations so that the time and length requirements specified below for open trench shall not be exceeded. 1. Time RegLuirements for Open Trench -- At any location, the trench excavation, pipe and conduit installation, and backfill and the specified permanent surfacing shall be satisfactorily completed as soon as practical, but in no case more than 15 calendar days after removal of the existing pavement or surfacing. 2. Len tg h Requirements for Open Trench -- Except by permission of the Engineer, the maximum length of open trench where prefabricated pipe and conduit is used shall be 500 feet, or the distance necessary to accommodate the amount of pipe and conduit installed in a single day, whichever is the greater, in accordance with Section 306-1, "Open Trench Operations", of the Standard Specifications. 35-1.03 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS EXCAVATED OR REMOVED MATERIAL -- Unless otherwise specified, all excess excavation or removed material shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of by him away from the site of the work. 3P-47 35-1.04 BACKFILLING AND DENSIFICATION -- Backfilling and densification shall comply with the requirements of Section 306-1.3, "Backfilling and Densification", of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Outside the traveled way, in areas to receive concrete, soil shall be compacted to a relative density of not less than 90%. Backfill for trenching under the traveled way shall be compacted to a relative compaction of a minimum of 90%. When asphalt pavement is to be placed directly on subgrade material, the top 6" of subgrade material shall be compacted to a relative compaction of 95%. Under no circumstances shall truck wheels be used for compacting soil. 35-1.05 TEMPORARY RESURFACING -- Temporary resurfacing shall comply with the requirements of Sub-Section 306-1.5.1, "Temporary Resurfacing", of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Temporary resurfacing shall be placed. over all backfill in streets, or to the areas where the Contractor's operations have resulted in the removal of existing paving. Temporary resurfacing shall be placed at noon as the backfill is densified to the relative density or immediately when so directed by the Engineer. 35-1.06 PERMANENT RESURFACING -- Permanent resurfacing shall comply with the requirements of Sub-Section 306-1.5.2, "Permanent Resurfacing", of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Permanent trench resurfacing shall be one (1") inch greater in thickness than existing pavement and shall be feathered over existing pavement a minimum of 2 feet on each side of the trench as shown on the Plans and as directed by the Engineer. However, total thickness of the new asphalt concrete pavement shall not exceed a maximum of 4 inches in thickness. Restoration of asphalt concrete pavement driveway approach shall conform to the above as directed by the City Engineer. The Performance Grade of the asphalt concrete shall be PG 64-10. A self-propelled machine will not be required for any trench that is 2 feet or less in width. A tack coat shall be applied as directed by the Engineer. SP-48 35-1.07 PAYMENT -- Full compensation for restoration of asphalt concrete pavement, including doing all the work involved in excavation, backfilling and compacting, and constructing asphalt concrete pavement, including placing and removing temporary resurfacing, the application of tack coat as directed by the Engineer, in the areas as shown on the Plans, shall be considered as included in the various contract bid items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Payment for saw cutting and removing and disposing of existing asphalt concrete pavement shall be considered as included in the various contract bid items of work involved, and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor. Cost of compaction testing ordered by the Engineer shall be paid for in the following manner: Tests which do not meet the required relative compaction shall be paid for by the Contractor, as a deduction from his contract. 2. Tests which do meet the required relative compaction will be paid for by the City. SP-49 SECTION 36 36-1 JACKING 36-1.01 GENERAL -- Jacking of the conduit shall comply with the requirements of Section 306-2.1, "General", Section 306-2.3, "Jacking Steel Casing" and Section 306-2.5, "Tolerances", of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. 36-1.02 JACKING CONDUIT -- Jacking of conduit shall be required at all street crossing locations shown on the plans, unless specified otherwise by the Engineer. Galvanized steel pipe shall be jacked into place between the limits shown, or specified, in accordance with these Special Provisions. The strength of pipe will be determined by vertical load only. Additional reinforcement or strength of pipe required to withstand jacking pressure shall be determined and furnished by the Contractor, at his expense. Variations from theoretical alignment and grade at the time of completion of jacking shall not exceed one percent of the distance from the jacking point. The diameter of the excavated hole shall not be more than 0.1 foot greater than the outside limits of the pipe. Sluicing or jetting with water will no be permitted. When material tends to cave in from outside these limits, a shield shall be used ahead of the first section of pipe or the face of excavation shall not extend beyond the end of pipe more than 1-1/2 feet, unless permitted by the Engineer. Areas resulting from caving or excavating outside the above limits shall be backfilled with sand or mortar by a method which will fill the voids. The annular space in the inside joints of the pipe shall be filed with jointing material and finished smooth. Said space shall be finished as each section of pipe is installed for pipe 24 inches in diameter and smaller, and after the entire installation is completed for larger pipe The Contractor shall take all necessary precautionary measures during the bore and jack operation so as to produce a permanently stable roadway and to assure no effects on existing utilities crossing or along the pipe to be installed. SP-50 36-1.03 PAYMENT -- Full compensation for excavating, constructing, supporting and removing pilot tunnels, constructing reinforced concrete cradles where required, providing grout holes, grout and grouting where necessary, and for doing all the work involved in the jacking of conduit under existing improvements shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract bid items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. SP-51 SECTION 37 THOROUGH SECTION 49 BLANK SP-52 SECTION 50 50-1 REMOVAL AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS EXCEPT STREET PAVEMENT 50-1.01 GENERAL - All existing improvements (except utilities and street pavements) including, but not limited to curbs, gutters, cross gutters, spandrels, driveways and sidewalks, walls, fences, sprinkler systems, lawns, shrubs, trees, and traffic signs, traffic striping and traffic detector loops which are damaged or removed during the course of construction of the project shall be restored or replaced to a condition equal to or better than, in all respects, the existing improvements removed or damaged, unless otherwise specified or noted on the drawings. The removal and restoration of existing improvements shall be in accordance with the applicable provision of these Special Provisions, the Standard Specifications, Standard Drawing and the following requirements: 1. In the event a portion of curb, gutter or monolithic curb and gutter is damaged by the Contractor's operations, a minimum of 10 feet of curb, gutter or curb and gutter shall be removed and replaced regardless of how short a length is damaged. The Contractor shall begin said 10-foot section, if possible, at an existing joint or scoring line. If said 10-foot section ends within 3 feet of an existing joint or scoring line, then the removal shall extend to said joint or scoring line. 2. If concrete cross gutter is damaged by the Contractor's operations, the cross gutter shall be removed in its entirety and replaced. 3. Concrete sidewalk shall be removed in its entirety between scoring lines or between scoring line and joint. Prior to removal, scoring lines shall be saw-cut. 4. If a concrete driveway is damaged and is a single monolithic structure, it shall be removed in its entirety and replaced. 5. If a concrete driveway is damaged and is monolithic with the sidewalk, it shall be set off from the sidewalk by a saw cut along the edge of the sidewalk. The driveway shall then be removed in its entirety and replaced. SP-53 6. If the roadside signs are damaged during the construction, they shall be restored or replaced to a condition equal or better than the existing per the prior approval of the City's Traffic Section. New installation shall not impede into required ADA access distance around obstacles. A minimum clearance of 48" shall be maintained. 7. If existing fence is in conflict with the new construction, fence shall be relocated by the Contractor. Unless otherwise specified, all excess excavation or removed material shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of by him away from the site of work. 50-1.02 PAYMENT -Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section, not otherwise provided for, shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. SP-54 APPENDIX SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON UNDERGROUND SERVICE STANDARDS NOTE: The following contains general information, indexes and specific standards that are provided for the convenience of the Contractor. Any Underground Structures Standards (UGS) not included and referenced on the Southern California Edison Drawing No. 3157212 should be obtained by accessing Southern California Edison's web site at: http://www.sce.com then select: "Regulatory'; "Distribution Manuals'; "Underground Structures (UGS) ". or directly at: http://www.sce.corn/AboutSCE/Regulatory/distributronmanuals/ugs. htm SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION BUSINESS UNIT Underground Structures Standards (UGS) 2007-FIRST QUARTER ISSUE January 26, 2007 This document is classified "Internal" per ESM Policy 04.001.001. SCE Internal Copyright ©2007 Southern California Edison. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of Southern Califomia Edison. SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON ~I12ANSMISSION AND 1~ISTRIBDTIDN BUSINESS UNIT STANDARDS AND PUBLICATIONS 9500 CLEVELAND AVENUE, SUITE 115, RANCHO CUCAMONGA, CALIFORNIA 91730-5906 PAX: 10454 • Voice: (909) 942-8454 • FAX: (909) 942-53,19 • EMAIL: heather.neely@sce.com Underground Structures Standards (UGS) Revision Summary 2007-First Quarter Issue Effective Date: January 26, 2007 Overview This Revision Summary Package contains the sections listed in Table RS-1. All sections have been approved for publication and implementation on the effective date noted above. Some or all of this information may have been previously communicated to field personnel by other means. Table RS-1: Revision Summary Package Contents Item Section(s) 1 Title Page 2 Revision Summary (this document) 3 Table of Contents 4 List of Figures 5 List of Tables 6 GI: General Information 7 CD: Conduits 8 HP: Handholes and Pull Boxes 9 SS: Surface or Semi-Buried Structures 10 MS: Miscellaneous Instructions Ordering a Complete (Printed and Bound) Copy of the UGS Manual 1. ACCessthe"Print-on-Demand (POD) Manual and Revision Package Order Form"by entering the URL below into the Address line of Internet Explorer. http://edna.sce.com/td2/tdp/podorderform.shtml 2. In the form, complete the information requested, select the appropriate manual, and then click on the Submit button. You will receive your printed and bound copy in 2-3 weeks. 3. After receiving the manual, and if applicable, sign the Notification of Receipt (NOR) and deliver it to your supervisor/manager. Ilndornrnund S}n~ch~rwe S}andards ~ SCE Internal ~ Page 1 of 6 Ordering a Printed Copy of the UGS Manual Revision Package 1. ACC2sSthe°Print-on-Demand (POD) Manual and Revision Package Order Form"by entering the URL below into the Address line of Internet Explorer. http://edna.sce.com/td2/tdp/podorderform.shtml 2. In the form, complete the information requested, select the appropriate revision package, and then click on the submit button. You will receive your printed copy in 2-3 weeks. 3. After receiving the revision package, and if applicable, sign the Notification of Receipt (NOR) and deliver it to your supervisor/manager. Printing a Complete Copy of the UGS Manual 1. Access the PDF file of the UGS Manual by entering the URL below into the Address line of Intemet Explorer. http://edna.sce.com/td2/tdp/manuals/ugs.pdf 2. Print the entire PDF file. 3. If applicable, sign the Notification of Receipt (NOR) and deliver it to your supervisor/manager. Printing a Copy of the UGS Manual Revision Package 1. Access the PDF file of the Revision Package by entering the URL below into the Address line of Internet Explorer. http://edna.sce.com/td2/tdp/revisions/uqs 2007_lq-rev.pdf 2. Print the entire PDF file and replace all superseded pages in your manual with the pages printed. 3. If applicable, sign the Notification of Receipt (NOR) and deliver it to your supervisor/manager. Summary of Revisions Table RS-2 defines the types of revisions used in this summary. Table RS-3 lists and describes the revisions made to the UGS Manual. Table RS-2: Definitions of Revision Types i Type Definition Administrative There are two types of Administrative Revisions: (1) Major Admin and (2) Minor Admin. Major Admin - These are engineering changes that do not require Standards Review Team (SRT) or management approval, but are listed in i Table RS-3 and identified with change bars in the manual. Minor Admin - These are changes such as spelling, punctuation, grammar, and formatting. They do not require SRT or management approval. They are not listed in Table RS-3. They are not identified with change bars in the manual. New A newly incorporated standard that requires SRT and management approval. These revisions are listed in Table RS-3 and identified with change bars in the manual. lJnderaround Stn~efures Standards Page 2 of 6 - SCE Internal ~ Table RS-2: Definitions of Revision Types -Continued Type Definition Technical Technical revisions are engineering changes that require SRT and management approval. These revisions are listed in Table RS-3 and identified with cha nge bars in the manual. Table RS-3: UGS Manual Revisions Standard Page Description Type GI 030 GI-18 Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Major Structures Admin • In Note 1, all 18-inch depths were changed to 24 inches to reduce the chance of hitting vaults during trenching. • Note 4 was deleted. All depths are now 24 inches. • In Figure GI-4, the dimensions were changed to reflect Note 1. CD 120 CD-24 Conduit Bank Requirements Major In Note 7, the last sentence was modified to read "A bare Admin ~, copper neutral wire, as specified on the working drawing, ', shall be placed, and fully encased in concrete, at the lower region of the duct bank, preferably in-between conduits." CD 162 CD-53 Neutral Wire Riser Installation for Four-Wire Systems Major • The note regarding the 4/0 was modified for clarity and Admin reads "4/0 bare copper neutral wire to first underground structure." • A reference to CD 120 was added. CD 172 CD-59 Underground Risers in Substation Major In Figure CD-31, the diagram of Detail "A" now shows a 4/0 Admin BCN wire from top of riser pier to first underground structure. A 3-foot tail should extend beyond each termination point. HP 200 HP-1 Handhole Requirements Major In Table HP-1, BES was added as a manufacturer along with Admin product codes that apply. SS 500 SS-1 Slab Box and Pad Requirements Technical • The title was modified to remove the word "Transformer" in order to become more accommodating. • Scope SS 500.1 title now reads, "Slab Box and Pad Requirements for Pad-Mounted Single-Phase and Three-Phase Equipment." • In Table SS-1, a new item number SB-6 was added to reflect a new standard, UGS SS 538, titled "Precast Equipment Slab Box." Underground Structures Standards - SCE Internal ~ Page 3 of 6 Table RS-3: UGS Manual Revisions -Continued Standard Page Description Type SS 507 SS-12 Polymer Concrete Pad for Pad-Mounted Fuse Cabinet Major Scope SS 507.1 title was changed to reflect new PME-1. Admin SS 520 SS-18 Pad for Surface-Mounted Capacitor Cabinet - 3-Wire or Major 4-Wire Systems -Precast and Field Poured Admin Construction Note 8 was added, stating "The working clearance of 8 feet minimum directly in front of and back ofpad-mounted cabinet doors, and 3 feet on each side, will be kept as clearances for the retaining wall." SS 530 SS-21 6' x 8'-6" and 8' x 10' Slab Box for Pad-Mounted Major Transformer Admin The scope name was made more specific to distinguish this standard from the new VFI Slab Box. Scope SS 530.1 now reads"6'x8'-6"x6"and8'x10'x6"Slab Box for Pad-Mounted Transformer." The title for Figure SS-10 was also updated accordingly. SS 538 SS-41 Precast Equipment Slab Box - 8' x 10' Pad with 4' x 7' x New through 3'-6" Box SS-45 This is a new standard. The new 8' x 10' slab has a 6-foot opening (allowing the cable to be easily trained and terminated for the VFI 9 and 12), and bypass switches for new application. SS 599 SS-101 Retaining Walls New through SS-102 This is a new standard. The new PME retaining wall standard will enable planners and contractors to obtain decals for new construction. The side clearance for the PME was changed from 3 feet to 4 feet to enable placement of automated switching (RCS). MS 800 MS-1 Substation Power Cable Trench Major In Figure MS-1, a new note now depicts the 4/0 bare copper Admin neutral wire. llnderamund Stn~rtures Standards Page 4 of 6 - SCE Internal ~ Getting Help Technical Revisions If you have any comments, corrections, questions, or suggestions concerning manual revisions, please contact one of the following individuals: • Alaira Bilek - PAX: 54156, Outside: (714) 895-0156 • James Alaoen - PAX: 54733, Outside: (714) 895-0733 • Simeon (Jet) Rodriguez - PAX: 54161, Outside: (714) 895-0161 Address Corrections Send address changes to: Southern California Edison 9500 Cleveland Ave., Suite 115 Rancho Cucamonga, CA 91730 ATTN: Heather Neely ~~~ Peter L. Hlapcich Manager, Transmission/Substation Engineering - SCE Internal ~ Underground Structures Standards Page 5 or 6 0 0 z z v m X DI SWIHERN ULIfgiNIA EDISON' M F.DI)U.\I.YTERVATIO.~ALm Gym pony DI - Division Index Section lab Divisionlndex .......................................... ............................. DI Table of Contents ....................................... ............................TOC General lnformation ..................................... ............................. GI Conduits .............................................. .............................CD Handholesand Pull Boxes ................................. .............................HP Manholes ............................................. ............................ M H Vaults ................................................ .............................VA Surface or Semi-Buried Structures ........................... ............................. SS Frames and Covers ...................................... .............................FC Accessories ............................................ .............................AC Miscellaneous .......................................... .............................MS Date ]_30-2004 Division Index Under round Structures Standards ~~~ g uu~ Pa9R o~ ~ SCE Public ~ DI"I D m r m O T n Z 1 m Z -i h TOC SOUINERrv ULIEORNp EDISON' M EDISOFINTER,VATI2VALS („„Reny Table of Contents Standard Title Page GI 001 General Specifications for Underground Structures GI 001.1 General Specifications ........................................... ... GI-1 GI 010 Specifications for Joint Construction GI 010.1 Specifications for Joint Construction ................................ ... GI-3 GI 020 General Specifications for Concrete and Reinforced Concrete GI 020.1 General Specifications for Concrete and Reinforced Concrete .............. ... GI-5 GI 025 Steel Shape Dimensions GI 025.1 Steel Shape Dimensions .......................................... .. GI-11 GI 030 Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Structures GI 030.1 Specification for the Structural Design and Manufacturing of Precast Reinforced Concrete Structures .............................. .. GI-13 GI 030.2 Setting Cover Depths for Tunnel/Tub Style Vaults and Manholes ........... .. GI-18 GI 031 Acceptance Criteria for the Installation of New Precast Vaults and Manholes GI 031.1 Acceptance Criteria for the Installation of New Precast Vaults and Manholes .. .. GI-19 GI 035 Maximum Allowable Tolerances for Installed Precast Vaults and Manholes (Inside Joint Surfaces) GI 035.1 Maximum Allowable Tolerances for Installed Precast Vaults and Manholes (Inside Joint Surfaces) ........................................... .. GI-21 GI 040 General Specifications for Pull Rope and Pull Tape GI 040.1 General Specifications for Pull Rope and Pull Tape ...................... .. GI-23 GI 045 General Specifications for Plowing Cable GI 045.1 General Specifications for Plowing Cable ............................. .. GI-25 GI 050 Specification for Abandoning Substructures GI 050.1 Specification for Abandoning Substructures ........................... .. GI-27 CD 100 General Specifications for Conduit Installation CD 100.1 General Specifications for Conduit Installation ......................... .. CD-1 CD 101 Conduit Bank and Terminal Requirements CD 101.1 Conduit Bank and Terminal Requirements ............................ .. CD-9 CD 110 Conduits and Fittings CD 110.1 Conduits ....:................................................ . CD-11 CD 110.2 Fittings ...................................................... . CD-13 CD 111 "Y" Fittings CD 111.1 „Y"Fittings ................................................... . CD-15 Y Table of contents 01-26-2007 Underground structures Standards Page - SCE Public ~ ~ SONNERN ULIfORNIA EDISON' MEOISO~ IMER~ATIO~AEe (:umpany Standard Title Page CD 112 Instructions for Solvent Welding and Installation of Semi-Rigid Plastic Conduit and Fittings CD 112.1 Instructions for Solvent Welding and Installation of Semi-Rigid Plastic Conduit and Fittings ............................................. CD-17 CD 115 Manufacturer's Requirements CD 115.1 Approved Manufacturers for Plastic Conduit ........................... CD-19 CD 115.2 Requirements for Semi-Rigid PVC Plastic Conduit ........................ CD-21 CD 115.3 Manufacturer's Minimum Inspection and Testing Requirements for Semi-Rigid PVC EB/DB Conduits ............................................. CD-22 CD 120 Conduit Bank Requirements CD 120.1 Conduit Bank Requirements ....................................... CD-23 CD 120.2 Residential Conduit Bank Requirements ............................... CD-25 CD 120.3 Conduit Bank Requirements for CIC .................................. CD-26 CD 121 Conduit Bank Requirements -Installation in a Bore CD 121.1 Conduit Bank Requirements -Installation in a Bore ...................... CD-27 CD 121.2 Conduit Spacers ................................................ CD-28 CD 122 Conduit Beam Reinforcement CD 122.1 Conduit Beam Reinforcement ...................................... CD-31 CD 130 Standard Conduit Entrance Details CD 130.1 Standard Conduit Entrance Details ................................... CD-32 CD 131 Standard and Special Conduit Entrances CD 131.1 Standard and Special Conduit Entrances .............................. CD-33 CD 132 Conduit Entrances to Pull Boxes CD 132.1 Conduit Entrances to Pull Boxes ..................................... CD-34 CD 133 Corner Conduit Entrance Details -Manhole or Vault CD 133.1 Corner Conduit Entrance Details -Manhole or Vault ..................... CD-35 CD 134 Conduit Terminators CD 134.1 Conduit Terminators ............................................. CD-37 CD 135 Typical Installation of Precast Pull Box in Main Line Conduit CD 135.1 Typical Installation of Precast Pull Box in Main Line Conduit ................ CD-39 CD 140 Standard Conduit Location for Precast Vaults and Manholes 6' x 12' and Larger CD 140.1 Standard Conduit Location for Precast Vaults and Manholes 6' x 12' and Larger . CD-41 CD 141 Conduit Recess Layout -Precast Concrete Vaults - 7' x 10', 8' x 10', and Larger CD 141.1 Conduit Terminators ............................................. CD-42 CD 142 Conduit Terminators for Precast Tunnel Vaults CD 142.1 Conduit Terminators for Precast Tunnel Vaults ......................... . CD-43 - - 01-26-2007 Table of Contents TOC ~l"~ Page Underground Structures Standards vi - SCE Public ~ SOUtHERN UIIEOMNI~ EDISON° n~ eoisan nrtexr~nownt° ~v+.r Standard Title Page CD 144 Conduit Bank Entrance to Power Cable Trench Where Trench Extension is Planned CD 144.1 Conduit Bank Entrance to Power Cable Trench Where Trench Extension is Planned ........................................... .. CD-44 CD 146 Intercepting Existing Conduit Runs CD 146.1 Intercepting Existing Conduit Runs ................................ ... CD-45 CD 148 Capping Main Line Conduit CD 148.1 Capping Main Line Conduit ..................................... ... CD-46 CD 150 Service Lateral Terminations CD 150.1 Service Lateral Terminations ..................................... ... CD-47 CD 160 Pole Riser Bend Standard Location CD 160.1 Pole Riser Bend Standard Location ................................ ... CD-49 CD 161 Pole Riser Bend for Risers on Kicker Blocks CD 161.1 Pole Riser Bend for Risers on Kicker Blocks .......................... ... CD-61 CD 162 Neutral Wire Riser Installation for Four-Wire Systems CD 162.1 Neutral Riser Wire Installation for Four-Wire Systems .................. ... CD-63 CD 163 Communication Conduit and Riser Bend Installation CD 163.1 Communication Conduit and Riser Bend Installation .................. ... CD-64 CD 164 Specification for Abandoning Conduit and Risers CD 164.1 Specification for Abandoning Conduit and Risers ..................... ... CD-66 CD 166 Three-, Four-, Five-, or Six-Inch Fiberglass Riser Bends CD 166.1 Three-, Four-, Five-, or Six-Inch Fiberglass Riser Bends .................. ... CD-56 CD 170 Riser Bend Installation at Wall or Pad CD 170.1 Riser Bend Installation at Wall or Pad .............................. ... CD-57 CD 172 Underground Risers in Substation CD 172.1 Underground Risers in Substation ................................ ... CD-69 CD 175 Streetlight Conduit and Riser Bend Installation for Service to One Streetlight Standard CD 175.1 Typical Conduit and Riser Bend Installation for Service to One Streetlight Standard .......................................... ... CD-61 CD 175.2 Typical Conduit and Riser Bend Installation for Handhole through Service to Streetlight Standards ...................:.................... ... CD-62 CD 175.3 Typical Conduit and Riser Bend Installation Loop through Service to Streetlight Standards .......................................... ... CD-63 CD 177 Riser Conduit Lower Terminal (Anchor for Cable Support) CD 177.1 Riser Conduit Lower Terminal (Anchor for Cable Support) .............. ... CD-66 Table of Contents V~'~ Underground Structures - SCE Public ~ __..___._ 01-26-2007 TOC U Page VII SWINERN ULIEORNIA EDISON' M EOISOC INTFF.VATI2~Ap Gm~pmy Standard Title Page CD 180 Blank Conduit Plugs for Vaults, Manholes, and PME and PMH Structures CD 180.1 Blank Conduit Plugs ............................................. CD-67 CD 180.2 Conduit Plug and Riser Cap ........................................ CD-68 CD 190 Supports for Conduits on Bridges CD 190.1 Exterior Supports -General Fabrication and Installation Guide .............. CD-71 CD 191 Expansion Joint for Plastic Conduit CD 191.1 Expansion Joint for Plastic Conduit ................................... CD-77 CD 192 Expansion Joint for HDG Conduit on Bridges CD 192.1 Expansion Joint for HDG Conduit on Bridges ........................... CD-78 CD 197 Conduit Mandrels - Type I and Type III CD 197.1 Conduit Mandrels - Type I and Type III ............................... CD-79 HP 200 Handhole Requirements HP 200.1 Handhole Requirements ............................................HP-1 HP 200.2 Handhole Requirements -Replacement Boxes ............................HP-3 HP 205 Typical Handhole Installation HP 205.1 Typical Handhole Installation ............................ .............HP-4 HP 210 Pull Box Requirements HP 210.1 Pull Box Requirements ................................. .............HP-S HP 215 Pull Box 2' x 3' Precast Concrete HP 215.1 Pull Box 2' x 3' Precast Concrete .......................... .............HP-9 HP 220 Pull Box 2-1/2' x 4' Precast Concrete HP 220.1 Pull Box 2-1/2' x 4' Precast Concrete ...................... ............HP-11 HP 225 Pull Box 3' x 5' Precast Concrete HP 225.1 Pull Box 3' x 5' Precast Concrete .......................... ............HP-13 HP 230 Poured Concrete Pull Boxes -Construction Details HP 230.1 Poured Concrete Pull Boxes -Construction Details ............ ............HP-15 MH 300 Manholes Requirements MH 300.1 Manholes Requirements ............................... ............ MH-1 MH 310 Precast Tub-Type Manholes MH 310.1 Precast Tub-Type Manholes ......................................... MH-3 MH 318 Precast Manhole Neck Detail MH 318.1 Precast Manhole Neck Detail ........................................ MH-5 MH 320 4' x 6' x 7' Manhole -Traffic Loading MH 320.1 4' x 6' x 7' Manhole -Traffic Loading ................................. MH-7 01-26-2007 Table of Contents TOC ~~,~/ Page Underground Structures Standards vlll - SCE Public ~ sourxExn uuwRnu EDISON° M EOISON INTFFVATIOYAL° Cumpaoy Standard Title Page MH 325 4' x 8' x 7' Manhole -Traffic Loading MH 325.1 4' x 8' x 7' Manhole -Traffic Loading ................................ MH-11 MH 330 6' x 8' x 7' Manhole -Traffic Loading MH 330.1 6' x 8' x 7' Manhole -Traffic Loading .................... ............ MH-17 MH 335 7' x 7' x 7' Manhole -Traffic Loading MH 335.1 7' x 7' x 7' Manhole -Traffic Loading .................... ............ MH-21 MH 340 6' x 10' x 7' Manhole -Traffic -Heavy Loading MH 340.1 6' x 10' x 7' Manhole -Traffic -Heavy Loading ............. ............ MH-26 MH 350 Manhole Neck Details - 27" Opening MH 350.1 Manhole Neck Details - 27" Opening .................... ............ MH-29 VA 400 Vault Requirements VA 400.1 Vault Requirements ............................................... VA-1 VA 410 Precast Vertical Section Vault - 8' Wide x Variable Lengths (14' Minimum) x 9'-4" or 9'-6" High VA 410.1 Precast Vertical Section Vault - 8' Wide x Variable Lengths (14' Minimum) x 9'-4" or 9'-6" High ................................................ VA-3 VA 410.2 Precast Tub-Type Vaults ............................................ VA-6 VA 411 Precast Vertical Section Vault - 7' Wide x Variable Lengths (10' Minimum) x 8' High VA 411.1 Precast Vertical Section Vault - 7' Wide x Variable Lengths (10' Minimum) x 8'High ........................................................ VA-9 VA 430 Vault -Traffic Loading - 4' x 8' x 7' VA 430.1 Vault -Traffic Loading - 4' x 8' x 7' -Roof ............................ VA-11 VA 430.2 Vault -Traffic Loading - 4' x 8' x 7' -Walls ........................... VA-13 VA 430.3 Vault -Traffic Loading - 4' x 8' x 7' -Floor ............................ VA-14 VA 432 6' x 8' x 7' Vault -Traffic -Normal Loading VA 432.1 6' x 8' x 7' Vault -Traffic -Normal Loading ............................ VA-16 VA 434 6' x 8' x 9'-4" Vault -Traffic -Standard Casting -Normal Loading VA 434.1 6' x 8' x 9'-4" Vault -Traffic -Standard Casting -Normal Loading .......... VA-17 VA 436 Vault -Traffic Loading - 6'-0" x 10'-0" x 9'-4" VA 436.1 Vault -Traffic Loading - 6'-0" x 10'-0" x 9'-4" -Roof ..................... VA-19 VA 436.2 Vault -Traffic Loading - 6'-0" x 10'-0" x 9'-4" -Walls ..................... VA-21 VA 436.3 Vault -Traffic Loading - 6'-0" x 10'-0" x 9'-4" -Floor ..................... VA-23 VA 438 Vault -Traffic Loading - 8'-0" x 14'-0" x 9'-4" VA 438.1 Vault -Traffic Loading - 8'-0" x 14'-0" x 9'-4" -Roof ..................... VA-25 Table of Contents 01-26-2007 Underground Structures Standards Page - SCE Public ~ IX sourHExn uuloxnu EDISON° M EDI50\ IMER.VAtIUVAL° Cvmp~n) Standard Title Page VA 438.2 Vault -Traffic Loading - 8'-0" x 14'-0" x 9'~" -Sides ..................... VA-27 VA 438.3 Vault -Traffic Loading - 8'-0" x 14'-0" x 9'-4" -Floor ..................... VA-29 VA 440 Vault -Traffic Loading - 8'-0" x 18'-0" x 9'-4" VA 440.1 Vault -Traffic Loading - 8'-0" x 14'-0" x 9'-4" -Roof ........... .......... VA-31 VA 440.2 Vault -Traffic Loading - 8'-0" x 18'-0" x 9'-4" -Walls ........... .......... VA-33 VA 440.3 Vault -Traffic Loading - 8'-0" x 18'-0" x 9'-4" -Floor ........... .......... VA-35 VA 442 Vault -Tra ffic Loading - 8'-0" x 22'-0" x 9'-4" VA 442.1 Vault -Traffic Loading - 8'-0" x 22'-0" x 9'-4" -Roof ........... .......... VA-37 VA 442.2 Vault -Traffic Loading - 8'-0" x 22'-0" x 9'-4" -Walls ........... .......... VA-39 VA 442.3 Vault -Traffic Loading - 8'-0" x 22'-0" x 9'-4" -Floor ........... .......... VA-41 VA 444 8' x 22' x 12' Vault -Traffic -Normal Loading VA 444.1 8' x 22' x 12' Vault -Traffic -Normal Loading .......................... VA~3 VA 446 5'-6" x 24'-0" x 9'-4" Vault -Traffic -Normal Loading VA 446.1 5'-6" x 24'-0" x 9'-4" Vault -Traffic -Normal Loading ..................... VA-47 VA 446.2 Alternate Roof Plan for VA 446 (Not Optional) .......................... VA-50 VA 448 Vault -Traffic Loading - 8' x 24' x 9'-4" VA 448.1 Vault -Traffic Loading - 8' x 24' x 9'-4" -Roof ................... ...... VA-53 VA 448.2 Vault -Traffic Loading - 8' x 24' x 9'-4" -Floor ................... ...... VA-55 VA 448.3 Vault -Traffic Loading - 8' x 24' x 9'-4" -Walls .................. ...... VA-57 VA 450 Vault (Traffic) - 8' x 26' x 9'-4" VA 450.1 Vault (Traffic) - 8' x 26' x 9'-4" ................................ ...... VA-59 VA 460 5'-6" x 8' x 9'-4" Vault -Slab Cover - Traffic -Normal Loading VA 460.1 5'-6" x 8' x 9'-4" Vault - Slab Cover -Traffic -Normal Loading ....... ...... VA-63 VA 462 5'-6" x 10' x 9'-4" Vault -Slab Cover -Traffic -Normal Loading VA 462.1 S'-6" x 10' x 9'-4" Vault -Slab Cover -Traffic -Normal Loading ............. VA-65 VA 464 5'-6" x 16' x 9'-4" Vault -Slab Cover -Traffic -Normal Loading VA 464.1 5'-6" x 16' x 9'-4" Vault -Slab Cover -Traffic -Normal Loading ............. VA-67 VA 466 8' x 14', 18', and 22' x 9'-4" Vault -Traffic Slab Cover -Normal Loading VA 466.1 8' x 14', 18', and 22' x 9'-4" Vault -Traffic Slab Cover -Normal Loading ...... VA-71 VA 470 Neck Vault Details VA 470.1 Neck Vault Details ............................................... VA-77 SS 500 Slab Box and Pad Requirements SS 500.1 Slab Box and Pad Requirements for Pad-Mounted Single-Phase and Three-Phase Equipment ............................................. SS-1 rttectme ozre 01-26-2007 nPprwea Table of Contents TOC Q~~ Page Underground Structures Standards x - SCE Publi[ ~ SWINENN UIiiONNP EDISON' M ENISOti INlERNATIU.WL® U~mpany Standard Title Page SS 502 Equipment Poured Pad (Typical) SS 502.1 Shows Equipment Poured Pad (Typical) .............................. ... SS-5 SS 504 Pad for Surface-Mounted Transformer Poured in Field Construction and Precast Construction (Concrete) SS 504.1 Pad for Surface-Mounted Transformer Poured in Field Construction and Precast Construction (Concrete) .................................... ... SS-7 SS SOS 38" x 43" Non-Concrete Box Pad for Single-Phase Transformers SS 505.1 Non-Concrete Box Pad for Single-Phase Transformers .................... ... SS-9 SS 506 Polymer Concrete Pad for Surface-Mounted Transformers SS 506.1 Polymer Concrete Pad for Surface-Mounted Single-Phase Transformers....... .. SS-11 SS 507 Polymer Concrete Pad for Pad-Mounted Fuse Cabinet SS 507.1 Polymer Concrete Pad for Pad-Mounted Fuse Cabinet (PME-1) ............. .. SS-12 SS 510 Customer Substation Pad (for 1,500-2,500 kVA 30J Pad-Mounted Transformers) with Load Interrupter SS 510.1 Customer Substation Pad (for 1,500-2,500 kVA 30 Pad-Mounted Transformers) with Load Interrupter ................................. .. SS-13 SS 515 Concrete Pad for Mounting S/C and ESCO Preferred Emergency Switchgear SS 515.1 Concrete Pad for Mounting S/C and ESCO Preferred Emergency Switchgear... .. SS-15 SS 520 Pad for Surface-Mounted Capacitor Cabinet - 3-Wire or 4Wire Systems -Precast and Field Poured Construction SS 520.1 Pad for Surface-Mounted Capacitor Cabinet - 3-Wire or 4-Wire Systems - Precast and Field Poured Construction ............................... .. SS-17 SS 52Z Pad for Underground Switch Capacitor Control Pedestal SS 522.1 Pad for Underground Switch Capacitor Control Pedestal ................. .. SS-19 SS 530 6' x 8'-6" and 8' x 10' Slab Box for Pad-Mounted Transformer SS 530.1 6' x 8'-6" x 6" and 8' x 10' x 6" Slab Box for Pad-Mounted Transformer........ .. SS-21 SS 535 10' x 12' Precast Slab Box for 30 Pad-Mounted Transformers - 1,500 kVA through 3,750 kVA SS 535.1 10' x 12' Precast Slab Box for 30 Pad-Mounted Transformers - 1,500 kVA through 3,750 kVA ............................................. .. SS-23 SS 535.2 Shows Precast Slab Box for 30 Pad-Mounted Transformers ................ .. SS-24 SS 535.3 Precast Slab Box for 30 Pad-Mounted Transformers -Box Section .......... .. SS-25 SS 536 Precast Concrete Equipment-Slab Box - 4'-6" x 7' Pad with 3' x 5' Pull Box SS 536.1 Precast Concrete Equipment Slab Box - 4'-6" x 7' Pad with 3' x 5' Pull Box for 2-Way Pad-Mounted SF6 Switch ................................. .. SS-29 Table of Contents ~~~/ - SCE Public ~ -----~~~- 01-26-2007 UGS TOC Page xl $pUINENN UIIFONNIA EDISON' M EIJISnti IKlERVATIU~AI.® (i~mpany Standard Title Page SS 537 Precast Concrete Equipment Slab Box - 7' x 8' Pad with 4' x 7' x 5' Box SS 537.1 Precast Concrete Equipment Slab Box - 7' x 8' Pad with 4' x 7' x 5' Box for 2-Way, 3-Way, and 4-Way, Pad-Mounted SF6 Switch ..................... .. SS-35 SS 538 Precast Equipment Slab Box- 8' x 10' Pad with 4' x 7' x 3'-6" Box SS 538.1 Precast Concrete Equipment Slab Box-8' x 10' x 8" Pad with 4' x 7' x 3'-6" Box for VFI 9, VFI 12, and Bypass Switch ................................ .. SS-41 SS 540 Structure for PME-3, PME-4, and PME-5 SS 540.1 Structure for PME-3, PME-4, and PME-5 .............................. .. 55-47 SS 542 Unistrut/Chain Link Enclosure SS 542.1 Unistrut/Chain Link Enclosure ..................................... .. SS-60 SS 544 Masonry Enclosure SS 544.1 Masonry Enclosure ............................................. .. SS-51 SS 546 Concrete Type Enclosure SS 546.1 Concrete Type Enclosure ......................................... .. SS-56 SS 548 Unistrut/Chain Link Enclosure Cover (Removable) SS 548.1 Unistrut/Chain Link Enclosure Cover (Removable) ....................... .. SS-69 SS 560 Subsurface Structure Requirements SS 560.1 Subsurface Structure Requirements ................................. .. SS-60 SS 562 Concrete Enclosure 4' x 4' x 4' SS 562.1 For Use with following BURD Switches -Switched Only - 2W-3 Pole, 3W-3 Pole -Switched and Fused - 2W-2 Pole, 2W-3 Pole ..................... .. SS-61 SS 563 Concrete Enclosure - 36" Inner Diameter x 36" - M/C 655-32707 SS 563.1 For Use with following BURD Switches -Switched Only - 2W-1 Pole, 2W-2 Pole 3W-1 Pole, 3W-2 Pole -Switched and Fused - 2W-1 Pole ............ .. SS-63 SS 564 Precast Concrete BURD Switch Enclosure - 4' x 4' x 4' SS 564.1 Precast Concrete BURD Switch Enclosure - 4' x 4' x 4' ................... .. SS-66 SS 565 Subsurface Equipment Enclosure - 4' x 7' x 7' SS 565.1 Subsurface Equipment Enclosure - 4' x 7' x 7' - (4' x 7' x 4') .............. .. SS-67 SS 566 Subsurface Equipment Enclosure - S' x 8'-1/2" x 7' SS 566.1 Subsurface Equipment Enclosure - 6' x 8'-1/2" x 7' - (6' x 8-1/2' x 4')........ .. SS-69 SS 568 Precast Surface Operable Parkway Enclosure - 6' x 8'-1/2" x 5' SS 568.1 Precast Surface Operable Parkway Enclosure - 6' x 8'-1/2" x 5' ............. .. SS-71 SS 568.2 Top Slab/Cover with Removable Beams .............................. .. SS-73 SS 568.3 Cover Frame/Gasket Insert Detail ................................... .. SS-75 01-26-2007 I Table of Contents TOC ~~~ - SCE Public ~ P~.1~ $q)INLRN ULIfONNIA EDISON' n. croso,v rNr[xv~nocnte c.w..y Standard Title Page SS 568.4 Gasket Plan View for Precast Surface Operable Parkway Enclosure .......... .. SS-76 SS 568.5 List of Materials for Precast Surface Operable Parkway Enclosure ........... .. SS-77 55 580 Transformer Housing - Semi-Buried - 4' x 4' x 4' SS 580.1 Transformer Housing -Semi-Buried - 4' x 4' x 4' ....................... .. SS-79 SS 580.2 Hood Details .................................................. ..SS-82 SS 580.3 Cover Details .................................................. .. SS-83 SS 590 Precast Tub-Type PMH - T (H) x 10'-6" (L) x 5' (W) SS 590.1 7' (H) x 10'-6" (L) x 5' (W) -Precast Tub-Type PMH/PME .................. .. SS-85 SS 590.2 Top Section for 7' (H) x 10'-6" (L) x 5' (W) Precast Tub-Type PMH ........... .. SS-86 SS 590.3 Base for 7' (H) x 10'-6" (L) x 5' (W) Precast Tub-Type PMH ................. .. SS-87 SS 590.4 Detail Information for 7' (H) x 10'-6" (L) x 5' (W) Precast Tub-Type PMH....... .. SS-88 SS 590.5 List of Materials for 7' (H) x 10'-6" (L) x 5' (W) Precast Tub-Type PMH ........ .. SS-89 SS 591 Precast Concrete Equipment Slab Box - 4' x 6' Pad with 2'-6" x 4' Box SS 591.1 Precast Concrete Equipment Slab Box - 4' x 6' Pad with 2'-6" x 4' Box for PME-4, PME-5, and PMH-5 Switchgear ............................... .. 55-91 SS 592 Precast Concrete Equipment Slab Box - 4' x 4'-6" Pad with 2' x 3' Box SS 592.1 Precast Concrete Equipment Slab Box - 4' x 4'-6" Pad with 2' x 3' Box for PMH-4 Switchgear .............................................. .. SS-95 SS 592.2 PME-4 Conversion Pad for PMH-4 Structures - 4'-0" x 6'-0" x 0'-6" ........... .. SS-98 SS 599 Retaining Walls SS 599.1 Retaining Walls at SURD Enclosures, Pad-Mounted Transformers, and PME6through 12 .............................................. .SS-100 FC 600 Handhole Covers FC 600.1 Replacement Handhole Covers .................................... ... FC-1 FC 601 24" x 36" Steel Pull Box Cover -Light Traffic FC 601.1 Fabricated 24" x 36" Steel Pull Box Cover for Light Traffic Installations........ ... FC-3 FC 602 24" x 36" Steel Pull Box Cover -Parkway FC 602.1 24" x 36" Steel Pull Box Cover -Parkway ............................. ... FC-5 FC 603 24" x 36" Steel Pull Box Frame FC 603.1 24" x 36" Steel Pull Box Frame for Cover FC 601 (Steel: Light-traffic) - FC 618 (RPM Parkway) ................................................ ...FC-6 FC 606 30" x 48" Steel Pull Box Cover (Light Traffic) - FC 618 (RPM Parkway) FC 606.1 30" x 48" Steel Pull Box Cover (Light Traffic) - FC 618 (RPM Parkway)........ ... FC-7 FC 607 30" x 48" Steel Pull Box Cover -Parkway FC 607.1 30" x 48" Steel Pull Box Cover -Parkway ............................. ... FC-8 AP°`°°~° ----~~- Ot-26-2007 Table of Contents ~~~ ~~~ TOC Underground Structures Standards Page - SCE Publit ~ R~~~ $OUtNERN (AEIEORNIA EDISON° M EOISON INTERYATIOVALm p.mp+ny Standard Title Page FC 608 30" x 48" Steel Pull Box Frame for Covers FC 606 (Steel Light -Traffic) - FC 618 (RPM Parkway) FC 608.1 30" x 48" Steel Pull Box Frame .................................. ...... FC-9 FC 612 36" x 60" Steel Pull Box Cover -Light Traffic (Two Piece) FC 612.1 Fabricated 36" x 60" Steel Pull Box Cover for Light Traffic Installations (Two Piece) ................................................ ..... FC-10 FC 613 36" x 60" Steel Pull Box Cover -Parkway (Two Piece) FC 613.1 36" x 60" Steel Pull Box Cover -Parkway (Two Piece) ................. ..... FC-11 FC 614 36" x 60" Steel Pull Box Frame for Covers UGS 612 (Steel light -Traffic) - FC 618 (RPM Parkway) FC 614.1 36" x 60" Steel Pull Box Frame .................................. ..... FC-12 FC 618 Polymer Concrete (RPM) Pull Box Covers -Parkway Y ( ) y .................. FC 618.1 Pol mer Concrete RPM Pull Box Covers - Parkwa FC-13 .... FC 619 Pull Box Cover and Frame: Manufacturers' and Material Codes FC 619.1 Pull Box Cover and Frame: Manufacturers' and Material Codes .......... ..... FC-14 FC 620 27" and 30" Round Manhole Cover and Ring FC 620.1 27" and 30" Round Manhole Cover and Ring ....................... ..... FC-15 FC 621 30" Round Cast Iron Manhole Cover and Frame - HS-20 Loading FC 621.1 30" Round Cast Iron Manhole Cover and Frame - HS-20 Loading ............. FC-17 FC 622 30" Round Polymer Concrete Manhole Cover and Cast Iron Frame -Parkway Loading FC 622.1 30" Round Polymer Concrete Manhole Cover and Cast Iron Frame - g ................................................. Parkway Loadin FC-19 FC 625 Concrete-Filled Manhole Cover FC 625.1 Concrete-Filled Manhole Cover ....................................... FC-21 FC 630 Frame and Cover (Fabricated) for 3' x 3' x 3' Residential Vault FC 630.1 Frame and Cover (Fabricated) for 3' x 3' x 3' Residential Vault ................ FC-23 FC 631 Frame and Cover (Fabricated) for 3' x 4'-1/2" x 3' Residential Vault FC 631.1 Frame and Cover (Fabricated) for 3' x 4'-1/2" x 3' Residential Vault ............ FC-25 FC 632 Frame and Cover (Fabricated) for 3' x 6' x 3' Residential Vault FC 632.1 Frame and Cover (Fabricated) for 3' x 6' x 3' Residential Vault ................ FC-27 FC 640 48" Square Precast Concrete (Traffic-Type) Vault Cover FC 640.1 48" Square Precast Concrete (Traffic-Type) Vault Cover ..................... FC-29 FC 641 48" x 60" Precast Concrete Vault Cover (Traffic-Type) FC 641.1 48" x 60" Precast Concrete Vault Cover (Traffic-Type) ...................... FC-31 Ot-Z6-2007 ~ rableofContents TOC ~~~ - SCE Public ~ ~~~1 SOU~11fNN UIIFONNIA EDISON° An IOISO\ INTERNATI[)~AL° Gxnpv~r Standard Title Page FC 642 6" x 8" Two Piece -Vault Cover (Traffic-Type) FC 642.1 6" x 8" Two Piece -Vault Cover (Traffic-Type) ............................ FC-33 FC 643 6' x 8' Two Piece -Vault Cover - H-20 Loading FC 643.1 6' x 8' Two Piece -Vault Cover - H-20 Loading .......................... FC-36 FC 644 5'-6" x 8'-0" Vault Frame -Traffic FC 644.1 5'-6" x 8'-0" Vault Frame -Traffic ..................................... FC-37 FC 650 Slab Cover Details -Pouring and Framing FC 650.1 Slab Cover Details -Pouring and Framing .............................. FC-39 FC 655 5'-6" x 8'-0" Two Piece Slab Cover with 27" Manhole Casting-Method of Installation in Existing Vault FC 655.1 S'-6" x 8'-0" Two Piece Slab Cover with 27" Manhole Casting-Method of Installation in Existing Vault ......................................... FC-41 FC 660 4' x 6' Precast Concrete Vault Cover (Traffic Type) FC 660.1 4' x 5' Precast Concrete Vault Cover (Traffic Type) ..................... .... FC-43 FC 680 Replacement of Deteriorated Concrete Vault Covers FC 680.1 Replacement of Deteriorated Concrete Vault Covers ................... .... FC-47 AC 700 Ground Rod -Ground Wires AC 700.1 Ground Rod -Ground Wires .................................... .... AC-1 AC 701 Ground Rod Installation for Pad-Mounted Transformers and Capacitors AC 701.1 Ground Rod Installation for Pad-Mounted Transformers and Capacitors .... .... AC-3 AC 702 Riser Bend Grounding AC 702.1 Riser Bend Grounding ......................................... .... AC-5 AC 703 Grounding Materials -Ground Rod and Clamps AC 703.1 Grounding Materials -Ground Rod and Clamps ..................... .... AC-7 AC 710 Sump Details for Poured-in-Field Substructures AC 710.1 Sump Details for Poured-in-Field Substructures ........................... AC-8 AC 711 Sump and Drain Details for Precast Pull Boxes, Manholes, and Vaults AC 711.1 Sump and Drain Details for Precast Pull Boxes, Manholes, and Vaults .......... AC-9 AC 712 Sump Discharge Outlet for Underground Vaults AC 712.1 Sump Discharge Outlet for Underground Vaults ......................... AC-11 AC 720 Coil Insert -Standard Installation for Precast and Poured-in-Place Structures AC 720.1 Single-Threaded Coil Insert ........................................ AC-13 AC 720.2 Double-Threaded Coil Insert ....................................... AC-15 "Pf`UVeU O t -26-2007 Table of Contents Underground Structures Standards Page - SCE Public ~ ~ SW INERN UL60RNIA EDISON° M fDISD~ INTE.F.VATIU~ALO Cumpuy Standard Title Page AC 722 Inserts Opposite Conduit Banks AC 722.1 Inserts Opposite Conduit Banks ..................................... AC-16 AC 723 Insert Schedule for Pull Boxes AC 723.1 Insert Schedule for Pull Boxes ..................... ................. AC-17 AC 725 Insert Installation Detail for Vaults AC 725.1 Insert Installation Detail for Vaults .................. ................. AC-19 AC 727 Pull Box Insert Repair AC 727.1 Pull Box Insert Repair ............................ ................. AC-21 AC 729 Pull Iron for Pull Boxes AC 729.1 Pull Iron for Pull Boxes ........................... ................. AC-23 AC 731 J Bolt (Support for Ground Bus) AC 731.1 1 Bolt (Support for Ground Bus) .................... ................. AC-24 AC 733 Cable Pulling Attachments AC 733.1 Cable Pulling Attachments ........................ ................. AC-25 AC 740 Ladder Installation for Manholes AC 740.1 Ladder Installation for Manholes ................... ................. AC-26 AC 742 Ladder for Vaults and Manholes (Edison M/C 655-67505) AC 742.1 Ladder for Vaults and Manholes .................................... AC-27 AC 742.2 Ladder Installation for Vaults ....................................... AC-30 AC 750 Standpipe Vent Placement AC 750.1 Standpipe Vent Placement ................................... ...... AC-32 AC 751 Vent Locations on Vault and Manhole Walls AC 751.1 Vent Locations on Vault and Manhole Walls ...................... ...... AC-33 AC 752 Polyethylene Standpipe Vents AC 752.1 Polyethylene Standpipe Vents ................................ ...... AC-35 AC 753 PVC Standpipe Vents - 8 Inches and 10 Inches AC 753.1 PVC Standpipe Vents - 8 Inches and 10 Inches ................... ...... AC-37 AC 754 Steel Standpipe Vent - 18 Inches AC 754.1 Steel Standpipe Vent - 18 Inches ............................. ...... AC-38 AC 756 Steel Standpipe Vents with Meter Pipe - 6 Inches and 8 Inches AC 756.1 Steel Standpipe Vents with Meter Pipe - 6 Inches and 8 Inches ....... ...... AC-39 AC 758 Standpipe Vent Installation AC 758.1 Standpipe Vent Installation .................................. ...... AC-41 __"°~" Ot-26-2007 Table of Contents ' - -- TOC ~~,,y Page Underground Structures Standards XVI - SCE Public ~ $pUFNERN GLIFORNIA EDISON' M F.DISON INTfFNATIJ\ALR Gxopany Standard Title Page AC 758.2 PVC Standpipe Vent Installation ...................... ............... AC-42 AC 758.3 Polyethylene Standpipe Vent Installation ............... ............... AC-43 AC 759 Wall Stand Vent Detail and Installation AC 759.1 Wall Stand Vent Detail and Installation ................ ............... AC-46 AC 760 Installation of a Ground Wire in a Vent AC 760.1 Installation of a Ground Wire in a PVC Vent ............................ AC-47 AC 760.2 Installation of a Ground Wire in a Polyethylene Standpipe Vent ............. AC-48 AC 765 flush Vent Grates and Frames AC 765.1 Flush Vent Grates and Frames ...................................... AC-49 AC 765.2 Flush Vent Installation ............................................ AC-50 AC 765.3 Flush Vent Installation with Trash Pit ................................. AC-61 AC 765.4 Flush Vault Roof Vents ............................................ AC-52 MS 800 Substation Power Cable Trench MS 800.1 Substation Power Cable Trench -Precast (Preferred) or Poured (Non-Traffic) .... MS-1 MS 810 Cold Joints (Approved for Use at Contractor's Request) MS 810.1 Cold Joints (Approved for Use at Contractor's Request) .............. ...... MS-5 MS 820 Joining Old and New Structures MS 820.1 Joining Old and New Structures ................................ ...... MS-6 MS 830 Protective Barrier for Underground Distribution Structures MS 830.1 Protective Barrier for Underground Distribution Structures ............ ...... MS-7 MS 840 Wheelchair Ramps MS 840.1 Wheelchair Ramps .......................................... ...... MS-9 MS 850 Structure Offsets for Joint Construction MS 850.1 Structure Offsets for Joint Construction .......................... ..... MS-10 MS 860 Inspection and Repair Procedures for Precast Vaults and Manholes MS 860.1 Inspection and Repair Procedures for Precast Vaults and Manholes ..... ..... MS-11 MS 870 Removable Curb for 4' x 5' Vault Covers and Manhole Covers MS 870.1 Removable Curb for 4' x 5' Vault Covers and Manhole Covers ........... .... MS-16 MS 870.2 Removable Curbing (Steel Cover Plates) ........................... .... MS-16 MS 890 Foundation Detail for Fiberglass Nostalgic, Fiberglass, Steel, or Concrete Electroliers MS 890.1 Electrolier Foundation Detail ................................... .... MS-17 MS 890.2 Marbelite Nostalgic Electrolier Foundation Detail .................... .... MS-19 MS 890.3 Electrolier Foundation Requirements ............................. .... MS-21 Table of Contents v~"~ Underground Structures - SCE Puhlic ~ "-'--' 01-26-2007 TOC U ~~ Fzge xVll soulxFxr+ uuwxwu EDISON' M FOISOY IMERNATIUVALO C xnryny List of Figures Topic Figure GI-1: Figure GI-2: Figure GI-3: Figure GI-4: Figure GI-5: Figure CD-1: Figure CD-2: Figure CD-3: Figure CD-4: Figure CD-5: Figure CD-6: Figure CD-7: Figure CD-8: Figure CD-9: Figure CD-10: Figure CD-11: Page Steel Shape Dimensions -Right Angle Bends ........................... ...... GI-11 Steel Shape Dimensions -Right Angle Bends ........................... ...... GI-11 Steel Shape Dimensions -Bends Less Than 90° .......................... ...... GI-12 Setting Cover Depths for Tunnel/Tub Style Vaults and Manholes ............. ...... GI-18 Maximum Allowable Tolerances for Installed Precast Vaults and Manholes (InsideJOintSurfaces) ............................................. ......GI-21 Backfill Minimum Relative Compaction ................................ ...... CD-7 „Y"Fittings ..................................................... ..... CD-15 "Y" Fittings -Installation Example .................................... ..... CD-15 Typical Conduit Bank Sections (Mainline and Commercial/Industrial) .......... ..... CD-23 Typical Conduit Bank Sections (Residential Only) ......................... ..... CD-25 Typical CIC Trench Section (Residential Only) ............................ ..... CD-26 Conduit Bank Requirements -Installation in a Bore ....................... ..... CD-27 Conduit Spacers ................................................. ..... CD-28 Circular Spacers "A" and "B" ........................................ ..... CD-29 Conduit Beam Reinforcement ....................................... ..... CD-31 Standard Conduit Entrance Details ................................... ..... CD-32 Figure CD-12: Standard and Special Conduit Entrances .................................. .. CD-33 Figure CD-13: Conduit Entrances to Pull Boxes ......................................... .. CD-34 Figure CD-14: Corner Conduit Entrance Details -Manhole or Vault ......................... .. CD-35 Figure CD-15: Conduit Terminators ................................................. .. CD-37 Figure CD-16: Typical Installation of Precast Pull Box in Main Line Conduit .................... .. CD-39 Figure CD-17: Standard Conduit Location for Precast Vaults and Manholes 6' x 12' and Larger..... .. CD-41 Figure CD-18: Standard and Alternate Recess Layouts ................................... .. CD-42 Figure CD-19: Conduit Terminators for Precast Tunnel Vaults .............................. .. CD-43 Figure CD-20: Conduit Bank Entrance to Power Cable Trench Where Trench Extension is Planned .. .. CD-04 Figure CD-21: Acceptable Methods of Supporting Conduit ............................... .. CD-45 Figure CD-22: Capping Main Line Conduit ............................................ .. CD-46 Figure CD-23: Service Lateral Terminations ........................................... .. CD-47 Figure CD-24: Pole Riser Bend Standard Location ....................................... .. CD~9 Figure CD -25: Pole Riser Bend for Risers on Kicker Blocks ...................... ............. CD-51 Figure CD -26: Neutral Riser Wire Installation for Four-Wire Systems .............. ............. CD-53 Figure CD -27: Communication Conduit and Riser Bend Installation .............. ............. CD-54 Figure CD -z8: Specification for Abandoning Conduit and Risers ................. ............. CD-55 Figure CD -29: Three-, four-, Five-, or Six-Inch fiberglass Riser Bends .............. ............. CD-66 ~~~,~•~ 01-26-2007 List of Figures ~~,,~ ~~~ LOF Underground Structures Standards vae - SCE Public ~ e lxix SOUTHERN ULIEONNIA EDISON° M EOI50.~ ~NT£FYATIO tiAL° Cump+m Figure Title Page Figure CD-30: Riser Bend Installation at Wall or Pad ..................................... .. CD-67 Figure CD-31: Underground Risers in Substation -Plan and Details "A" and "B"' ............... .. CD-59 Figure CD-32: Underground Risers in Substation -Details of Riser Anchor Plate and Detail 3 ...... .. CD-60 Figure CD-33: Typical Conduit and Riser Bend Installation for Service to One Streetlight Standard .. .. CD-61 Figure CD-34: Typical Conduit and Riser Bend Installation for Handhole through Service to Streetlight Standards ................................................. .. CD-62 Figure CD-35: Typical Conduit and Riser Bend Installation Loop through Service to Streetlight Standards ................................................. .. CD-63 figure CD-36: Riser Conduit Lower Terminal (Anchor for Cable Support) ..................... .. CD-6S Figure CD-37: Blank Conduit Plugs ................................................. .. CD-67 Figure CD-38: Conduit Plug ....................................................... .. CD-68 Figure CD-39: Riser Cap ......................................................... .. CD-69 Figure CD-40: Exterior Support -General Fabrication and Installation Guide .................. .. CD-71 Figure CD-41: Supports for Conduits on Bridges ....................................... .. CD-72 Figure CD-42: Expansion Joint for Plastic Conduit ...................................... .. CD-77 Figure CD-43: Expansion Joint for HDG Conduit on Bridges ............................... .. CD-78 Figure CD-44: Conduit Mandrels - Type I and Type III ................................... .. CD-79 Figure HP-1: Typical Handhole Installation ........................................... ....HP-4 Figure HP-2: Pull Box 2' x 3' Precast Concrete ........................................ ....HP-9 Figure HP-3: Pull Box 2-1/2' x 4' Precast Concrete ..................................... ...HP-11 Figure HP-4: Pull Box 3' x 5' Precast Concrete ........................................ ...HP-13 Figure HP-5: Poured Concrete Pull Boxes -Construction Details -Plan ..................... ...HP-1 S Figure HP-6: Poured Concrete Pull Boxes -Construction Details -Typical and Special Wall ...... ...HP-16 Figure MH-1: Precast Tub-Type Manholes ............................................ ... MH-3 Figure MH-2: Precast Manhole Neck Detail ........................................... ... MH-5 Figure MH-3: 4' x 6' x 7' Manhole -Traffic Loading -Cover .............................. ... MH-7 Figure MH-4: 4' x 6' x 7' Manhole -Traffic Loading -Wall ............................... ... MH-8 Figure MH-6: 4' x 6' x 7' Manhole -Traffic Loading -Floor .............................. ... MH-9 Figure MH-6: 4' x 8' x 7' Manhole -Traffic Loading -Roof ............................... .. MH-11 Figure MH-7: 4' x 8' x 7' Manhole -Traffic Loading - Watl ............................... .. MH-13 Figure MH-8: 4' x 8' x 7' Manhole -Traffic Loading -floor .............................. .. MH-15 Figure MH-9: 6' x 8' x 7' Manhole -Traffic Loading -Roof ............................... .. MH-17 Figure MH-10: 6' x 8' x 7' Manhole -Traffic Loading -Wall ............................... .. MH-19 Figure MH-11: 6' x 8' x 7' Manhole -Traffic Loading -floor .............................. .. MH-20 Figure MH-12: 7' x 7' x 7' Manhole -Traffic Loading -Roof ............................... .. MH-21 Figure MH-13: 7' x 7' x 7' Manhole -Traffic Loading -Wall ............................... .. MH-23 Figure MH-14: 7' x 7' x 7' Manhole -Traffic Loading -Floor .............................. .. MH-24 - - ---- 01-26-2007 List of Figures TOC ~~~ Q~,,y Page Underground Structures Standards XX - SCE Public ~ SOUINEXN ULIiOYNp EDISON° M EOISOV INTfRVATII)VAL° Lm~pany Figure Title Page Figure MH-15: 6' x 10' x 7' Manhole -Traffic -Heavy Loading ............................. .. MH-25 Figure MH-16: Manhole Neck Details - 27" Opening .................................... .. MH-29 Figure VA-1: Precast Vertical Section Vault .......................................... ... VA-3 Figure VA-2: Precast Tub-Type Vaults ............................................... ... VA-6 Figure VA-3: Precast Vertical Section Vault - 7' Wide x Variable Lengths (10' Minimum) x 8' High . ... VA-9 Figure VA-4: Vault -Traffic Loading - 4' x 8' x 7' -Roof ............:................... .. VA-11 Figure VA-6: Vault -Traffic Loading - 4' x 8' x 7' -Walls ............................... .. VA-13 Figure VA-6: Vault -Traffic Loading - 4' x 8' x 7' -Floor ............................... .. VA-14 Figure VA-7: 6' x 8' x 7' Vault -Traffic -Normal Loading ............................... .. VA-15 Figure VA-8: 6' x 8' x 9'-4" Vault -Traffic -Standard Casting -Normal Loading .............. .. VA-17 Figure VA-9: Vault -Traffic Loading - 6'-0" x 10'-0" x 9'-4" -Roof ......................... .. VA-19 Figure VA-10: Vault -Traffic Loading - 6'-0" x 10'-0" x 9'-4" -Walls ........................ .. VA-21 Figure VA-11: Vault -Traffic Loading - 6'-0" x 10'-0" x 9'-4" -Floor ......................... .. VA-23 Figure VA-12: Vault -Traffic Loading - 8'-0" x 14'-0" x 9'-4" -Roof ......................... .. VA-26 Figure VA-13: Vault -Traffic Loading - 8'-0" x 14'-0" x 9'-4" -Sides ........................ .. VA-27 Figure VA-14: Vault -Traffic Loading - 8'-0" x 14'-0" x 9'-4" -Floor ......................... .. VA-29 Figure VA-15: Vault -Traffic Loading - 8'-0" x 14'-0" x 9'-4" -Roof ......................... .. VA-31 Figure VA-16: Vault -Traffic Loading - 8'-0" x 18'-0" x 9'-4" -Walls ........................ .. VA-33 Figure VA-17: Vault -Traffic Loading - 8'-0" x 18'-0" x 9'-4" -Floor ......................... .. VA-3S Figure VA-18: Vault -Traffic Loading - 8'-0" x 22'-0" x 9'-4" -Roof ......................... .. VA-37 Figure VA-19: Vault -Traffic Loading - 8'-0" x 22'-0" x 9'-4" -Walls ........................ .. VA-39 Figure VA-20: Vault -Traffic Loading - 8'-0" x 22'-0" x 9'-4" -Floor ......................... .. VA-41 Figure VA-21: 8' x 22' x 12' Vault -Traffic -Normal Loading ............................. .. VA-43 Figure VA-22: 6'-6" x 24'-0" x 9'-4" Vault -Traffic -Normal Loading ......................... .. VA-47 Figure VA-23: Alternate Roof Plan for VA 446 (Not Optional) ............................. .. VA-60 Figure VA-24: Vault -Traffic Loading - 8' x 24' x 9'-4" -Roof ............................. .. VA-53 Figure VA-25: Vault -Traffic Loading - 8' x 24' x 9'-4" -Floor ............................ .. VA-55 Figure VA-26: Vault -Traffic Loading - 8' x 24' x 9'~" -Walls ............................ .. VA-57 Figure VA-27: Vault (Traffic) - 8' x 26' x 9'-4" .......................................... .. VA-59 Figure VA-28: 5'-6" x 8' x 9'-4" Vault -Slab Cover -Traffic -Normal Loading ................. .. VA-63 Figure VA-29: 5'-6" x 10' x 9'-4" Vault -Slab Cover -Traffic -Normal Loading ................ .. VA-66 Figure VA-30: 5'-6" x 16' x 9'-4" Vault -Slab Cover -Traffic -Normal Loading ................ .. VA-67 Figure VA-31: 8' x 14', 18', and 22' x 9'-4" Vault -Traffic Slab Cover -Normal Loading .......... .. VA-71 Figure VA-32: Neck Vault Details ................................................... .. VA-77 Figure SS-1: Equipment Poured Pad (Typical) ........................................ .... SS-5 Figure SS-2: Pad for Surface-Mounted Transformer Poured in Field Construction and Precast Construction (Concrete) .............................................. .... SS-7 ,,,,,,,,,.~„ __..____ 01-26-2007 List of figures ~~,~ TOC Underground Structures Standards ra e - SCE Public ~ ~ e XXI SOUINEPN CALIfONNIA EDISON° M EOISO.V IM£RNATIOtiAIO E~pam Figure Title Page Figure SS-3: Non-Concrete Box Pad for Single-Phase Transformers .......................... ... SS-9 figure SS-4: Polymer Concrete Pad for Surface-Mounted Single-Phase Transformers ............ .. SS-11 Figure SS-5: Polymer Concrete Pad for Pad-Mounted Fuse Cabinet (PME-1) ................... .. SS-12 Figure SS-6: Customer Substation Pad (for 1,500-2,500 kVA 30 Pad-Mounted Transformers) with Load Interrupter ................................................. .. SS-13 Figure SS-7: Concrete Pad for Mounting S/C and ESCO Preferred Emergency Switchgear ........ .. SS-15 Figure SS-8: Pad for Surface-Mounted Capacitor Cabinet - 3-Wire or 4-Wire -Systems ......... .. SS-17 Figure SS-9: Pad for Underground Switch Capacitor Control Pedestal ....................... .. SS-19 Figure SS-10: 6' x 8'-6" x 6" and 8' x 10' x 6" Slab Box for Pad-Mounted Transformer - Plan, Section A-A, Section B-B, and Detail .................................. .. SS-21 Figure SS-11: 6' x 8'-6" and 8' x 10' Slab Box for Pad-Mounted Transformer -Plan and Detail "A" ... .. SS-22 figure SS-12: 10' x 12' Precast Slab Box for 30 Pad-Mounted Transformers - 1,500 kVA through 3,750 kVA ......................................... ... SS-23 figure SS-13: Shows Precast Slab Box for 30 Pad-Mounted Transformers -Plan and Section C.... ... SS-24 Figure SS-14: Precast Slab Box for 30 Pad-Mounted Transformers -Box Section - PlanandSection C .................................................. ...SS-25 Figure SS-15: Precast Slab Box for 30 Pad-Mounted Transformers -Box Section - SectionsDand A .................................................... ...SS-26 Figure SS-16: Precast Slab Box for 30 Pad-Mounted Transformers -Box Section - Section B and Detail 1 ................................................ ... SS-27 Figure SS-17: 4'-6" x 7' Pad with 3' x S' Pull Box for 2-Way Pad-Mounted SF6 Switch ............ ... SS-29 Figure SS-18: Pad Plan View -Precast Concrete Equipment Slab Box ....................... ... SS-31 Figure SS-19: Sections Aand B -Precast Concrete Equipment Slab Box ..................... ... SS-32 Figure SS-20: 7' x 8' Pad with 4' x 7' x S' Box for 2-Way, 3-Way, and 4Way, Pad-Mounted SF6 Switch .............................................. ... 55-35 Figure SS-21: Pad Plan View - 7' x 8' Pad with 4' x 7' x 5' Box for 2-Way, 3-Way, and 4-Way, Pad-Mounted SF6 Switch .............................................. ... SS-37 Figure SS-22: Sections Band A - 7' x 8'. Pad with 4' x 7' x S' Box for 2-Way, 3-Way, and 4-Way, Pad-Mounted SF6 Switch .............................................. ... SS-38 Figure SS-23: 8' x 10' Pad with 4' x 7' x 3'-6" Box for VFI 9, VFI 12, and Bypass Switch ........... ... SS-41 Figure SS-24: 8' x 10' Slab Box for Pad-Mounted Equipment -Plan and Detail "A" ............. ... SS~2 Figure SS-2S: Pad Plan View-Precast Concrete Equipment Slab Box ....................... ... SS-43 figure SS-26: Pad End View (Front and Side) -Precast Concrete Slab Boxes .................. ... SS-44 Figure SS-27: Box Section Plan View -Precast Concrete Slab Box .......................... ... SS-44 Figure SS-28: Box Section Detail "A" and "B" -Precast Concrete Slab Box ................... ... SS-46 Figure SS-29: Pad Installation -Structure for PME-3, PME-4, and PME-5 ..................... ... SS-47 Figure SS-30: Structure for PME ................................................... ... SS-48 Figure SS-31: Unistrut/Chain Link Enclosure .......................................... ... SS-50 01-26-2007 TOC ~~~ xxii List of Figures ~~~ - SCE Public ~ SOUMFRN UIIFORNIA EDISON' M £OISOY IMkR.VAiIOVAL~ Company Figure Title Page Figure SS-32: Masonry Enclosure ................................................ ..... SS-51 Figure SS-33: Concrete Type Enclosure ............................................ ..... SS-55 Figure SS-34: Unistrut/Chain Link Enclosure Cover (Removable) ....:.................... ..... SS-59 Figure SS-36: Concrete Enclosure 4' x 4' x 4' - M/C 655-32723 Nontraffic - MC 655-32731 Light Traffic (Parking Lots) ........................................... ..... SS-61 figure SS-36: Concrete Enclosure ................................................ ..... SS-63 figure SS-37: Precast Concrete BURD Switch Enclosure - 4' x 4' x 4' ...................... ..... SS-65 figure SS-38: Subsurface Equipment Enclosure - 4' x 7' x 7' ............................ ..... SS-67 Figure SS-39: Subsurface Equipment Enclosure - 5' x 8'-1/2" x 7' ........................ ..... SS-69 Figure SS-40: Precast Surface Operable Parkway Enclosure - 5' x 8'-1/2" x S' ................ ..... SS-71 Figure SS-41: Top Slab/Cover with Removable Beams -Plan and Section A-A ............... ..... SS-73 Figure SS-42: Top Slab/Cover with Removable Beams -Section B-B and Detail "A" ........... ..... SS-74 Figure SS-43: Cover Frame/Gasket Insert Detail ..................................... ..... SS-75 Figure SS-44: Gasket Plan View for Precast Surface Operable Parkway Enclosure ............. ..... SS-76 Figure SS-45: Typical Installation Details -Transformer Housing -Semi-Buried - 4' x 4' x 4' .... ..... SS-79 Figure SS-46: Pre-Cast Concrete Base ............................................. ..... SS-80 Figure SS-47: 4' x 4' x 4' Hood Details ............................................. ..... SS-82 Figure SS-48: Hood Mounting Details ............................................. ..... SS-82 Figure SS-49: 4' x 4' x 4' Cover Details ............................................. ..... SS-83 Figure SS-50: 7'H x 5'W x 10'-6"L -Precast Tub-Type PMH/PME .......................... .... SS-85 Figure SS-51: Top Section for 7' (H) x 10'-6" (L) x 5' (W) Precast Tub-Type PMH ............... .... SS-86 Figure SS-52: Base for 7' (H) x 10'-6" (L) x 5' (W) Precast Tub-Type PMH ..................... .... SS-87 Figure SS-53: Detail Information for 7' (H) x 10'-6" (L) x 5' (W) Precast Tub-Type PMH .......... .... SS-88 Figure SS-54: Precast Concrete Equipment Slab Box - 4' x 6' Pad with 2'-6" x 4' Box ........... .... SS-91 Figure SS-56: Precast Concrete Equipment Slab Box, Plan and Section Views - 4' x 6' Pad with 2'-6" x 4' Box for PMH-4 and PMH-5 Switchgear ............................ .... SS-93 Figure SS-56: Precast Concrete Equipment Slab Box - 4' x 4'-6" Pad with 2' x 3' Box ........... .... SS-95 Figure SS-57: Precast Concrete Equipment Slab Box -Plan and Section Views - 4' x 4'-6" Pad with 2' x 3' Box for PMH-4 Switchgear ................................... .... SS-97 Figure SS-58: PME-4 Conversion Pad for PMH Structures .............................. .... SS-98 Figure SS-69: Retaining Walls at BURD Enclosures, Pad-Mounted Transformers, and PME 6 through l2 ....................................................... ...SS-100 Figure SS-60: Retaining Wall for Pad-Mounted Transformers ............................. ... SS-101 Figure SS-61: Retaining Wall for BURD Enclosures ..................................... ... SS-101 Figure SS-62: Retaining Wall for PME 6 though 12 .................................... ... 55-101 Figure FC-1: Fabricated 24" x 36" Steel Pull Box Cover for Light Traffic Installations ........... ..... FC-3 Figure FC-2: 24" x 36" Steel Pull Box Cover -Parkway ................................. ..... FC-5 List of Figures Ol -26-2007 ~~,~/ TOC Underground Structures Standards RA e - SCE Public ~ e xXlll SOUIRFRN UL60RNIA EDISON' M f~1.S0.\' IMFRVATIOitiALR Gxnpmy Figure Title Page Figure FC-3: 24" x 36" Steel Pull Box Frame .......................................... .... FC-6 Figure FC-4: 30" x 48" Steel Pull Box Cover (Light Traffic) - FC 618 (RPM Parkway) ............ .... FC-7 Figure FC-5: 30" x 48" Steel Pull Box Cover -Parkway .................................. .... FC-8 Figure FC-6: 30" x 48" Steel Pull Box Frame for Covers FC 606 (Steel Light -Traffic) - FC 618 (RPM Parkway) ............................................... .... FC-9 Figure FC-7: Fabricated 36" x 60" Steel Pull Box Cover for Light Traffic Installations (Two Piece) ... ... FC-10 Figure FC-8: 36" x 60" Steel Pull Box Cover -Parkway (Two Piece) ........................ ... FC-1 1 Figure FC-9: 36" x 60" Steel Pull Box Frame for Covers UGS 612 (Steel Light -Traffic) - FC 618 (RPM Parkway) ............................................... ...FC-12 Figure FC-10: Polymer Concrete (RPM) Pull Box Cover ................................... ... FC-13 Figure FC-11: 27" and 30" Round Manhole Cover and Ring ............................... ... FC-15 Figure FC-12: 30" Round Cast Iron Manhole Cover and Frame - HS-20 Loading ............... ... FC-17 Figure FC-13: 30" Round Polymer Concrete Manhole Cover and Cast Iron Frame - ParkwayLOading .................................................... ...FC-19 Figure FC-14: Concrete-Filled Manhole Cover (Parkway Use Only) .......................... ... FC-21 Figure FC-15: Frame and Cover (Fabricated) for 3' x 3' x 3' Residential Vault .................. ... FC-23 Figure FC-16: Frame and Cover (Fabricated) for 3' x 4'-1/2" x 3' Residential Vault ............... ... FC-25 Figure FC-17: Frame and Cover (Fabricated) for 3' x 6' x 3' Residential Vault .................. ... FC-27 Figure FC-18: Typical Center Line Section ............................................ ... FC-29 Figure FC-19: 48" x 60" Precast Concrete Vault Cover (Traffic-Type) ......................... ... FC-31 Figure FC-20: Bill of Material ...................................................... ... FC-32 Figure FC-21: 5" x 8" Two Piece -Vault Cover (Traffic-Type) .............................. ... FC-33 Figure FC-22: 6' x 8' Two Piece -Vault Cover - H-20 Loading ............................. ... FC-35 Figure FC-23: S'-6" x 8'-0" Vault Frame -Traffic ........................................ ... FC-37 Figure FC-24: Slab Cover Details -Pouring and Framing ................................. ... FC-39 Figure FC-25: 5'-6" x 8'-0" Two Piece Slab Cover with 27" Manhole Casting-Method of Installation in Existing Vault ............................................ ... FC-41 Figure FC-26: . 4' x 5' Precast Concrete Vault Cover (Traffic Type) ........................... ... FC-43 Figure FC-27: Replacement of Deteriorated Concrete Vault Covers ......................... ... FC~7 Figure FC-28: Replacement Vault Cover ............................................. ... FC-48 Figure AC-1: Ground Rod Location for Vaults and Manholes ............................. ... AC-2 Figure AC-2: Ground Rod Installation for Pad-Mounted Transformers and Capacitors ........... ... AC-3 Figure AC-3: Riser Bend Grounding ................................................ ... AC-5 Figure AC-4: Grounding Materials -Ground Rod and Clamps ............................ ... AC-7 Figure AC-5: Sump Details for Poured-in-Field Substructures .............................. ... AC-8 Figure AC-6: Sump and Drain Details for Precast Pull Boxes, Manholes, and Vaults ............. ... AC-9 Figure AC-7: Discharge Outlet for Underground Vaults ................................. .. AC-11 ---- 01-26-2007 TOC ~~~ List of Figures P~.~ - SCE Public ~ SOUMEPN ULIFWNIA EDISON° An sorsaN nvr'cxNAno4u° u+.v.m Figure Title Page Figure AC-8: Single-Threaded Coil Insert .......................... .................... AC-13 Figure AC-9: Double-Threaded Coil Insert ......................... .................... AC-i 5 Figure AC-10: Inserts Opposite Conduit Banks ....................... .................... AC-16 Figure AC-11: Insert Schedule for Pull Boxes ........................ .................... AC-17 Figure AC-12: Insert Installation Detail for Vaults ..................... .................... AC-19 Figure AC-13: Pull Box Insert Repair ............................... .................... AC-21 Figure AC-14: Pull Iron for Pull Boxes .............................. .................... AC-23 Figure AC-15: J Bolt (Support for Ground Bus) ....................... .................... AC-24 Figure AC- 16: Cable Pulling Attachments ........................................ ....... AC-25 Figure AC-17: Ladder Installation for Manholes ................................... ....... AC-26 Figure AC- 18: Ladder for Vaults and Manholes ................................... ....... AC-27 Figure AC- 19: Ladder Rung and Channel ........................................ ....... AC-28 Figure AC- 20: Standard Rung Attachment -Rivet ................................. ....... AC-28 Figure AC- 21: Alternate Rung Attachment -Weld -Section B-B ...................... ....... AC-29 Figure AC- 22: Ladder Installation for Vaults ...................................... ....... AC-30 Figure AC-23: Ladder Installation for Vaults -For Reference Only ..................... ....... AC-31 Figure AC- 24: Vent Locations on Vault and Manhole Walls .......................... ....... AC-33 Figure AC- 25: Polyethylene Standpipe Vents ..................................... ....... AC-35 Figure AC- 26: PVC Standpipe Vents - 8 Inches and 10 Inches ........................ ....... AC-37 Figure AC- 27: Steel Standpipe Vent - 18 Inches .................................. ....... AC-38 Figure AC-28: Steel Standpipe Vents with Meter Pipe - 6 Inches and 8 Inches ............ ....... AC-39 Figure AC- 29: Standpipe Vent Installation -Vertical View Detail ....................... ...... AC-41 Figure AC- 30: PVC Standpipe Vent Installation ................................... ....... AC-42 Figure AC- 31: Polyethylene Standpipe Vent Installation ............................. ....... AC~l3 Figure AC- 32: Wall Stand Vent Detail and Installation ............................... ...... AC-45 Figure AC- 33: Installation of a Ground Wire in a PVC Vent ........................... ...... AC-47 Figure AC- 34: Shows Installation of a Ground Wire in a Polyethylene Standpipe Vent ........ ...... AC-48 Figure AC- 35: Flush Vent Grates and Frames ...................................... ...... AC~9 Figure AC- 36: Flush Vent Installation ............................................ ...... AC-50 Figure AC- 37: Flush Vent Installation with Trash Pit ................................. ...... AC-51 Figure AC- 38: Flush Vault Roof Vents .........................................:. ...... AC-52 Figure MS -1: Substation Power Cable Trench -Precast or Poured - Entrance Detail and Trench Plan .................................... ....... MS-1 Figure MS -2: Substation Power Cable Trench -Precast or Poured - Conduit Bank Exits, Trench End Walls, and Section View of Trench .......... ....... MS-3 Figure MS -3: Cold Joints .................................................... ....... MS-5 Figure MS -4: Joining Old and New Structures ..................................... ....... MS-6 Approved Etfecnve Date List of Figures 01-26-2007 ~~,,y TOC Underground Structures Standards Page - SCE Public ~ ~ xXV SOUTHERN ULIFORNIA EDISON' An E171S0.\ INTERNATI4tiAP Gmpany Figure Title Page Figure MS-5: Protective Barrier for Underground Distribution Structures ........................ MS-7 Figure MS-6: Wheelchair Ramps ..................................................... MS-9 Figure MS-7: Structure Offsets for Joint Construction ..................................... MS-10 Figure MS-8: Removable Curb for 4' x S' Vault Covers and Manhole Covers .................... MS-15 Figure MS-9: Removable Curbing (Steel Cover Plates) ..................................... MS-16 Figure MS-10: Electrolier Foundation Detail ............................................. MS-17 Figure MS-11: Marbelite Nostalgic Electrolier Foundation Detail .............................. MS-19 ReozLe 01-26-2007 TOC ti~~ xxvi List of Figures P~.~ - SCE Public ~ SOIIMERN GLLIEORNIA EDISON' MFDISO~ti IKIFF.VAT10\ALm Cwvpmy List of Tables Table Title Page Table RS-1: Revision Summary Package Contents .................................. ...... RS-1 Table RS-Z: Definitions of Revision Types ........................................ ...... RS-Z Table RS-3: UGS Manual Revisions ............................................. ...... RS-3 Table GI-1: Concrete and Reinforced Concrete Mix Designs .......................... ...... GI-6 Table CD-1: SCE Approved Conduit Types ........................................ ..... CD-11 Table CD-Z: Horizontal Conduit Spacing Intervals .................................. ..... CD-Z3 Table CD-3: Conduit Bank Requirements -Installation in a Bore ....................... ..... CD-27 Table CD-4: Conduit Spacers -Approved Manufacturers and Suppliers .................. ..... CD-Z9 Table CD-5: Approved Riser Bend Materials and Sizes -Standard Location ............... ..... CD-49 Table CD-6: Approved Riser Bend Materials and Sizes -Risers on Kicker Blocks ............ ..... CD-51 Table HP-1: Concrete -Unit (Box and Cover) -Parkway ............................ ...... HP-1 Table HP-Z: Plastic (HDPE) -Unit (Box and Cover) -Parkway ......................... ...... HP-1 Table HP-3: FRP and RPM -Unit (Box and Cover) -Parkway ......................... ...... HP-1 Table HP-4: FRP and RPM -Unit (Box and Cover) -Light Traffic ...................... ...... HP-2 Table HP-5: ( Y)- y ...................................... Concrete Box Onl Parkwa HP-3 ...... Table HP-6: Plastic HDPE (Box Only) -Parkway ................................... ...... HP-3 Table HP-7: FRP and RPM (Box Only) -Parkway ................................... ...... HP-3 Table HP-8: FRP and RPM (Box Only) -Light Traffic ................................ ...... HP-3 Table HP-9: Pull Box Requirements -Unit (Box and Cover) ........................... ...... HP-6 Table HP-10: Pull Box Material Codes ............................................ ...... HP-7 Table HP-11: Pull Box Grade Rings .............................................. ...... HP-7 Table HP-1 Z: Center Line Sections .............................................. ..... HP-15 Table MH-1: Manholes ...................................................... ..... MH-2 Table MH-Z: Manhole Material Codes ........................................... ..... MH-Z Table MH-3: Replacement 30-Inch Diameter Manhole Neck and Cover -Cast Iron Traffic .... ..... MH-5 Table MH-4: Manhole Grade Rings ............................................. ..... MH-6 Table MH-5: Reinforcing Schedule - 4' x 6' x 7' Manhole -Traffic Loading -Cover ......... ..... MH-7 Table MH-6: Reinforcing Schedule - 4' x 6' x 7' Manhole -Traffic Loading -Wall ......... . ..... MH-8 Table MH-7: Reinforcing Schedule - 4' x 6' x 7' Manhole -Traffic Loading -Floor ......... ..... MH-9 Table MH-8: Reinforcing Schedule - 4' x 8' x 7' Manhole -Traffic Loading -Roof .......... .... MH-11 Table MH-9: Reinforcing Schedule - 4' x 8' x 7' Manhole -Traffic Loading -Wall .......... .... MH-14 Table MH-10: Reinforcing Schedule - 4' x 8' x 7' Manhole -Traffic Loading -Floor ......... .... MH-16 Table MH-11: Reinforcing Schedule - 6' x 8' x 7' Manhole -Traffic Loading -Roof .......... .... MH-18 Table MH-12: Reinforcing Schedule - 6' x 8' x 7' Manhole -Traffic Loading -Wall .......... .... MH-19 Table MH-13: Reinforcing Schedule - 6' x 8' x 7' Manhole -Traffic Loading -Floor ......... .... MH-20 APProveo ~~~^~ °°~~ 01-26-2007 List of Tables ~~~ ~~~ TOC Underground Structures Standards Page - SCE Public ~ XxVll SOUIHfRN ULIfORNU EDISON' M EOISfI~ INTERVATIO~ALS G~pany Table Title Page Table MH-14: Reinforcing Schedule - 7' x 7' x 7' Manhole -Traffic Loading -Roof ........... ... MH-22 Table MH-16: Reinforcing Schedule - 7' x 7' x 7' Manhole -Traffic Loading -Wall ........... ... MH-23 Table MH-16: Reinforcing Schedule - 7' x 7' x 7' Manhole -Traffic Loading -floor .......... ... MH-24 Table MH-17: List of Materials - 6' x 10' x 7' Manhole -Traffic -Heavy Loading ............. ... MH-26 Table MH-18: Reinforcing Schedule6' x 10' x 7' Manhole -Traffic -Heavy Loading ........... ... MH-27 Table VA-1: Vault Requirements ................................................ ..... VA-2 Table VA-2: Vault Grade Rings ................................................. ..... VA-2 Table VA-3: Reinforcing Schedule -Vault -Traffic Loading - 4' x 8' x 7' -Roof ............ .... VA-12 Table VA-4: Reinforcing Schedule -Vault -Traffic Loading - 4' x 8' x 7' -Walls ........... .... VA-13 Table VA-5: Reinforcing Schedule -Vault -Traffic Loading - 4' x 8' x 7' - Floor ............ .... VA-14 Table VA-6: List of Materials - 6' x 8' x 7' Vault -Traffic -Normal Loading .............................. .... VA-16 Table VA-7: Reinforcing Schedule - 6' x 8' x 7' Vault -Traffic -Normal Loading ............................. ..... VA-16 Table VA-8: List of Materials - 6' x 8' x 9'-4" Vault -Traffic -Standard Casting -Normal Loading ........... ..... VA-17 Table VA-9: Reinforcing Schedule - 6' x 8' x 9'-4" Vault -Traffic -Standard Casting -Normal loading ........... ..... VA-17 Table VA-10: Reinforcing Schedule -Vault -Traffic Loading - 6'-0" x 10'-0" x 9'-4" -Roof .... ..... VA-20 Table VA-1 1: Reinforcing Schedule -Vault -Traffic Loading - 6'-0" x 10'-0" x 9'-4" - Walls.... ..... VA-22 Table VA-12: Reinforcing Schedule -Vault -Traffic Loading - 6'-0" x 10'-0" x 9'-4" -Floor .... ..... VA-24 Table VA-13: Reinforcing Schedule -Vault -Traffic Loading - 8'-0" x 14'-0" x 9'-4" -Roof .... ..... VA-26 Table VA-14: Reinforcing Schedule -Vault -Traffic Loading - 8'-0" x 14'-0" x 9'-4" - Sides.... ..... VA-28 Table VA-15: Reinforcing Schedule -Vault -Traffic Loading - 8'-0" x 14'-0" x 9'-4" -Floor .... ..... VA-30 Table VA-16: Reinforcing Schedule -Vault -Traffic Loading - 8'-0" x 14'-0" x 9'-4" -Roof .... ..... VA-32 Table VA-17: Reinforcing Schedule -Vault -Traffic Loading - 8'-0" x 18'-0" x 9'-4" - Walls.... ..... VA-34 Table VA-18: Reinforcing Schedule -Vault -Traffic Loading - 8'-0" x 18'-0" x 9'-4" - Floor.... ..... VA-36 Table VA-19: Reinforcing Schedule -Vault -Traffic Loading - 8'-0" x 22'-0" x 9'-4" -Roof .... ..... VA-38 Table VA-20: Reinforcing Schedule -Vault -Traffic loading - 8'-0" x 22'-0" x 9'-4" - Walls.... ..... VA-40 Table VA-21: Reinforcing Schedule -Vault -Traffic Loading - 8'-0" x 22'-0" x 9'-4" -floor .... ..... VA-42 Table VA-22: List of Materials - 8' x 22' x 12' Vault -Traffic -Normal Loading ............ ..... VA-45 Table VA-23: Reinforcing Schedule - 8' x 22' x 12' Vault -Traffic -Normal Loading ......... ..... VA-45 Table VA-24: List of Materials - 6'-6" x 24'-0" x 9'-4" Vault -Traffic -Normal Loading ........ ..... VA-49 Table VA-25: Reinforcing Schedule - 5'-6" x 24'-0" x 9'-4" Vault -Traffic -Normal Loading .... ..... VA-49 Table VA-26: List of Materials for Alternate Roof Plan for VA 446 ....................... ..... VA-51 Table VA-27: Reinforcing Schedule for Alternate Roof Plan for VA 446 ................... ..... VA-61 Table VA-28: Reinforcing Schedule -Vault -Traffic Loading - 8' x 24' x 9'-4" -Roof ........ ..... VA-54 01-26-2007 List d Tables TOC ~~,~ Page Underground Structures Standards xxviii - SCE Public ~ SWIHERN UOfORNIA EDISON' M EOIS(1\ I.VTERVATIf)1AL® Umpany Table Title Page Table VA-29: Reinforcing Schedule -Vault -Traffic Loading - 8' x 24' x 9'-4" - Floor ............ . VA-56 Table VA-30: Reinforcing Schedule -Vault -Traffic Loading - 8' x 24' x 9'-4" -Walls ........... . VA-58 Table VA-31: List of Materials -Vault (Traffic) - 8' x 26' x 9'-4" ............................. . VA-61 Table VA-32 Reinforcing Schedule -Vault (Traffic) - 8' x 26' x 9'-4" ......................... . VA-62 Table VA-33: List of Materials - 5'-6" x 8' x 9'-4" Vault -Slab Cover -Traffic - NormalLoading ..................................................... .VA-64 Table VA-34: Reinforcing Schedules - 5'-6" x 8' x 9'-4" Vault -Slab Cover -Traffic - NormalLOading ..................................................... .VA-64 Table VA-35: List of Material - 6'-6" x 10' x 9'-4" Vault -Slab Cover -Traffic - NormalLoading ..................................................... .VA-66 Table VA-36: Reinforcing Schedule - 5'-6" x 10' x 9'-4" Vault -Slab Cover -Traffic - NormalLoading ..................................................... .VA-66 Table VA-37: List of Material - 5'-6" x 16' x 9'-4" Vault -Slab Cover -Traffic - NormalLoading ..................................................... .VA-69 Table VA-38: Reinforcing Schedule - 5'-6" x 16' x 9'-4" Vault -Slab Cover -Traffic - NormalLoading ..................................................... .VA-69 Table VA-39: 8'-0" x 14'-0" - 8' x 14', 18', and 22' x 9'-4" Vault -Traffic Slab Cover - NormalLoading ..................................................... .VA-73 Table VA-40: 8'-0" x 18'-0" - 8' x 14', 18', and 22' x 9'-4" Vault -Traffic Slab Cover - NormalLoading ..................................................... .VA-74 Table VA-41: 8'-0" x 22'-0" - 8' x 14', 18', and 22' x 9'-4" Vault -Traffic Slab Cover - NormalLoading ..................................................... .VA-76 Table SS-1: Slab Boxes -Precast Concrete ........................................... .. SS-1 Table SS-2: Pads -Precast Concrete ............................................... .. SS-1 Table SS-3: Polymer Concrete (RPM) ............................................... .. SS-2 Table SS-4: PMH and PME Enclosures and Pads ....................................... .. SS-2 TableS3-5: Bark Pads .......................................................... .. SS-2 Table SS-6: Fiberglass Box Pad .................................................... .. SS-3 Table SS-7: Surface-Mounted Transformer Pads -Dimensions ............................ .. SS-8 Table SS-8: List of Materials -Precast Slab Box for 30 Pad-Mounted Transformers -Box Section.. . SS-28 Table SS-9: Precast Concrete -Precast Concrete Equipment Slab Box ..................... .. SS-31 Table SS-10: Precast Concrete - 7' x 8' Pad with 4' x 7' x 5' Box for 2-Way, 3-Way, and 4-Way, Pad-Mounted SF6Switch .............................................. .. SS-37 Table SS-11: Precast Concrete -Structure for PME 3, 4, and 5 ........................... .. SS-48 Table SS-12: Subsurface Structures ................................................ .. SS-60 Table SS-13: List of Materials for Precast Surface Operable Parkway Enclosure ................ .. SS-77 Table SS-14: Precast Concrete Manufacturers' Part Numbers ............................. .. SS-85 Table SS-15: List of Materials for 7' (H) x 10'-6" (L) x 5' (W) Precast Tub-Type PMH ............. .. SS-89 APProvea __.,.___._ 01-26-2007 List of Tables Underground Structures Standards Page - SCE Public ~ xXIX sourx[an cu.iwxnu EDISON' M E062c INTERNATIONALS CvepanY Table Table SS-16: Table FC-i: Table FC-2: Table FC-3: Table FC-4: Table FC-5: Table FC-6: Table FC-7: Table FC-8: Table FC-9: Table FC-10: Table FC-11: Table FC-12: Table FC-13: Table FC-14: Table FC-15: Table FC-16: Table FC-17: Table AC-1: Title Page Precast Concrete Manufacturers' Reference Numbers ...................... ..... SS-93 Concrete -Cover ................................................ ...... FC-1 Plastic (HDPE) -Cover ............................................. ...... FC-1 FPR and RPM -Cover ............................................. ...... FC-1 Pull Box -RPM Covers (Parkway) ..................................... ..... FC-14 Pull Box -Steel and Cast Iron Covers (Light Traffic and Full Traffic) ............ ..... FC-14 Replacement Pull Box Cover Frame - 6" Precast Concrete with Steel Frame ..... ..... FC-14 Cast Iron Manhole Covers .......................................... ..... FC-18 Polymer Concrete Manhole Covers ................................... ..... FC-20 Bill of Materials - 48" Square Precast Concrete (Traffic-Type) Vault Cover ....... ..... FC-30 Bill of Materials - 6' x 8' Two Piece -Vault Cover - H-20 Loading ............ ..... FC-36 List of Materials - 5'-6" x 8'-0" Vault Frame -Traffic ....................... ..... FC-38 Reinforcing Schedule - 5'-6" x 8'-0" Vault Frame -Traffic ................... ..... FC-38 List of Material .................................................. ..... FC-41 Reinf. Steel for Vault Roof .......................................... ..... FC-41 Bill of Material - Rebar Schedule ..................................... ..... FC-45 Concrete Vault Cover Measurements .................................. ..... FC-48 Replacement Vault Cover Catalog Numbers ............................. ..... FC-49 Minimum Ground Conductor Size .................................... ...... AC-4 Table AC-2: Ground Clamps ........................................... .............AC-6 Table AC-3: Polyethylene Standpipe Information ............................ ............ AC-35 Table MS-1: 70 MPH Wind Zone, Constrained Surface Condition ............... ............MS-21 Table MS-2: 70 MPH Wind Zone, Non-Constrained Surface Condition ............ ............ MS-21 Table MS-3: 90 MPH Wind Zone, Constrained Surface Condition ............... ............MS-22 Table MS-4: 90 MPH Wind Zone, Non-Constrained Surface Condition ............ ............MS-22 ---- 01-26-2007 TOC ~~~ List of Tables - SCE Public ~ Approved Q~~1 GENERAL INFORMATION SINILNERN CAIIEININIA EDISON' M £OISOA IMTiFNAT10tiALe [anp,nY GI 001 General Specifications for Underground Structures Scope GI 001.1 General Specifications 1.0 General Agreement The Master Agreement entered into between the contractor and the Company will form the basis for all work performed, and the specifications, requirements, and conditions described herein are in addition thereto and will also be a part of the basis for all work performed and will apply in the manner set forth herein unless otherwise modified or described in the working drawings or in the agreement fora spe- cific installation. 2.0 Working Drawings 2.1 Quantity and Type of Structures and Facilities Each working drawing will indicate the structures and facilities to be installed both by type and quantity. Charges to the Company for work performed will be subject to adjustment, as agreed upon in each instance between the contractor and an authorized representative of the Company whenever modification is made in either the type or quantity of such structures or facilities. 2.2 Location of Structures and facilities Each working drawing will also indicate the preferred location of structures and facilities to be installed. Deviations in such preferred locations may be made as agreed upon between the con- tractor and an authorized representative of the Company. Adjustments in charges to the com- pany based upon such deviations will be limited to those for changes in type and quantity of structures and facilities as set forth in above, provided, however, that this restriction will not apply to deviations made solely for the convenience of the Company. 2.3 Obstructions in the Vicinity Each working drawing will also indicate, to the extent known by the Company, the approximate plan of obstructions in the vicinity. It will be the contractor's responsibility solely and entirely to determine the actual location of all obstructions, whether known to the Company or not by means of test holes and otherwise as may be necessary or advisable. 3.0 Structures and Accessories 3.1 Structure Requirements and Drawings Each structure or facility installed will be in accordance with, and will include accessories or meet other requirements as set forth in, the reference page listed below. The current revision, as of date of working drawing, of each structure drawing, accessory drawing, or other reference draw- ing, is the only one applicable; use of apreviously-issued drawing is contingent upon such draw- ing still being the current revision. 3.2 Vaults Each vault will be in conformance with requirements given in VA 400. 3.3 Manholes Each manhole will be in conformance with requirements given in MH 300. General Specifications for Underground Structures ~Ly~l - SCE Public ~ __..._ __._ 1-26-2007 UGS G1001 Page GI-1 SOUINERN WIEORNIA EDISON' M IOISOti IMER.VATIOWL~ Gxnpmy 3.4 Pull Boxes Each pull box will be in conformance with requirements given in HP 210. 3.5 Handholes Each handhole will be in conformance with requirements given in HP 200. 3.6 Slab Boxes Each slab box will be in conformance with requirements given in SS 530. 3.7 Conduit Banks Each conduit bank and terminal will be in conformance with requirements given in CD 101. 3.8 Subsurface Structure Each subsurface structure will be in conformance with requirements given in SS 560. 4.0 Material Furnished by the Contractor The following materials are furnished by the contractor (without cost to the Company) for installation in accordance with Company specifications. Ground rods, clamps, and wire Ground connectors for HDG grounding 5.0 Material Furnished by the Company The Company will only furnish copper wire for buried neutral in trenches. This material is furnished by the Company without cost to the contractor for installation in accordance with Company specifications, and will be made available at the individual Service Centers. 6.0 Referenced Specifications The following specifications when referenced in this specification are part of this specification. Unless otherwise stated, references are to the latest revision. This specification will stand in case of conflicts unless otherwise noted in a specific section. • Standard Specification for Public Works Construction-referenced as "Greenbook" in this specification American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) 7.0 Cover Bolts Apply silicone grease to cover bolts before installation to minimize removal difficulties. 8.0 Warning Signs and Company Identification Warning signs indicating high voltage shall be installed on an interior surface, or barrier if present, inside the entrance of vaults, manholes, hndholes, pad-mounted transformer compartments, and other above-ground enclosures containing exposed live parts above 750 V. Such warning signs shall also be installed on an exterior surface of all such pad-mounted transformer compartments and other above-ground enclosures. Such signs shall be clearly visible to a person in position to open any such access door, other opening, or barrier. 1-26-2007 I General5pecificationsforUnderground5tructures G1001 GI-2 - SCE Public ~ ~~~/ SWENERN ULIFORNp EDISON° An FOISO\ IMERYATIUTALO <umpany GI 010 Specifications for Joint Construction Scope GI 010.1 Specifications for Joint Construction 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 Appwvetl ~~~1 General The specifications of each party will be complied with, for their respective portions of construction jointly entered into, except as otherwise detailed on working drawings or as provided for in the agree- ment for the work being done. Working Drawings Working drawings will indicate the structures and facilities to be installed both by type and quantity. Modifications will be made only as authorized by the respective party or parties concerned. Divisions of Cost Costs will be proportioned as agreed upon in each instance, except as otherwise provided for; changes, adjustments, and similar matters will be in accordance with established practice between the contractor and each respective party. Service Laterals The contractor will mark location of all service laterals at time of installation. Specifications for Joint Construction - SCE Public ~ 1-26-2007 UGS G1010 Page GI-3 © SOUENERN UIIEORNIA EDISON' M ENISOi IATEF VATILLVALV Gmpmy GI 020 General Specifications for Concrete and Reinforced Concrete Scope GI 020.1 General Specifications for Concrete and Reinforced Concrete 1.0 Materials 1.1 Portland Cement Cement used will be Portland Cement in accordance with ASTM Designation: C 150, as last adopted or revised. Type II low alkali, or Type V, low alkali Portland cement will be used unless otherwise specified by the Company. 1.2 Concrete Aggregates A. Aggregates will conform to ASTM Designation: C 33 (as last adopted or revised) with respect to general characteristics, soundness, and freedom from deleterious material. Aggregate source will have a petrographic analysis less than one year old on file at the batch plant. Pet- rographic analysis will be per ASTM C295. If indicated, further tests per ASTM C289 or C586 should be performed. B. Fine aggregates will be well graded and washed natural sand without shale, alkali, mica, coated grains, or soft or flaky particles. The fine aggregate will conform to requirements of Section 200-1.5 of the Greenbook for Portland Cement concrete. C. Coarse aggregates will be clean, sound gravel, well graded in sizes. Coarse aggregate will conform to Section 200-1.4 of the Greenbook for the maximum size of the mix. 1.3 Water Water used in mixing concrete will be clean, clear, potable, and free of materials likely to be harmful to the concrete. 1.4 Metal Reinforcement A. Reinforcing bars will be a deformed type and will conform to ASTM A615 Grade 40 or Grade 60 billet steel. Steel will be accurately bent, placed, tied, and supported in accordance with the requirements of Manual of Standard Practice of the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI). B. Welded wire fabric will conform to ASTM A185 or A497. 1.5 Admixtures Calcium chloride will not be used. Liquid admixtures meeting the requirements of ASTM C494, Type B, D, F, or G may be used in the mix in accordance with the manufacturers recommenda- tions. Class F flyash meeting the requirements of ASTM C618 may be used in amounts of between 10% and 15% of total cementitious weight. 1.6 Ready Mixed Concrete Ready mixed concrete will conform to ASTM Designation: C94-44 as last adopted or revised. There will be furnished with each load, a legible certificate describing the mix, identifying the materials used, and stating the quantity of additional water, if any, which may be added to the mix to bring it to the specified water-cement ratio. Edison inspector is to check mix receipt prior to pour of all poured-in-place structures. General Specifications for Concrete and Reinforced Concrete V ~YSe - SCE Public ~ atective !)ate 1.26.2007 G1020 U rage GI-5 sourxExx Gulroxxu EDISON' M EOISOT IMERYATIOYK~ Ganpmp 2.0 Concrete Designs 2.1 Measurements A. Measurements are to be determined at a temperature of 70 °F. When the ambient differs, the values will be corrected to 70 °F. B. Water content is the gross amount of water in the mix, including surface water contained on the aggregate. C. See Paragraph Figure 2.4 (Page GI-7) for Slump Measurements. D. Deviations in specifications require variations in the design and are limited to those detailed in Paragraph Figure 2.3 (Page GI-7), Variations Required for Deviations. 2.2 Mix Designs Table GI-1: Concrete and Reinforced Concrete Mix Designs Mix Designation SCE UG 4000 SCE UG 4001 SCE UG 4002 Water/Cement Ratio Minimum Cement Content 0.45 ± .OS 0.45 ±.06 0.45 ± .OS Sacks per Cubic Yard Maximum Size Coarse Aggregate 1 1 2' 1" 3 4" Aggregate Gradation Classa~ B C / Passing Sieve Size 2" 100 1-1/2" 95-100 100 1" 80-96 96-100 100 3/8" 64-SO 77-93 95-100 3/8" 40-62 50-70 70-88 No.4 35-45 39-51 40-63 No.8 28-38 31-41 31-43 No. 16 21-31 22-32 22-34 No. 30 10-20 12-22 14-24 No. 50 3-9 3-9 4-10 No. 100 0-3 0-3 0-3 No. 200 0-2 0-2 0-2 Allowable Slump-Inchesb~ Maximum 3 3 3 Minimum 2 2 2 Strength Requirements 3250 3250 3250 (psi at 28 days) ~ a~per Greenbook 201-1.3.2 b~Slump measured before addition of water reducing admixtures Effective Date Approved 1-26-2007 General Specifications for Concrete and Reinforced Concrete G 1020 ~~,~ Page Underground Structures Standards GI-6 ~ - SCE Public ~ SWiXEXN UIifWN1A EDISON° M!U/SOi~ IMFF NATIU~AL° LmmpmY 2.3 Variations Required for Deviations A. Angular Coarse Aggregate 1. Angular coarse aggregate may be used in a mixture designed for vibrator compaction provided. a. Fine aggregate percentage of total aggregate, by absolute volume, is increased 5%. b. Cement content is increased 0.7 sack per cubic yard and the water-cement ratio is kept within the specified. 2. Angular coarse aggregate may be used in mixtures designed for hand compaction with- out increase in cement content provided that the fine aggregate percentage of total aggregate, by absolute volume, is increased 5%. B. Grading of Aggregates No variation allowed in grading of fine aggregates without special authorization 2. The "well graded" characteristics of both fine and coarse aggregates will be such as to yield a smooth, plastic, cohesive mass of wet concrete when the water content and slump are within specified limits. Cement content will be increased as necessary to obtain this result whenever the aggregate grading used does not produce such results. C. Slump Slump may be increased to a maximum of four inches provided that the cement content is increased at the rate of 1/3 sack of cement per cubic yard of concrete for each inch or frac- tion beyond the maximum slump specified and provided the required water-cement ratio is maintained. Higher slump values will be achieved by use of water reducing admixtures when required to ease placement and consolidation. D. Water-Cement Ratio No deviations except slabs on grade may have awater-cement ratio of 0.50 and minimum cement content of five sacks per cubic yard. E. Hand-Compaction Concrete will not be handcompacted unless directed by SCE. Concrete requiring handcom- paction will utilize water reducing admixtures. 2.4 Slump Measurements A. Slump is to be determined in accordance with ASTM Designation: C143-39 or the latest revi- sion thereof. B. Slump is to be determined at 70 °F. When measurements are made at any other temperature the slump value used will be that measured after correcting as follows: 1. At high temperatures, add to the measurement obtained at the rate of 3/8 inch for each 10 °F, but not more than 3/4 inch total correction. 2. At lower temperatures, subtract from the measurement obtained at the rate of 1/2 inch far each 10 °F below 70 °F. (See Section Figure 2.12 (Page GI-10) regarding extreme temperatures). C. Edison inspector may take slump tests prior to pour. D. Slump measurements are prior to addition of water reducing admixtures. """'""`" 1-26-2007 General Specifications for Concrete and Reinforced Concrete ~~~ U GS ~' °2° Underground Structures Standards Page - SCE Public ~ - GI-7 soururur+ cutrouNu EDISON' M EtIISON IMF.FNATIUSAP Gxnpnw 2.5 Application of Designs A. For structures with wall thickness of five inches or more: SCE UG #4000-Floors, decks, and slabs SCE UG #4001-Floors, decks, and walls B. For structures with wall thickness less than five inches: SCE UG #4002 C. For conduit envelopes: see CD 100, Paragraph 5.4. 2.6 Forms and Supports A. Forms will be smooth and in accordance with Greenbook Section 303-1.3, surface (if wood forms) treated with oil, well braced, and must be tight enough to prevent any leakage of mortar. They will hold the concrete in such manner that the finished structure conforms to the shape and dimensions specified. Tape or other impervious membrane covering will be used as necessary to obtain tight form joints. B. Earth surfaces, where used as forms, will be covered with a tough impervious membrane such as sisal kraft or a similar material. No such covering is required under floors except where the earth is porous and very dry or where ground water is present. Pours against earth surfaces will be allowed provided earth is dampened well prior to pour to avoid earth from removing moisture in concrete mix. C. Supports resting on the earth, and to become a part of the finished structure, will be precast concrete equal to that in the structure. D. Supports bearing on forms, and to become a part of the finished structure, will be iron or steel in appropriate shapes. E. Duct separators will be precast concrete or a suitable inorganic material, either ceramic or pressed, to serve the purpose. 2.7 Placing Reinforcement A. Metal surfaces will be clean and free of rust, scale, or other coatings such as might reduce bonding of the concrete. B. Reinforcement will be securely tied and in place before any concrete is poured in the struc- ture except under the following conditions: 1. Where cold joints are specified or allowable. 2. Roof sections having been assembled and placed may be removed as an entire section, temporarily, if this is feasible. C. Tolerances for steel clearance and spacing: 1. Clearances of three inches or less will not be reduced but may be increased by one-half inch. Other clearances may vary one-half inch either way. 2. Location of reinforcing elements may vary up to two inches from that specified provided clearances are maintained and provided clear separation between adjacent parallel pieces, of less than two inches, is not reduced. D. Steel spacing pieces, chairs or similar supporting devices, will be used as necessary to assure conformance of steel locations specified within the allowed tolerance. Effective Date Approved 1-26-2007 General Specifications for Concrete and Reinforced Concrete ~'°2° UGS Q~~ Pass Underground Structures Standards GI-8 - SCE Public ~ $WIXENN UNEgiNIA EDISON° MEDISOIi IATER.YATIO\AL°li~npmr 2.8 Preparation of Cold Joints A. The concrete surface to be joined will be clean and free of loose material. B. Sika seal or other specified material will be applied to form a sealing membrane. 2.9 Placing Concrete A. Concrete will be handled from mixer to place of final deposit as rapidly as practicable by methods which will prevent segregation or loss of ingredients. It will be placed in such man- ner as to avoid any appreciable flowing after the final depositing. B. The placement will be continuous and at such rate that cold joints do not develop excepting where cold joints are specified or optional. Where cold joints occur, an approved bonding agent will be used. C. Steel and forms will be kept clean and free of concrete until covered with the pour. D. Platforms, drop chutes, sheeting and similar devices must be used as necessary to prevent segregation. E. Unless deposited by tremie or pipe (6 inches minimum diameter) concrete for vault and man- hole walls will first be deposited at roof level, then shoveled and dropped carefully straight down in such manner that segregation does not occur. 2.10 Compaction A. Vibration compaction will be used with each design so specifying. Such compaction will be done with an approved, internal type, mechanical vibrator having a speed not less than 4,500 Revolutions-Per-Minute (RPM), operated and moved continuously by an experienced operator and augmented by rod tamping as necessary. Successive layers not more than 24 inches deep will be placed and well compacted before placing each following layer. The vibra- tor will be inserted at about 18-inch intervals, will penetrate each layer completely and will penetrate a preceding layer at least 12 inches. B. Hand compaction will be used with each design so specifying. Such compaction will be done with tamping rods being worked continuously through the wet mass as placed. Successive layers of not more than 12 inches will be placed and well compacted before placing each fol- lowing layer. Tamping rods will be used at the rate of one for each two yards per hour maxi- mum rate of pouring. At least one man-hour of tamping will be performed in each two yards of concrete poured in vaults and manholes. At least one man-hour of tamping will be per- formed in each four yards poured for conduit bank envelopes or pull boxes. C. Compaction in the specified manner and at the required rate will be performed in all con- crete poured. This includes floors and roofs of structures as well as walls and includes pads and conduit bank envelopes. 2.11 Surface Finishes A. Rock pockets and other imperfections on exposed surfaces will be patched and troweled to match the surrounding surface. B. Floors will be given a float or broom finish to provide a uniform but slightly rough surface. C. When a finish course is poured on concrete which has set, it will be at least two inches thick and in addition to the specified floor thickness. General Specifications for Concrete and Reinforced Concrete V ~~` - SCE Public ~ ""~"~~" 1-26-2007 G1020 U Page GI-9 soulHCxr+ uuloxrau EDISON' M EOISQV IMERVATIOtiAV CemyinY 2.12 Protection while Pouring and Curing A. Concrete will be placed with the temperature of the mix between 40 °F and 90 °F. B. When the ambient air temperature is below 40 °F the concrete will be held to a temperature between 60 °F and 90 °F until set. Concrete will not be placed during freezing temperatures without special authorization. C. Protection will be provided as necessary to guard against freezing, premature drying, and any other conditions likely to be injurious to the concrete, until the specified strength is devel- oped. D. Concrete will be cured in accordance with Greenbook Section 303-1.10. Curing will be con- tinued for at least seven days except that this time may be reduced as authorized by the Company when "high early strength" cement is specified. 2.13 Removal of Forms A. Supporting forms will be left in place until the concrete has developed sufficient strength to be self-supporting without damage to itself. Outside shoring may be removed after 24 hours. B. The following are the minimum periods during which forms will be left in place when Type II cement is used and curing conditions are favorable: i. 100 hours for roof supports 2. 100 hours for wall supports where the soil is not self-supporting 3. 75 hours for wall supports where the soil is self-supporting 2.14 Purpose of Specification The foregoing specifications are designed to produce a durable concrete with more than the specified minimum strength. The values and procedures specified are guides to be followed to obtain the required results and do not preclude in any manner such additional measures as may be necessary or advisable to secure such results, regardless of the results of any tests which may be made. 2.15 Rejected Installations An installation may be rejected when: A. Samples taken while pouring, or core samples taken within three months thereafter, fail to meet the required strength. B. The specified concrete thickness has not been met in the structure. C. It is found that concrete has not been properly consolidated resulting in a porous structure. D. The water-to-cement ratio of the concrete is in excess of that specified regardless of strength or other tests made. E. Concrete has been poured with insufficient concrete cover over the reinforcing steel. F. Other requirements of this specification or other referenced specifications have not been met resulting in a structure which cannot take specified loads, may deteriorate, or which (for water-resistant structures) cannot keep water out. 1-26-2007 ~e GI-1o G1020 UGS General Specifications for Concrete and Reinforced Concrete ~~~ SCE Public ~ SOOIHERN ULIiONNIA EDISON° M £OISUA' IMERVATIUtiALO Grmpany GI 025 Steel Shape Dimensions Scope GI 025.1 Steel Shape Dimensions In general, inside and inside-to-inside dimensions will be shown. Multiple dimensions to a bend of less than 90 degrees in a piece will all be based upon one designated point on the inner surface of such bend. The diagrams illustrate the manner in which most common details will be dimensioned. These practices are applicable where this sheet is used as reference unless details are shown in some other manner. 1.0 Right Angle Bends Show dimension to point of tangency extended as indicated by Dimension, #1 Figure GI-1 (Page GI-11). Figure GI-1: Steel Shape Dimensions -Right Angle Bends 2.0 Bends Less than 90° 2.1 Show dimension to point of tangency as indicated by Dimension #2, Figure GI-3 (Page GI-12). Figure GI-2: Steel Shape Dimensions -Right Angle Bends 3.0 Offsets with Parallel Members 3.1 Show offset between points of tangency extended as indicated by Dimension #3, Figure GI-3 (Page GI-12). 3.2 Show run between perpendiculars to points of tangency as indicated by Dimension #4, Figure GI-3 (Page GI-12). 3.3 Omit Dimension #5. Steel Shape Dimensions 1-26-2007 ~~,~{ ~~~ Pd9G1025 Underground Structures Standards - SCE Public ~ GI-11 SWIHFIIN ULIFONNIA EDISON' .H eo,so.+ ~vlcxrAno+AC~ ca,~vm 4.0 Offsets with Non-parallel Members 4.1 Show run as distance between perpendiculars, to direction of dimension, which pass through the points of tangency. This dimension will be similar to #4 in Figure GI-3 (Page GI-12) except one per- pendicularwill not pass through the center of a shaping pin. 4.2 Show diagonal dimension as indicated by Dimension #5, Figure GI-3 (Page GI-12). 4.3 Omit Dimension #3. 5.0 Bends More than 90° Show dimension to perpendicular tangent to far face of shaping pin as indicated by Dimension #6, Figure GI-3 (Page GI-12). Figure GI-3: Steel Shape Dimensions -Bends Less Than 90° _.~._ 6 ~ U 1-26-2007 G1025 je GI-12 Steel Shape Dimensions ~1ti~1 - SCE Public ~ SEWINERN UnFORNIA EDISON° M EOISO.V INT£R.VATIONAL° Unnpeny GI 030 Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Structures Scope GI 030.1 Specification for the Structural Design and Manufacturing of Precast Reinforced Concrete Structures 1.0 General 1.1 This specification outlines the minimum requirements for precast reinforced concrete vaults, man- holes, slab boxes, pullboxes, and other wet cast precast structures. The structures will also conform to all applicable UGS standards and the requirements for the appropriate regulatory agencies. 7.2 A copy of design calculations and drawings approved by a civil engineer registered in California will be submitted for review and approval. 1.3 Exceptions to this specification will be made only with written authorization from SCE. 1.4 Vaults and manholes will be designed and constructed to be water tight. 1.S Structure sizes, openings, recesses, and other accessories will conform to VA 400 (for vaults) and MH 300 (for manholes), HP 210 (for pullboxes) and SS 500 (for slab boxes and other subsurface structures). 1.6 All submittals for review and approval will be made to the Customer Service Engineering section of the Southern California Edison Company. 1.7 The structures will be warranted for one year against design and manufacturing detects including those resulting from poor workmanship and materials. 1.8 The structure design of precaster's vaults and manholes will be approved by Los Angeles County Department of Public Works, Design Division, Bridge Section. 1.9 All metal lifting devices cast into the internal or external surfaces of vaults or manholes by the pre- casterfor handling or setting purposes will be hot-dipped galvanized or made from stainless steel. 2.0 Structural Design 2.1 Structural design will conform to the latest edition of the Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges as adopted by the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) and ASTM C 857, the Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures. 2.2 The following loading assumptions are for vaults and manholes in general use on the SCE system. Designs for specific loading conditions may be submitted on an individual basis. A. The design vehicle loads will be HS-20; traffic can approach the structure from any direction. B. A 30% increase of design live load will be used for impact loading. C. There will be a minimum of 18 inches of cover below the flow line of the gutter (see Notes in GI 030 (Page GI-18)). Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Structures ~~~ - SCE Public ~ __..._ __._ 1-26-2007 G1030 U Page GI-13 SWIHERN CAIPoRNIA EDISON' M EOIS!)ti IMERVATI°~AL~ Gmp~ny D. Structures will be designed for vertical and lateral soil pressure based on the conditions found in the field and considering the rigidity of the structure. However, the minimum lateral soil pressures that may be used are 35 pounds per cubic foot (pcf) equivalent fluid pressure above the water table and 80 pcf equivalent fluid pressure below the water table. E. The groundwater table will be assumed to be three feet below the finished surface 3.0 2.3 The load factor method of design will be used. 2.4 Fatigue stress limits will be applied to traffic loads in accordance with section 1.5.38 of the ASSHTO specifications. 2.5 All vault and manhole walls, floors, and ceilings will have a minimum thickness of five inches. Reinforced Concrete 3.1 Criteria for Normal Weight Concrete A. Aggregates will meet the requirements of ASTM C 33. A certificate of compliance will be submitted by the aggregate producer. A petrographic analysis of aggregate will be submitted at least yearly, and with each change of aggregate source. B. Concrete mix designs will be approved by a civil engineer registered in California, and will be submitted to SCE for review and approval. C. ASTM C 150, Type II low alkali, or Type V low alkali cement will be used. D. Class F flyash meeting the requirements of ASTM C 618 will be used. The recommended amount of flyash will not be less than 10% or more than 15% of the total cementitious weight (cement and flyash). E. The minimum compressive strength of concrete will not be less than 4,500 pounds per square inch (psi) in 28 days as determined by the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) method C 39-72 Standard Method of Test for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. Test specimens will be cured as per ASTM C 31. Slabs on grade may have 3000 psi concrete at 28 days. F. The maximum water-cement orwater-cementitious ratio will be 0.45. G. Liquid admixtures meeting the requirement of ASTM C 494, type B, D, F, or G may be used in the mix in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. No other admixtures will be used unless otherwise approved by SCE. H. No additives containing calcium chloride or any other material that will produce corrosive ions will be used in the concrete. All additives will be submitted to SCE for approval prior to use. I. The concrete finish will be free of rock pockets and honeycombed areas. The interior walls and ceilings and exterior surfaces exposed to view will be smooth. The exterior surface below grade will be dense and uniform, but a slight roughness is not objectionable. Floors will have a form finish. Air holes over 3/8 inch deep will be patched. J. The concrete will be cured per the AASHTO specifications. Other methods may be acceptable if approved by SCE in writing. 3.2 Lightweight Concrete A. Lightweight concrete is not approved for use in the manufacturing of any SCE structure. 3rve Dale 1-26-2007 G1030 ~~~ 3e GI-14 Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Structures ~~~ - SCE Publit ~ sourHrxH uucoxwA EDISON' M EO/50~ IMER.VATI!).~AL~ favupmy 3.3 Concrete Protection for Reinforcement A. The concrete protection (cover) for reinforcement will be 1-1/2 inches minimum for main reinforcing bars and 1 inch minimum far stirrups and ties, except at joints where there can be 1 inch minimum cover for main bars from concrete surfaces that will be treated with a water- proofing material. B. The cover to diameter of bar ratio will be a minimum of 2.0. C. The concrete cover will be measured from the surface of the concrete to the outside surface of the bar. 3.4 Reinforcing Steel A. Reinforcing steel will conform to the AASHTO specifications. B. Reinforcing steel will be accurately bent and placed and firmly tied. C. Reinforcing steel will be adequately supported in place by use of plastic or stainless steel chairs, or concrete blocks manufactured from concrete conforming to Paragraph 3.1, Criteria for Normal Weight Concrete, of this specification. If concrete blocks are used, the tie wires will have a minimum cover of 3/4 inch. D. Welding of reinforcing steel will conform to the Structural Welding Code, Reinforcing Steel (AWS D1.4-79) of the American Welding Society. 4.0 Identification All structures will be identified with manufacturer's name, date of manufacture, and nominal size or identifying number permanently attached to an interior surface of each precast concrete section. 5.0 Quality control and In-Plant Inspection 5.1 Thesupplierwillhaveaqualitycontrolprogramincludingtestingandinspectiontoensurethequality of the product. 5.2 Precasters will submit a quality control plan for the Company's approval. Any proposed changes to the precaster's existing quality control plan will be submitted to Edison for review and approval before implementation. This plan will include 1) controlling concrete components (cement, aggre- gate, and water), 2)testing of concrete, 3) controlling concrete mixing, 4) controlling concrete place- ment and form stripping, 5) inspecting rebar, 6) controlling bending and placing of rebar, 7) inspection of the finished product, and 8) documenting and filing of test and inspection results. 5.3 In-Plant inspection by SCE A. Vaults and manholes will be identified through all phases of construction as one that is to be used by Edison. B. Edison inspectors will have access and assistance in inspecting the work. Inspectors will not be required to give prior notice of inspections. 5.4 The acceptance criteria for precast concrete vaults and manholes is given in GI 031 (Page GI-19). 5.5 Variations and dimensional tolerances will be those specified in the latest ASTM C858, the Standard Specification for Underground Precast concrete Utility Structures, except that concrete cover over reinforcing steel will not be less than specified in Paragraph 3.4, Reinforcing Steel, of this specifi- cation. Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Structures 1-26-2007 ~~,~ G 1030 Underground Structures Standards P, e - SCE Public ~ ~ 9 GI-15 SOUINENN UIIF(MNIA EDISON' An EUISf)V IN!£H.VATIUVALm CUnpany 6.0 Installation 6.1 No precast structure will be shipped to the jobsite before the concrete has attained its full design strength. 6.2 The SCE inspector will be notified by the installing contractor 48 hours prior to the field installation of vaults and manholes. 6.3 Excavation and Rock Base A. All excavations will be in accordance with safe construction practices. B. Excavations for vaults and manholes will be of a depth to provide the minimum/maximum setting cover depths over the outside top of the structure roof as specified in Notes in GI 030 (Page GI-18). C. A 6-inch minimum thickness of crushed aggregate, 3/8" x 3/4" crusher run rock, mechanically compacted will be placed below the vaults and manholes and extend to the sides of the excavation. Pullboxes will have 6 inches of compacted rock, 3/8" x 3/4", as a base to assure uniform pressure distribution. D. The bottom of the excavation will be free of standing water. E. There will be a minimum of 6 inches clearance from the outside perimeter of the structure walls to all side surfaces of the excavation. 6.4 Backfill around and over the structure will be with a minimum of one sack per yard sand cement slurry, 1-1/2 sacks per yard for Cal Trans jobs. The surface elevation of the backfill slurry will not vary more than one foot around the perimeter of the structure as it is being placed. 6.5 Instructions A. It the manufacturer does not erect the structure, he will forward installation instructions and recommendations to the installing contractor. B. The contractor will install the structures in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. 6.6 Joints A. All joints will be waterproofed using methods and sealing materials that have been specified by SCE. Changes to approved methods and materials will be submitted to SCE 90 days prior to use. B. Prime paint all joint surfaces of tunnel vaults prior to delivery to insure that approved joint sealing material will be retained in joint during structure installation. C. for tunnel type structures use mechanical or air wrenches per precast concrete supplier instruction, retightening after backfill. D. Joint sealing materials will be placed on each flat surface of the joint. Approved joint sealing material will be a minimum of 1-1/flinch diameter. Approved joint sealants, General Sealant #5, RUB'R-NEK T-L-M, or equivalent. ___.- 1-26-2007 G1030 ~~~ 'e GI-16 Spec'rfication for Precast Rei~orced Concrete Structures ~t"~1 - SCE Public ~ soulxEUn cuiwunu EDISON° M E0150.ti INTER.VATIONAL° CnmpanY E. Vault/Manhole necking joints will have a 1/4 inch coat of bonding adhesive applied on the outside surface of the joint, after being adjusted to grade and before backfilling. The bond adhesive will extend two inches above and below each joint. (May be applied inside the structure when adjusting grade on existing vaults and manholes.) UBA-18 AS69-18 (Gel Type I) 2-88-1 ASTC Delta D.P.C., Inc. Saf-T-Co Supply 15581 Product Ln., Suite C-13 983 E. Levin Ave. 902 East Walnut Huntington Beach, CA 92649 Tulare, CA 93274 Santa Ana, CA 92701 (714) 898-4171 (209) 686-1644 (714) 547-9975 6.7 Separation and Reinstallation of Structures A. Caution must be taken when it becomes necessary to remove a precast vault or manhole sec- tion after it has been set in place with joint sealants. B. When attempting to separate and/or lift structure sections, the individual section weight can greatly increase due to the adhesion of the joint sealant to the adjacent section. This increased weight can exceed the design limits of the precaster's cast-in-place lifting devices. C. Contact the precast manufacturers for recommended methods of separating the individual sections. ~~~1 Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Structures - SCE Public ~ 1-26-2007 CGS G1030 Page GI-17 sourxcxx rwuwaxu EDISON' M f'~ISf)V INTEQVATIt),VgL~ Cavpny Scope GI 030.2 Setting Cover Depths for Tunnel/Tub Style Vaults and Manholes Notes: 1. Minimum setting cover depths for tunnel and tub style vaults and manholes installed in roadway or sidewalk/parkway locations is 24 inches. This dimension is taken from the gutter flow line to the outside top of the structure roof. Vaults or manholes placed in private property will have a minimum setting depth of 24 inches from grade to the outside top of the structure roof. 2. Maximum place cover depth is 48 inches, measured from grade to top outside surface of structure roof. If structure cover depths over 48 inches are required, contact the Division Underground Planning Supervisor. 3. The listed structure minimum/maximum setting cover depths are to Edison's requirements. Local govern- mental agencies may require greater cover depths than stated. Figure GI-4: Setting Cover Depths for Tunnel/Tub Style Vaults and Manholes Roadway Gutter Flow Line Structure Roof Top 24" MIN R Private Property Sidewalk or Parkway ~ i Grade 24" MIN 24" MIN ~- ~~ - 1-26-2007 G1030 ~~~ 'e GI-18 Spec'rfication for Precast Reinforced Concrete Structures Q~~1 - SCE Public ~ SOOINERN ULIFORNU EDISON' M EOISOA INT£R.VATIIINAIm Cumpam GI 031 Acceptance Criteria for the Installation of New Precast Vaults and Manholes Scope GI 031.1 Acceptance Criteria for the Installation of New Precast Vauhs and Manholes 1.0 Purpose To set criteria for acceptability and repair of new precast concrete vaults and manholes from manufac- ture through the warranty period. 2.0 General 2.1 All repairs referred to in this criteria will be performed by the manufacturer in his yard and the sup- plieri~ in the field. 2.2 Repairs will be performed in accordance with SCE's MS 860. 2.3 These procedures assume an adequate design is used per good, standard engineering practices, with sound materials and good workmanship conforming to the design. This criteria will not limit SCE's recourses if the above assumptions are not met. 2.4 Supplier will provide a one (1) year warranty on all repairs and patches. 2.5 The supplierwillnotbeheldresponsiblefordamagethatcanbedeterminedtobecausedbyunusual conditions outside of his control. 3.0 Actions While in Manufacturer's Yard 3.1 Neck, Covers, Roofs, Walls, and Floor Slabs. A. Cracks .012 inch or wider will be repaired. B. Any spalled concrete .375 inch deep or greater or exposed rebar will be repaired. 3.2 Major defects or multiple patches can be cause for rejection. 4.0 Actions from Delivery through the Warranty Period 4.1 Cover A. The supplier will replace the cover if cracks develop, regardless of size, that run from one edge to another edge or to the manhole opening, or appears to go through the concrete or through a ladder insert. B. The supplier will replace the cover if a crack .062 inch wide or greater develops. C. All other cracks and concrete spalls .375 inch deep or greater will be repaired by the supplier. 4.2 Roofs, Walls, and Floor Slabs A. Cracks .012 inch wide or greater will be repaired. ~~ The supplier is the installing contraROr. Acceptance Criteria for the Installation of New Precast Vaults and Manholes ~~~1 - SCE Pu61ic ~ rr~n~eoate 1-26-2007 CGS G1031 Faye GI-19 SOIItNERN UIIEORNIA EDISON' n~[msos rvrexvnrttA+atm c,~pa~r B. Concrete spalls .375 inch deep or greater or exposed rebar will be repaired. C. SCE's Engineering Department will determine the remedial action to be taken by the supplier for cracks .125 inch wide or greater, or extensive smaller cracking. 4.3 Water intrusion due to structure quality problems, or improper installation, can be cause for rejec- tion. "° ~"~~~ 1-26-2007 G1031 ~~~ 'e GI-zo Acceptance Criteria for the Installation of New Precast Vaults and Manholes P~.~l - SCE Public ~ sourgexrv uuvourvin EDISON' M f~15()\ IKI'iF NATIO NALm Cwpvny GI 035 Maximum Allowable Tolerances for Installed Precast Vaults and Manholes (Inside Joint Surfaces) Scope GI 035.1 Maximum Allowable Tolerances for Installed Precast Vaults and Manholes (Inside Joint Surfaces) Figure GI-S: Maximum Allowable Tolerances for Installed Precast Vaults and Manholes (Inside Joint Surfaces) Stack Type or Manl All loir Maxim Offzet , See Not Inside Height ~i~z~~ Each Joint Figure GI-5.1 Maximum Allowable Tolerances for Installed Precast Vauhs and Manholes (Inside Joint Surfaces) ~~~ - SCE Public ~ ~~"'-~~~ 1-26-2007 G1035 U Page GI-Z, © SOUiHFRN ULIFORNIA EDISON' M EOI50.\ IATLR.YA TIt),YALO E~pan) Offset - Inside Length +1/z' Each Joint Joint Wall Joints MAX Offset 1" MAX Opening = 1-1 See Note i Tunnel and Panel Type Vault or Manhole - Floor Joints MAX Offset = 1" MAX Opening = 1-1/2" See Note 1 Figure GI-5.2 Inside Height 31/2" Each Joint / Inslde~ Width +1/2" Each Joint Notes: 1. Openings between 1/2 inch and 1-1/2 inches and offsets between 1/2 inch and 1-inch will be feathered and grouted to an acceptable tolerance. Any values over these stated require the structure to be reset or replaced. 2. Due to manufacturing processes the top and bottom sections (stack type) and end sections (tunnel type) have an acceptable 1/2 inch per foot taper. 3. Corner tolerance on panel type structures is 90° t 1° 4. Bowing, in or out, in excess of 1/2 inch on any surface is not acceptable. 5. Tolerance on Unistrut or equal is t 1/8 inch center to center. 6. Any grouting of joints will be done after backfill and compaction, and after the sealant has been allowed to completely compress. 7. All repair and replacement is to discretion of Company. ~~"~`" t-26-2007 G1035 'e GI-zz Maximum Allowable Tolerances for Installed Precast Vauks and Manholes (Inside Joint Surfaces) APPraved ~~~1 - SCE Public ~ SOUTHFIIN UOFONHIA EDISON' M FOISON IMEF.VATIU.fAP Gmpany GI 040 General Specifications for Pull Rope and Pull Tape Scope GI 040.1 General Specifications for Pull Rope and Pull Tape 1.0 General Description These specifications cover the minimum requirements for pull ropes and pull tapes to be installed in the Southern California Edison Company's conduit systems. The pull rope and tape are generally provided and installed by company contractors, but may be installed by others. The rope or tape will be used by the Company to pull "bull" lines into the conduit system during the installation of electrical distribution cable. 2.0 Material Pull ropes will be manufactured from a polypropylene material. The rope may be either braided or twisted. The pull rope may be single-strand or three-strand, but not two strand. Pull tapes will be manu- factured from a woven polyester. The rope and tape must maintain its strength and flexibility when exposed to water and corrosive con- ditions over extended periods of time. 3.0 Size and Strength For straight conduit runs up to 1,000 feet, or runs of 800 feet with one 90 degree bend or two 45 degree bends, pull ropes will have a minimum diameter of 1/4 inch and a minimum average tensile strength of 1,100 Ib. A contrasting tracer color (one or more yarns in a single strand) may be included to identify the manufacturer. For runs exceeding the above lengths, a 3/8 inch diameter pull rope will be used instead of 1/4 inch diameter. Pull tape may also be used and will be approximately 3/4" wide with a 2,500 Ib tensile break- ing strength. The tape will include accurate sequential footage markings for measuring conduit run length. 4.0 Reel and Spool Marking All reels and spools will be clearly marked to show manufacturer and size in inches. The standard Edison pull tape reel size is 1,500 feet (M/C 852-00533). 5.0 Suppliers Maydwell & Hartzell .General Electric Supply U-TEL Supply Company The Shamrock Company (714) 547-4422 6.0 Pull Tape Manufacturers Neptco Redback General Specifications for PuII Rope and Pull Tape V ~.~ - SCE Public ~ 1-26-2007 G1040 U Page GI-23 sourH[xn cuiroxnu EDISON' M EOISON /MERYATt),YALm C~vnp+ny GI 045 General Specifications for Plowing Cable Scope GI 045.1 General Specifications for Plowing Cable These general specifications are intended as a guide to minimum requirements for installing direct buried cable by the plow method. All specific requirements shown on working drawings, governmental permits, and all applicable city, county, and state ordinances will also be complied with. Reference to Company in this specification will mean the Southern California Edison Company; reference to con- tractor will mean the organization performing the specified work. 1.0 Contractor Responsibilities 1.1 The contractor will furnish all equipment, labor, tools, and supervision necessary to place the cable. 1.2 Any damage to substructures,equipment, or plant which is caused by thecontractorwillberepaired by and at contractor's expense and to the satisfaction of the Company. 1.3 Any settling or washout of the trench area due to improper cable installation within one year of acceptance of work will be repaired by and at the contractor's expense and to the satisfaction of the Company. 1.4 The contractor will transport Company furnished material as referenced on the working drawing from the designated storage area to thejob site. The contractor will be responsible for the safe keep- ing of all cable, reels, and all other material after leaving the storage area. Following completion of work, all reels and excess material not installed are to be returned to the storage area. 2.0 Construction Requirements 2.1 Installation of the cable will generally be from the higher elevation to the lower elevation when ter- rain is mountainous. 2.2 Cable will be installed to 36 inches minimum depth. Minimum cover at water crossings (specified on the working drawings) will be 60 inches. At those locations, sand bagging to a height of two feet above grade will extend the full width of the watercrossing. 2.3 Cable route will be pre-ripped to minimum cable depth and in the same direction as the cable is to be installed. 2.4 Cable route that cannot be ripped will be trenched prior to plowing to permit continuous cable instal- lation. 2.5 All cable will be installed in the same trench with the initial plow pass. 2.6 Water deflection berms (dikes) consisting of sand bags will be installed at 60° to the trench on all slopes at intervals not to exceed ten feet vertical difference in elevation or as directed by the Com- pany. Berms or dikes will. extend beyond the trench area sufficiently to prevent water flowing back into the trench. Trench plugs, consisting of stabilized earth (one part cement to ten parts earth) in burlap sacks, will be installed at locations specified on the working drawings. Plugs will extend the full depth of the cable trench. When applicable, water deflection berms will also meet or exceed all local ordinances or other requirements of local governing agencies. Y General Specifications for Plowing Cable 1-26-2007 ~~,~ G 1045 Underground Structures Standards ra e SCE Public ~ 5 GI-25 SOUIHfRN ULIfORNp EDISON° M EOISOF IMEFYATI4YAL° Gmyny 2.7 Marker posts are to be installed 30 inches above grade at angle points in route, at both sides of each road crossing, and otherwise at intervals not to exceed S00 feet. Posts and signs will be fur- nished by the Company. 2.8 A trench will be provided at splicing points to permit make up of splices. Unless specified otherwise, an 8" x 36" x 36" deep concrete splice box will be installed at each splice point. Splice boxes will be buried 6 to 12 inches with a 3-inch diameter, 5-foot length HDG pipe marker placed 5 feet to the side and 30 inches above grade at each box. Each marker will be identified on the side facing the box with the words "Splice Box, S Feet" stamped into the pipe. 2.9 Excavations, not to exceed five per mile, may be required by the Company to determine depth and bedding of the cable. 2.10 Upon completion of plowing, excavation, and backfill, the ground surface will be restored to a con- dition as least as good as it was previous to start of work. All applicable local compaction require- ments will be met. If required by permit, the route will be replanted or seeded. 3.0 Plow Requirements 3.1 Plows will have sufficient drawbar pull to install cables in one pass (after ripping). Raising and low- ering the feed shoe to by-pass rock or other obstacles will not be permitted. 3.2 Plow will accommodate a minimum of two reels with maximum diameters of 78 inches, maximum widths of 54 inches and an approximate weight of 3,000 Ib each. A third reel, when required, may be towed on a separate reel dolly. 3.3 Cable will not be permitted to pass over stationary guides, rollers, or sheaves which will permit a bend radius of less than 15 times the cable diameter. 3.4 Cable will be fed into the ground in a manner to prevent stress upon the cable. 3.5 Cable reels will have a tension governing device to pay out cable evenly (without tension). A reel tender operator may be substituted. 3.6 Cable will be protected from damage at all times. Guards will be provided over engine exhausts and the feed shoe fabricated such that the cable will not bear or "ride" upon rock or other obstructions. 4.0 Company Responsibilities 4.1 The Company will furnish all necessary permits. 4.2 The Company will furnish materials as specified on working drawings at the designated storage areas. 4.3 The Company will perform all cable splicing and testing. 4.4 The Companywillinspectworkinprogress.ThecontractorisresponsibleforinformingtheCompany 24 hours in advance of any cable installation. Final acceptance will be based on electrical tests of cable performed by the Company. Effective Date 1-26-2007 Approved General Specifications for Plowing Cable G1045 ~~~ ~~,~ Page GI-26 Underground Structures Standards - SCE Public ~ SOOIHEYN GIIfONNIA EDISON' An IOIS(IA IMF.RVITII)\Alm Company GI 050 Specification for Abandoning Substructures Scope GI 050.1 Specification for Abandoning Substructures 7.0 Substructures 1.1 All portions of the substructurewithinfourfeetofgradewillberemoved,unlessotherwisespecified. 1.2 Sufficient holes will be knocked through the floor to allow satisfactory drainage of the fill material. 13 The substructure will be filled completely with sand or other material acceptable to the inspector. 1.4 Ventswillbecutoffaminimumofonefootbelowgroundlevelandfilled.Whenfillingisnotpractical, the vent will be capped. Notes: 1. Some abandoned materials may be reusable. Consult the Underground Construction Manager for status of covers, grates, and so on. Any plant to be abandoned will be called out on the working drawing. Specification for Abandoning Substructures 1-26-2007 ~~,~/ G 1050 Underground Structures Standards - SCE Public ~ ~ Fzge GI-27 CONDUITS ( Specifications Referenced on Drawing 3157212 ) SWINENN UIIEOgN1A EDISON' M EO/SOti IMEFYATIO.YALV Gmp,nE CD 100 General Specifications for Conduit Installation Scope CD 100.1 General Specifications for Conduit Installation The following specifications cover the methods to be used in performing the work essential to the installation of conduit for the Southern California Edison Company. Reference to Company herein will be interpreted as the Southern California Edison Company, and reference to Contractor will be inter- preted as the organization or party performing the specified construction. 1.0 Conduit 1.1 Conduit will consist of one of the types specified in CD 110 (Page CD-11) or a Company approved equal. In known water or subsidence areas, semi-rigid plastic conduit will be used. 1.2 All rigidconduitwillbecarefullyalignedandlaidtoauniformgradeasspecifiedontheplanorprofile of working drawings. A slight degree of snaking will be permitted with flexible and semirigid plastic conduit. 1.3 A minimum conduit coverage of 30 inches will be maintained unless otherwise specified. 1.4 When conduit is located in streets drained by gutters, cover is to be determined from flow line of gutter. 1.5 No conduit will be laid that is cracked, damaged, or contains any roughness that would injure the cable jacket. 1.6 All questionable conduit to be installed will be tested for passage of mandrel prior to installation. Any conduit not permitting passage of mandrel will be rejected. 1.7 All conduit banks requiring concrete encasementwill be adequately held in place to prevent floating during installation. Edison inspectors will approve conduit construction prior to placing concrete. 1.8 General A. All joints on semirigid plastic and rigid PVC conduits will be made with solvent cement in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and CD 112 (Page CD-17). A watertight seal is required at all joints. B. Conduit supplier is to provide up-to-date joining instructions with conduit delivery. C. Edison inspector is to verify type and date of solvent cement prior to application of semirigid plastic and rigid PVC conduit. 2.0 Conduit Entrances, Terminations, and Connections 2.1 Conduit will be terminated in substructures as follows: A. Flush with face of recesses including reduced conduit sizes with cast in terminators, CD 142 (Page CD-43); B. With end bells if terminated other than in a recess CD 134 (Page CD-37) (Exception: Floorless structures.); C. End bells may be omitted on conduit connecting substructures less than 10 feet apart General specirfications for Gonduk Installation ~~~/ - SGE Public ~ _...____ 01-26-2007 CGS CD100 Page CD-1 SfIUINENN UNf(NtNIA EDISON' A. crnsov ~Nrert.vAnavu~ u.ep.~y 2.2 Metalconduitwillbeterminatedinsubstructureswithgalvanizedconduitbushingsunlessotherwise specified. 2.3 Care must be taken to maintain roundness of conduit at terminations. 2.4 Grout conduit at outside wall. Encase per CD 112 (Page CD-18), Paragraph C. 2.5 Edison inspector is to be present during installation of all conduit entrances and terminations. 2.6 All terminations will be in end walls of structures. Side wall terminations and core drilling are not permitted except where no alternative exists and with SCE approval. 3.0 Excavation 3.1 Excavation will be fully protected against hazard to the public and will be braced to prevent caving. Proper protective measures will be used where excessive caving is encountered or where protection is required for adjacent structures or roads. The requirements of the California State Construction Safety Orders and OSHA will be complied with. 3.2 The Company reserves the right to specify when protective measures for excavation must be employed. 3.3 Contractor will provide walkways and/or roadways around and over excavations to safely accom- modate traffic, bath along streets and into adjacent buildings. Such structures will conform with existing local regulations. 3.4 Trench subgrades will be brought to a uniform grade. Subgrade of spongy, unstable, or other unsuit- able material will be removed and replaced with suitable bedding material. 3.5 Where rocks are encountered during excavation,theywillberemovedto0.6inchesbelowthetrench bottom and the conduit structure laid on a bed of compacted sand. 3.6 Special care will be taken to prevent damage to existing buried structures and facilities. Contractors will assume responsibility far proper notification and restitution to interested parties in the event of damage to existing structures. 4.0 Buried Neutral Wire, Bond Wire, and Ground Wire 4.1 Neutral wire is not required in any conduit bank unless otherwise specifically called-out on the work- ing drawings. 4.2 Any ground wire required will be supplied by the contractor: 4.3 On joint construction with telephone, a bond wire may be required between telephone and Edison substructures. (Consult working drawings.) Install bond wire in conduit bank, bring through recess, and attach to grounding bar at substructure floor. 4.4 Telephone company to furnish No. 6solid-tinned copper-bond wire and clamp when required - 01-26-2007 CD 100 ~~~ '9e CD-2 General Specifications for Conduit Installation P~.~l - SCE Public ~ sourxtxn uuramu EDISON' a, corsorv rrvrurvanora~~ ~w~s 5.0 Mechanical Protection 5.1 Concreteencasementorsemi-encasement, asspecified,isrequiredonallrigidandsemirigidconduit (except Hot Dip Galvanized [HDG] and schedule 80 PVC). Encasement will be per CD 120 (Page CD-23). DB-type conduit with no encasement may be installed only where specified on the working drawings. Extreme care must be taken to prevent conduit collapse when installing DB and EB type conduit. 5.2 Conduits A. Full concrete encasement, when specified, will have a minimum concrete coverage of three inches on top, bottom, and sides of the conduit. B. Concrete semi-encasement, when specified, will have a minimum of concrete coverage of three inches on top and sides of the conduit. 5.3 No concrete cap or encasement of any type will be poured without prior notice to the Company Inspector. 5.4 Concrete for conduit bank protection may have the following minimum proportions: A. Water content sufficient to give a minimum slump of two inches and maximum of four inches; B. Aggregate content of a maximum of 40 percent sand by weight and a coarse aggregate of 3/8-inch maximum size; C. Cement content will be a minimum of 190 pounds per cubic yard.; D. Compaction may be by any suitable means that assures elimination of voids and does not damage the conduit; E. Water reducing admixture ASTMC494 Type A will be used to increase the workability of the concrete. Admixtures with calcium chloride are not acceptable. Admixtures will be applied per manufacturer recommendations.; F. Artificial color is not required. 6.0 Backfill 6.1 Conduit Bedding A. Bedding will be defined as that material supporting, surrounding, and extending to one foot (305 mm) above the facility. B. Where mechanical protection is not used, bedding material will be clean sand, pea gravel, or native free-draining granular material having a sand equivalent of not less than 30 or having a coefficient of permeability greater than 1.4 inches/hour.l~ Clean sand may be jetted where permitted. C. Where concrete protection of conduit is used, six inches of well-dampened earth will be placed over concrete protection in the trench two hours after the concrete is poured. Backfill- ing of the trench excavation may then be completed. D. Conduit bedding will meet the requirements of Paragraph 5.0, Mechanical Protection. f~ Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 1997 Edition (GreenbookJ, Subsection 306-1.2.1 npprovea Effective Date General Specifications for Conduk Installation 01-26-2007 ~~'~ Underground Structures Standards CD 100 - SCE Public ~ ~ Days CD-3 mu~nExn uura+nu EDISON' M EOISOti INTERaATIUVALi Cwnpmy 6.2 Backfill -General A. Backfill will be considered as starting one foot (305 mm) above the pipe or conduit, or at the top of concrete bedding over the pipe or conduit. All material below this point will be consid- ered bedding. B. All backfill will be placed as specified in Paragraph 6.3, Mechanically Compacted Backfill, and compaction requirements will be in accordance with Paragraph 6.4, Backfill Compaction Requirements. C. Rocks greater than six inches (152 mm) in any dimension will not be permitted in backfill placed between one foot (305 mm) above the top of any pipe or conduit and one foot (305 mm) below pavement subgrade. D. Rocks greater than two and one-half inches (64 mm) in any dimension will not be permitted in backfill placed within one foot (305 mm) of the pavement subgrade. E. The native material obtained from project excavations may be used as backfill provided that all organic material, rubbish, debris, and other objectionable material are first removed. Back- fill soil will be approved by the governing agency. 6.3 Mechanically Compacted Backfill~~ A. Backfill will be mechanically compacted by means of tamping rollers, vibrating rollers, stomp- ers (impact-type pavement breakers), wackers, or other hand-held mechanical tampers. 6. Prior to mechanically compacting backfill, determine proper moisture content of soil. Opti- mum moisture in all soil types is desirable for obtaining required compaction. C. Material for mechanically compacted backfill will be placed in horizontal layers of thickness or lifts, which, prior to compaction, will not exceed the thickness specified below for the var- ious types of equipment. 1. Hand-directed mechanical tampers and walk-behind vibratory plates -maximum uncom- pacted lift thickness of four inches (102 mm). 2. Rolling equipment, including sheepsfoot (both vibratory and nonvibratory), grid, smooth-wheel (nonvibratory), pneumatic-tired and segmented wheels -maximum uncompacted lift thickness of one foot (305 mm). 3. Impact, free-fall, or stomping equipment -maximum uncompacted lift thickness of three feet (914 mm). D. Mechanically compacted backfill will be moistened or dried as necessary to obtain optimum moisture level (plus or minus two percent). Each layer will be evenly spread and compacted until the specified relative compaction has been attained. E. Method of measuring relative compaction and any test requirements will be in accordance with agency permit requirements. ~~ Greenbook, Section 306-7.3 _...__-._ 01-26-2007 CD100 ~~ '9e CD-4 General Specifications for Conduit Installation ~~~ - SCE Public ~ SOUTHERN UIIFORNIA EDISON° M EUIS(LV IMER.vATI<1vAL° Gxnpany 6.4 Backfill Compaction Requirementsl~ Backfill will be densified to the following (Page CD-7). A. 85% Relative Compaction: minimum relative compaction. See Figure CD-1 1. Between subgrade and the upper three feet (914 mm), measured from the pavement surface (or finished grade where there is no pavement); 2. Outside the traveled roadway, shoulders, and other paved areas; 3. Under sidewalks. B. 90% Relative Compaction: 1. In upper three feet (914 millimeters), measured from the pavement surface (or finished grade where there is no pavement), within the existing or future traveled roadway, shoul- ders, and other paved areas (or areas to receive pavement); 2. Within engineered embankments; 3. Where lateral support for existing or proposed structures. C. 95% Relative Compaction: i. Within State Highways; 2. Where pavement is placed directly on the compacted backfill, the top six inches (16Z mm) immediately under the pavement will meet this requirement.2/ 6.5 Sand Slurry Backfill All trenches 10 inches or less in width and other trenches when directed by SCE or as required by agency permit and as required elsewhere in this specification will be backfilled using sand slurry with a minimum one sack per cubic yard of cement.3/ California Department of Transportation jobs requiring sand slurry backfill will have minimum 1-1/2 sacks per cubic yard of cement. 6.6 Base A. Base material will be reconstructed to the same dimensions (thickness, and so forth) and with the same or equivalent materials used in the original work. B. Where the original thickness is six inches (152 mm) or less, the base material may be com- pacted in one layer. Where the original thickness is more than six inches (152 mm), the base material will be compacted in two or more lifts of approximately equal thickness and the maximum compacted thickness of any one layer will not exceed six inches (152 mm). C. The relative compaction of each layer of compacted base material will not be less than 95 percent.4~ 1 ~ Greenbook, Subsection 3061.3.4 z~ Greenbook, Subsection 301-1.3 3~ Greenbook, Mix 100.E-100 per Subsection 201-1.1.2 a~ Greenbook, Subsection 301-2.3 General SpecHications for Conduk Installation ~~~ - SCE public ~ _.._ 01-26-2007 CGS CD100 Page CD-5 SWINENN ULIiONNU EDISON' M Eo1soN ~m'eeHSnosu~ ~v.~y 7.0 Pavement Resurfacing 7.1 Temporary Resurfacingt~ A. Unless permanent pavement is placed immediately, temporary pavement will be placed immediately after backfilling. Temporary bituminous resurfacing two inches (51 mm) thick will be placed and maintained wherever excavation is made through pavement or driveways. In sidewalk areas, the temporary resurfacing will be at least one inch (25 mm) thick; in all other areas it will be at least two inches (51 mm) thick. At major intersections and other crit- ical locations a greater thickness may be required. B. Placement of permanent resurfacing will be performed within two weeks after the place- ment of temporary resurfacing unless otherwise specified by the governing civil agency. 7.2 Permanent Resurfacing - General2~ All surface pavement damaged or removed as a result of the excavation work will be recon- structed to the same dimensions, except for pavement thickness below, and with the same type material used in the original work. Resurfacing will be one inch (25 mm) greater in thickness than existing pavement. 7.3 Asphalt Pavement A. Edges of the surface surrounding a patch repair must be free of water, foreign material, or dust. The prepared edges should be tack coated to ensure a bond between them and the patch material. Enough time should be allowed for the emulsion to "break" and most of the water to dry out before the patch-mix is placed. B. Asphalt pavement will be compacted to a density of 95 percent. To ensure a good surface seal along the cut (joint) line, afour-inch (102 mm) wide band of emulsion will be applied over the joint at the surface level, covered with a light coating of sand. C. Upon completion, the pavement will be true to grade and cross section. When aten-foot (3.05 m) straightedge is laid on the finished surface parallel to the centerline of the excava- tion, the surface will not vary from the edge of the straightedge more than 1/8" (3.17 mm). 7.4 Concrete Pavement A. Concrete will be reconstructed with the same type of material used in the original work or approved substitute. Concrete will be placed on a subgrade sufficiently dampened to ensure that no moisture will be absorbed from the fresh concrete. B. Immediately after being mixed, the concrete will be deposited on the subgrade to the required depth over the entire width of the section. C. The concrete surface will be finished true to grade and cross section. Upon completion, the surface will be free of any unevenness greater than 1/8" (3.17 mm) when checked with a ten-foot (3.05 m) straightedge placed on the surface of the pavement.3~ '~ Greenbook, Subsection 306-1.5.1 2~ Greenbook, Subsection 302-5.6.2, 306-1.5.2 3~ Greenbook, Subsection 302-6.4.7 01-26-2007 `°o °° UGS General specifications for Conduit Installation ~j E;.~ - SCE Public ~ $WIHENN GLLIFOHNU EDISON° M EOISOti INTER.VATI!).VAL° C~mpam Figure CD-t: eackfill Minimum Relative Compaction Pavement 95% Compaction Base (if existing) or top 6" of backfill, 95% companion See Note 1. See Note 3. Backfill Bedding See Note 2. Utility Notes: 1. Upper three-foot zone -backfill material will be 90°k relative compaction (per Paragraph 6.4 Standard B. [Page CD-S]). 2. Lower zone to utility -backfill material will be 85% relative compaction (per Paragraph 6.4 Standard A. (Page CD-5]). 3. The overall cover (depth), utility clearances, and construction are governed by the California Public Utilities Commission. 8.0 Mandrelling, Cleaning, and Pullrope Installation 8.1 A mandrel will be pulled through each conduit upon completion of the duct bank. 8.2 All mandrelling must be done in the presence of the Company Inspector. 8.3 All cement, sand, and foreign matter will be removed. If obstructions are found that cannot be removed by cleaners so as to pass the specified mandrel, the conduit will be removed and relaid at the Contractor's expense. 8.4 Except for long pulls defined below, a 1/4-inch diameter polypropylene pull rope, with a minimum breaking strength of 1,100 pounds (GI 040), will be left in each conduit. Athree-foot length of rope will be left projecting from the conduit at each substructure, and securely tied there. Where the approved conduit plug is used (CD 180 [Page CD-67]), the rope will be securely tied to it. Long pulls are defined as 1,000-foot straight-pull or 800-foot with one or more 90-degree bends. Conduit for long pulls will have a 3/8-inch diameter polyethylene pull rope with a minimum strength of 3,000 pounds left in it instead of the 1/4-inch rope. Another option besides the use of ropes is a pull tape. See GI 040. 8.5 All pull rope and pull tape will be new. Used ropes and tapes are not acceptable. 9.0 Railroad Crossings 9.1 All conduit within railroad rights-of-way must have a minimum of four feet of cover from bottom of rail. General Spec'rficationsfor Conduk Installation 01-26-2007 ~~,~/ ~~~ CD 100 Underground Structures Standards Page - SfE Public ~ CD-7 X1111NENN ULIEONNIR EDISON° M EDISON IKIERNAIIO.UL° f yvp~oy 9.2 When specified on the working drawing, the following is required: A. HDG conduit (or steel casing) when under the rail bed; B. Full concrete encasement CD 120 (Page CD-23) on conduit not under the rail bed; C. Installation of marker signs (furnished by Edison) at designated locations; D. Installation of a marker tape (Alarmoline, Cat. No. AL-6100-YE) directly above conduit, one foot below grade. (Supplier: Maydwell & Hartzell, Inc., 6400 Corvette Street, Los Angeles, CA 90040.) ""~`/`" 01-26-2007 ~""'~'~ General Specifications for Conduit Installation CD 100 ~~,~ P,9e Underground Structures Standards CD-8 - SCE Pu61ic ~ sourHEm+ uuwfmu EDISON' M EDISON lM£RNATIOAALe Gmgny CD 110 Conduits and Fittings Scope CD 110.1 Conduits 1.0 Conduits 1.1 Unless otherwise specified on the working drawing, all of the below listed conduit types are approved for use on the Edison system. Table CD-1: SCE Approved Conduit Types Application Conduit Type Concrete Encased Direct Buried Semi-Rigid Plastic (PVC) EB-20, EB35 X - Semi-Rigid Plastic (PVC) DB-60, DB-100, DB-120 X X Rigid Plastic (PVC) Schedule 4050 X X Hot Dipped Galvanized Steela~ Standard X X a~ Includes Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC) 1.2 All conduit will be installed per CD 100 (Page CD-1) and will be watertight. In known water or sub- sidence areas, semi-rigid plastic conduit will be used. 1.3 The correct cements as recommended by the manufacturer will be used on each plastic conduit type so as to obtain a watertight connection. 1.4 Horizontal Bends and Sweeps A. The difference between bends and sweeps is determined by their radii. Minimum radius for all bends is 36" and the maximum radius for all bends is 60". The radius of each bend is deter- mined by conduit size, as follows: • 36" for conduit 3" in diameter and smaller • 48" for conduit 4" and 5" in diameter • 60" for conduit 6" in diameter The minimum radius for all sweeps of all size conduits is 12-1/2'. For single-phase residential cable runs, bends may be used for primary horizontal turns. B. Bends and sweeps for EB and DB conduit will be made from semi-rigid DB-60, DB-100, or DB-120 conduit. Bends and sweeps made from DB-60 conduit are intended for use with EB-20 and EB-35 conduit. Bends and sweeps made from DB-100 or DB-120 conduit are intended for use with DB-60, DB-100, and DB-120 conduit. 1.5 Short lengths of conduit, properly coupled, may be used in rigid conduit installations toform sweeps of a radius not normally supplied by manufacturers. The maximum deflection per length of conduit will be: • 1/2" for lengths 2-1/2' and shorter • 1"for lengths over 2-1/2' Approved Effective Date ~7 Conduits and Fktings 01-26-2007 v~"~ Underground Structures Standards PaCD 110 - SCE Public ~ ~ ~~ 9 CD-11 SfIUfHfPN ULIFORNIA EDISON' M £OIS0.ti IMERYATIQYALm Gmpany 1.6 All plastic (PVC) conduit must be manufactured by an Edison approved manufacturer (see CD 115 [Page CD-19]) and comply to Edison requirements. 1.7 EB-20 semi-rigid PVC conduit is preferred and should be utilized for standard installations requiring encasement. EB-35 PVC conduit can be installed in lieu of EB-20 conduit at the contractor's discre- tion. 1.8 For direct buried installations, DB-60 conduit may be used for all sizes smaller than four inches. DB-100 or DB-120 conduit is required when four-, five-, or six-inch conduit is installed. --..._.,_._ 01-26-2007 Hpppoveo Conduits and Fittings CD 110 ~~~ P~.~l P,9e Underground Structures Standards CD-12 - SCE Public ~ SWEHERN UIIEORNIA EDISON° M ED/SOti INTEFVATIO]ntm Gxnyvn> Scope CD 110.2 Fittings 1.0 Fittings 1.1 All couplings, adapters, segments, end bells, and so forth will be standard types recommended by the manufacturer or aCompany-approved equal. 1.2 The couplings, sweeps, and other fittings are to be made of the same material as the conduit. 1.3 Offset couplings are not approved. 1.4 The spigotend of all fittings (segments, sweeps, bends, and so forth) will be chamfered at 45° ± 15° on the inside surface in order to make a smooth transition when installed into EB and DB conduit. 1.5 Name or trademark of fitting manufacturer will be placed on the outside surface of all fittings with 1/4" minimum size letters. approved errecnveuare 01-26-2007 Conduits and Fktings ~~,~{ ~~~ CD 110 Underground Structures Standards R, e - SCE Public ~ e CD-13 sourHrim uuroxrvu EDISON' M fDISOA INTFF.NATIONALO (~p„iy CD 120 Conduit Bank Requirements Scope CD 120.1 Conduit Bank Requirements Figure CD-4: Typical Conduit Bank Sections (Mainline and Commercial/Industrial) (MON)K ~»,~~, 1 1/2" ~~~~rn 3. \ I 'I t / Typ. ~ 3" ~ 1-1 2 Concrete Envelope ~ Bedding T Spacer ~ Bedding ~ I 3" 3' I~ 3" 1" I~ Full Encasement Semi•Encasement DireR Burial More than 4 conduits 3 or 4 conduits (base spacer required) Special Conduit Formations 1-1/2" 1.. 3" Q 7~ ~~' i T 3' Conduk Bank Terminations Minimum separations required between all types of conduit at conduit entrances to substructures 1-1/2" 3; ~ ~ r- 3" I 7~ _ ~ Bedding T +I 1-1/2" i-t/2" Conduk Rolling Used only when specified or sanctioned for ducts to occupy minimum vertical space and maintain required cover Notes: 1. Spacing and concrete coverage as shown is minimum. 2. Spacers, when required, will 6e as recommended by the conduit manufacturer and approved by the company and will be placed at the intervals shown in Table CD-2. Vertical spacers and base spacers will be manufactured from rigid noncompressable-type materials. Use temporary means to maintain horizontal conduit spacing at these intervals until backfill bedding or encasement is placed. Table CD-2: Horizontal Conduit Spacing Intervals Conduit. Size 2' 3' 3-1/2' 4' S" 6" Spacing with Encasement 10' 10' 10' Spacing with Nonencasement 10' 8' 6' 3. Base spacers are required on all banks of more than four conduits. 4. The conduit will be of an approved make and manufacture as set forth in standards CD 115 (Page CD-19), CD t 7 5 (Page CD-21), and CD 71 S (Page CD-22). S. Types: A. "EB" (Type I) for encased and semi<ased installations B "DB" (Type II) for direct burial C. '"Sch. 40" Rigid PVC for inside bore casings 6. For general conduit bank, concrete, and trenching requirements, see CD 100 (Page CD-1 ). Conduk Bank Requirements ~~~ - SCE Public ~ -----~- Ot-26-2007 U ~~ CD 120 Pa9e CD-23 $OIILHERN Ul1iORNp EDISON' M fD150~ INTERVATIU~ALm Gxnpmy 7. Install bare copper neutral wire only when specified on working drawing. For mainline applications (including 4wire taplines) when the neutral is present on an overhead structure that feeds a primary riser, the neutral shall be continuous to the first underground structure. A bare copper neutral wire, as specified on the working drawing, shall be placed, and fully encased in contrete, at the lower region of the duct bank; preferably in-between conduits. 8. Concrete encasement will be kept uniform. Excessive amounts of concrete will be avoided. 9. Bedding will be in accordance with CD 100 (Page CD-3), Paragraph 6.1. O t -26-2007 """'""" Conduit Bank Requirements `° ~ z° UGS ~~~ Page CD-24 Underground Structures Standards - SCE Public ~ SOUMERN UniORNP EDISON° M £OIN)N II?£F.VATIOSAL• Company Scope CD 120.2 Residential Conduit Bank Requirements Figure CD-S: Typical Conduit Bank Sections (Residential Only) Typical Conduit Bank sections (Residential Only) 30" (MIN) Cover Typ. 1-1/2 TYP ~ II ~I } 3"(MIN) !~ g - 3" (MIN) Typ. ~ 1-1/2" TYP~ 1" Beddin Bedding or 1-Sack Typ ~ Sand Slurry (see Bedding Notes 2, 3, & 4) 3° (MIN) +~ !r 3" (MIN) Typ. 2 Wide x 4 High (MAX) 2 High x 4 Wide (MAX) Nonstacked Preferred when Stacked Maximum of 4 Conduk Typical Joint Trench Sections Gutter Grade Gutter Grade I ~ T____~ Gutter Grade j(NO Scale) z I~i(No Scale ~ z ) I Use this section (--~ g I I ~ II II only with SCE I I o I I approval. I I o 3" yl If 3" `^ 3"mil I I I I +i 3' I 3" 3' ~ I I ~ I 12" I I }~ C T SCE Telecom E T SCE Telecom 1. 3" ~ 6 I_1. I E E I Bedding E E ~ Bedding E T ~ Typical Conduh Section Alternate Joint Trench (with SCE Telecom) Joint with CATV and TELE Sections with Encasement Concete Notes: 1. Conduit sections should have no more than eight SCE conduits, and no conduit should be surrounded on four sides by other conduits. 2. Any conduit section with stacked conduit must be backfilled with bedding (see Note 4) or one-sack sand slurry. (Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction Section 201-1.1.2 Mix 100-E-700.) 3. Two-sack concrete encasement per CD 700 (Page CD-1), Paragraph 5.4, will be used in joint trench in order to reduce telecom conduit clearances to three inches minimum per the above joint trench sections. One-sack sand slurry is not a substitute for encasement concrete. 4. Bedding material will be clean sand or pea gravel. Native materials meeting the requirements of CD 700 (Page CD-3), Paragraph 6.1, are only permitted for the nonstacked configuration and are not permitted to bed pads and risers at boxes. S. Conduit will be Type "DB" per CD 110 (Page CD-11) and will be of approved manufacture per CD 715 (Page CD-19). Type EB is permitted when encasement concrete is used. 6. Where both residential and nonresidential conduit are in the same trench, the requirements on CD 120 (Page CD-23) will be used. 7. The sections in CD 120 (Page CD-23) may he used for residential construction. 8. Use temporary supports every eight feet to maintain horizontal conduit alignment. Remove after concrete is placed. ~~~ Conduit Bank Requirements ~ SCE Public ~ 01-26-2007 Pd9e CD-25 UGS SOOINERN CALIFORNIA EDISON' An EOI50ti (NTER.VATI!ltigL~ Cumpeny Scope CD 120.3 Conduit Bank Requirements for CIC Figure CD-6: Typical CIC Trench Section (Residential Only) Gutter Grade (NO Scale) ~ z I CAN & Telephone ~ i ~ O~ (See Utility Plans.) m ' I l~ CIC 12' ~I I 3' Cushion Notes: 1. Conductor-in-Conduit (CIC) will be placed on level bed prepared to he rock and debris free. Where native soils are hard or rocky, trench will be over excavated and imported noncohesive sand placed three inches deep for bedding. 2. Native soils capable of passing through a 1/2-inch mesh screen are considered rock free. Rock-free native soil may be used for backfill. Materials that will not uniformly fill around the CIC are also unacceptable. When native soil is unacceptable, imported noncohesive sand will be used for backfill and will cover the CIC a minimum of six inches. - -~-- 01-26-2007 CD 120 ~~~ 9e CD-26 Conduit Bank Requirements APPraved - SCE Public ~ ~lti~ sourxcx« Uuwrxu EDISON' M EDISOA IMEFNATIU\ALm Gmp,nl CD 142 Conduit Terminators for Precast Tunnel Vaults Scope CD 142.1 Conduit Terminators for Precast Tunnel Vaults Figure CD-19: Conduit Terminators for Precast Tunnel Vaults ~. 2S" L 1' Diameter Sch. 40 PVC Conduit, Capped Flush With Outside Wall. ~ For Neutral Wire 12-5" or 6" Terminators Side-Wall 5 O O 11 10" i 2 _~ --4 i O 'O ~ 10 12 Standard Terminator Terminator ~ Reducer Grout Front View Unless specified otherwise, mainline conduits will be installed in the terminators in numerical order start- ing with position 5. Working drawings or inspector may change positions for special cases. ~ ~ Cement r Inside Face of Cement Vault Wall Figure CD-i9.2 Side View Requirements: Conduit 1. Two sets of 12 five-inch or six-inch terminators, as specified, will be furnished in each end wall unless otherwise specified on working drawing. 2. Terminators must provide a watertight seal with or without conduits installed. 3. Reducers will be furnished (number per working drawing) when small diameter conduit is to be installed. Reduced conduit will be finished flush with inside recess wall and grouted (Figure CD-19.2). ~~~ Conduit Terminator for Precast Tunnel Vauks - SCE Public ~ 01-26-2007 CGS CD 142 Page CD-43 Standard Flat Wall Figure CD-19.1 Vault Top View sourrrrarr uuroxnu EDISON' M FDI.WN INI'FRNATIUNAL~ Cmp,n~ CD 148 Capping Main Line Conduit Scope CD 148.1 Capping Main Line Conduit Figure CD-22: Capping Main Line Conduit upling n concrete against tporary wooden barrier d flush against couplings. Remove wooden barrier and install approved con- duit plug (CD 180 [Page CD-67]). Plug will provide a watertight fit without cement. Conduit plug type SF or DC (CD 180 [Page CD-67]). Notes: 1. When capping unencased conduit (two maximum), install conduit plug in coupling same as shown above (do not stagger). 2. See CD 120 (Page CD-23) for conduit spacing and concrete encasement. 3. Conduit plug types 1, 2, and 3 are not recommended for this application. 4. Where a conduit is stubbed out to curb or property line to be picked up later, it must terminate on a level course at a minimum depth of 30 inches from flow line of gutter unless specified otherwise. 5. Stubbed conduit to have location, marked at time of installation, by one of the following methods: Curb to be marked by chiseling an "E" on curb face, or 2' x 4' board, or pull rope or pull tape installed at capped conduit and extended to 12 inches below the surface. D ~ -26-207 ^PPrwea Capping Main Line Conduit CD 148 U~~ g Q~~1 Pa e CD-46 Under round Structures Standards - SCE Public ~ Typical Conduit Bank Completed Capped Conduit Assembly SOUINFNN ULIrORN1A EDISON° M EDISOA IMEFNATIUVAt° Gmpmy CD 150 Service Lateral Terminations Scope CD 150.1 Service Lateral Terminations Figure CD-23: Service Lateral Terminations Identical Points R Customer's Property See SCE Co. Electrical Service Requirements for i Underground Requirements on Customer's Property. (See Note 5.) Customer-installed conduit material requirements subject to local ordinances. Solid Pipe Plug Coupling Note: Normally not encased in concrete hot dipped galvanized conduits. R Parkway or Easement Gutter Grade See ~ .,,, .,,, .,,,, ~., ,~., ti., .Note 3. Cap or Plug as Shown Typical Conduit Terminations System Service Conduit Conduit Plug ~ -- Terminator for Direct Burial Nonmetallic Conduit Coupling to be manufacturer's standard Do not solvent-weld ~ for type of conduit used. conduit to coupling. -1 ,n/"/,M~~,(`(~~,K/~,K/~,K/~.K/~! Conduit Plug ~_„ ~J~++- , ~_ ; ~_ ~_ 3. `\ 4 y MAXI Encased Conduit Termination Notes: 1. All service laterals will terminate in such location that an extension of same will have 12 inches minimum clearance from property line corner unless specified otherwise. 2. See CD 700 (Page CD-1) for approved type of conduit. 3. See CD 100 (Page CD-1) for general trench, backfill, and concrete requirements. Approved Effective Date Service Lateral Terminations 01-26-2007 ~~,,~ CD 150 Underground Structures Standards Page - SCE Public ~ ~ CD-47 SOUINfRN ULIFORNU EDISON' M GOI51)\ INT£ft VATI()~AGO <'wnpanr 4. See CD 120 (Page CD-23) for conduit spacing requirements. 5. Where a conduit is stubbed out to curb or property line to be picked up later, it must terminate on a level course at a minimum depth of 30 inches from flow line of gutter unless specified otherwise. 6. Stubbed conduit to have location marked at time of installation by one of the following methods: Curb to be mark by chiseling an "E" on curb face, or 2" x 4" board, or pull rope or pull tape installed at capped conduit and extended to 12 inches below the surface. 01-26-2007 "P°fOVe° Service Wteral Terminations CD 150 ~~~ 9 QL~,~I Under round Structures Standards Rae CD-48 - SCE Public ~ 5l)UIHERN GLLIEORNIA EDISON° M FDISO,ti IKIERNAtIt7,aAP Gnpany CD 160 Pole Riser Bend Standard Location Scope CD 160.1 Pole Riser Bend Standard Location figure CD-24: Pole Riser Bend Standard Location Grade Wood molding with p6 (MIN) wire inside to top. w Align riser with a temporary length of conduit; , Remove this length when riser is set. z. Solvent weld pipe cap onto riser. Do not permit excess cement I I ~'~ ~ to ender conduit. Cap HDG bend with concrete-filled coupling. #6 (MIN) bare copper to ground rods Riser Bends 36° (MIN) radius for 1" to 3" incl. 48" (MIN) radius for 4' and 5" 60' (MIN) radius for 6" and over #6 (MIN) Bare Copper 5/S" x S' copperclad steel ground rod and clamp - 2 Places 6' (MIN) separation Grounding typical for both pole configurations y~tii 3' (MIN) Encasement 24" (MAX) r f~- ~1 1 r Duct G Coupling or Adapter Ream interior of lower end of ABS riser "C ~ bend to permit a smooth transition from i ~ the conduit to the riser. ~ ~----- -' Conduit ~ 4" Wood Riser Bend Molding ~ °ole Pole Riser Conduit Spacing Diagram (At Base of Pole) Notes: 1. Approved riser bend materials and sizes are shown in the following table. Table CD-S: Approved Riser Bend Materials and Sizes -Standard Location Size Material t" t-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4" S" 6" AB$ - - - X X X X - Fiberglass - - - - X X X X HDG X X X X X X X Xa ai Six-inch HDG or Fiberglass riser bend will be used when specified on the working drawing. See AC 702 for grounding HDG riser bends. Q For Reference Only 2. The top and bottom of three-, four-, five-, or six-inch fiberglass bends are furnished with permanently attached PVC couplings. Also included is a six-inch long, three-, four-, five-, or six-inch Schedule 80 PVC stub-out, solvent welded into the tap coupling. See CD 166 (Page CD-56) for fiberglass riser bend material information and suppliers. APPmveA Effective Date Pole Riser Bend Standard Location 01-26-2007 ~~~ Underground Structures Standards CD 160 - SCE Public ~ ~ Fzge CD-49 Minimum earth cover over riser bend to be as follows: Conduit Size HDG Cover Fiberglass Cover 1 "-3" 33' 47" 4"-5" 57' S9" 6" 72" 74° SOUIHEXN CAl1FORNIA EDISON' M EDISON INTER4ATIO.4AL~ Gmpan~ 3. Two ground rods are required at all primary riser poles. Drive rods in trench bottom with six feet minimum separation in undisturbed earth. Leave the rod tops three inches above the trench bottom and attach con- tinuous ground wire with clamps. Extend wire to indicated location on pole and stub up two feet above grade in wood moulding. All grounding materials furnished by the contractor. See AC 703 for approved grounding materials. 4. Encasement required only when called out on working drawing. 5. PVC risers may be substituted for fiberglass for straight runs of 150 feet or less in conduit sizes four inches and under. _ __...__ ~ 01-26-2007 APwo4Ea Pole Riser Bend Standard Location CD 160 ~~~ 9 P~~ Under round Structures Standards ra e CD-50 - SCE Public ~ SOUTHERN GniORNIA EDISON' M FDISPY INTFRNATI<)VALO ~pmy CD 161 Pole Riser Bend for Risers on Kicker Blocks Scope CD 161.1 Pole Riser Bend for Risers on Kicker Blocks Figure CD-25: Pole Riser Bend for Risers on Kicker Blocks Wood molding with N6 (MIN) wire inside to top. Grade !t6 (MIN) bare copper to ground rods Riser Bends 36" (MIN) radius for 1" to 3" incl. 48" (MIN) radius for 4" and 6" 60" (MIN) radius for 6" and over N6 (MIN) Bare Copper 5/8" x 8' copperclad steel ground rod and clamp - 2 Places 6' (MIN) separation Grounding typical for both pole configurations I ~I•-Align riser with a temporary length of conduit; Remove this length when riser is set. 2.. Solvent weld pipe cap onto riser. Do not permit excess cement j ; ,~to ender conduit. Cap HDG bend with concrete-filled coupling. ~ I' 3" (MIN) nimenrcm 24" (MAX) See Note 4 f'--~ I r Duc[ ~ Coupling or Adapter i Ream interior of lower end of ABS riser ~ bend to permit a smooth transition from i ~ the conduit to the riser. ~ ~-------------------J /~~~'J r3-1/4" Wood Kickers, 1-1/2" Unistrut Conduit- Kickers (see SCE Inspector) y 2' ~ 2" ~.~Z" Riser 2 Ifs 2 ff~l~l 2 2 ~ ~ 2. R } Bend p~~~.-Riser Bend ap,oo Pole f Wood pole Pole Molding Riser Conduit Spacing Diagram (At Base of Pole) Notes: 1. Approved riser bend materials and sizes are shown on the following table. Table CD-6: Approved Riser Bend Materials and Sizes -Risers on Kicker Blocks Size Material t" i-1/2" 2" 2.1/2" 3" 4" S" 6" ABS - - - X X X X - Fiberglass - - - - X X X Xa HDG X X X X X X X Xa a~ Six-inch HDG or Fiberglass riser hend will be used when specified on the working drawing. See AC 702 for grounding HDG riser bends. Q For Reference Only ~1ti~1 Pole Riser Bend for Risen on Kicker Blocks - sCE Public ~ Minimum earth cover over riser bend to be as follows: Conduit Size HDG Cover Fiberglass Cover 1 "-3" 33" 47" 4"-5" 57" 59" 6" 72" 74" 01-26-2007 CGS PaCD161 $pUINENN ULIEOMNU EDISON' M EC1150.\ IMiR 4Ap105AP faepmy 2. The top and bottom of three-, four-, five-, or six-inch fiberglass bends are furnished with permanently attached PVC couplings. Also included is a six-inch long, three-, four-, five-, or six-inch Schedule 80 PVC stub-out, solvent welded into the top coupling. See CD 166 (Page CD-56) for fiberglass riser bend material information and suppliers. 3. Two ground rods are required at all primary riser poles. Drive rods in trench bottom with six feet minimum separation in undisturbed earth. Leave the rod tops three inches above the trench bottom and attach con- tinuous ground wire with clamps. Extend wire to indicated location on pole and stub up two feet above grade in wood moulding. All grounding materials furnished by the contractor. See AC 703 for approved grounding materials. 4. Encasement required only when called out on working drawing. 5. PVC may be substituted for fiberglass for straight runs of 150 feet or less with 4 inches or smaller duct. 01-26-2007 APPmvea Pole Riser Bend for Risers on Kicker Blocks CD 161 ~~~ 9 ~~,~ Under round Structures Standards as e CD-52 - SCE Public ~ SOUENERN UEIF(NNIA EDISON' M £OISO.V INIERVATIf)~ALm Li~npmy CD 162 Neutral Wire Riser Installation for Four-Wire Systems Scope CD 162.1 Neutral Riser Wire Installation for Four-Wire Systems Extend 4/0 B.C. 6" above 1" conduit and staple to pole 1' SCH. 80 PVC conduit spaced 1/2' off pole Grade Attach at 2 places below grade with pipe strap and 1/2' spacer. Figure CD-26: Neutral Riser Wire Installation for Four-Wire Systems al ~°! 4/0 Bare Copper Neutral Wire to First Underground Structure (Also see CD 120 [Page CD-23).) a" Riser ~~ 1" Neutral Bend _ Riser '~' Stub-Out L Alternative Neutral Location (When two risers 4" or less 4 in size are installed) Typical Location One or Two Risers (Also See CD 160 (Page CD-49)) ~~ 4 ~ ~z I ^~ 1 Riser Bends 3 1/4" ~ 1" Neutral Riser + Stub-Out 4 Typical Location More than Two Risers (Also see CD 161 [Page CD-61].) ~~ ~lti~l Neutral Wire Riser Installation for Four-Wire Systems - SCE Public ~ 01-26-2007 CGS CD162 Page CD-53 $OIIrHENN ULIfgtNIA EDISON' M EOI$()V IMERNA TI()\AL0 Gmpmy CD 164 Specification for Abandoning Conduit and Risers Scope CD 164.1 Specification for Abandoning Conduit and Risers 1.0 Conduit 2.0 1.1 Any conduit that is exposed will be removed from the ground. 1.2 The substructure end of any abandoned conduit will be permanently sealed against the entrance of water, gas, or other foreign substances. Risers Any conduit extending above ground will be cut off a minimum of 18 inches below ground level and permanently sealed. (See Figure CD-28 [Page CD-55].) Figure CD-28: Specification for Abandoning Conduit and Risers I ~ _ ~ ~I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Removed j i I I Pole . l I I~ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I Remove Cut-Off Section 7S" MIN One Mixed Sack of Concrete Mix Specification for Abandoning Conduit and Risers ~~~1 - SCE Public ~ Cut off riser 18' below grade, remove cut off section, plug remaining conduit with rags and pour one mixed sack of concrete mix over plugged conduit. /~-~~ ~/ Rags __...___._ 01-26-2007 UGS CD164 Page CD-SS souracan uuroxnu EDISON' M F.DISOV INTERYATIO.~AL~C p,nY CD 166 Three-, Four-, Five-, or Six-Inch Fiberglass Riser Bends Scope CD 166.1 Three-, Four-, Five-, or Six-Inch Fiberglass Riser Bends Figure CD-29: Three-, Four-, Five-, or Six-Inch Fiberglass Riser Bends Schedule 80 PVC Conduit See Note 2 Final Grade ~- See Note 4 3" Riser Rend Marking - 6" TOP ; See Note 3 y PVC Coupling See Note 2 190' '~ . Riser Bend Radius Fiberglass Riser Bend '. 3"-36" See Note 1 4"-48" PVC Coupling I, 5"~18' See Note 2 I 6"-60'x- Riser Bend Marking ~ See Note 3 Underground I, Conduit ~ I -,--" OJT Riser Bend Marking k - .-- GP See Note 3 -.==~-____= - - I - JNO~~ r==== _--__=- -, Notes: i. The riser bend is available in three-, four-, five-, or six-inch sizes. The main body of the bend is manufactured from fiberglass material and is medium gray in color. 2. The top and bottom of riser bend is furnished with PVC couplings permanently epoxy bonded to the fiberglass bend. A Schedule 80 PVC six-inch long stubout is solvent welded into the top PVC coupling. 3. The top Schedule 80 PVC stub-out of bend is stenciled "TOP," and bottom of bend is stenciled "UNDERGROUND." Manufacturers name, size, and date (month and year) will be stenciled on the center of the riser bend. 4. The top of Schedule 80 PVC stubout will be placed three inches above final grade. No portion of the fiberglass material of the bend will be exposed above the finish grade. 5. The approved manufacturers and suppliers are: a. Manufacturers: FRE Conduit, Smith Product Company, and Champion Fiberglass, Inc. b. Suppliers: i) Armorcast Products Company 2900 East La Jolla Road Anaheim, CA 92806 2) Cal-Duct, Inc. 2522 Lee Avenue South EI Monte, CA 91733 3) CAL STAR 1850 Parco Avenue Ontario, CA 97761 _...___._ 01-26-2007 CD 166 ee CD-56 4) SAF-T-CO Supply, Inc. 903 East Walnut Santa Ana, CA 92705 5) SAF-T-CO Supply, Inc. 903 East Walnut Santa Ana, CA 92705 Three, Four-, Five-, or Six-Inch fiberglass Riser Bends ~I"~1 - SCE Public ~ sourxrxrv cuiroxrvw EDISON° M £O/SOA IATER.YATIUYAL° fixnpmY CD 170 Riser Bend Installation at Wall or Pad Scope CD 170.1 Riser Bend Installation at Wall or Pad Figure CD-30: Riser Bend Installation at Wall or Pad h-Align riser with a temporary length of conduit; remove this length when riser is set. Place pipe cap after removing Building temporary conduit. Wall 6" (MIN) 24' (MAX) i~ 1" End of curve to be flush with or below final grade. Fiberglass, Schedule 40, or 80 PVC or HDG. PVC is subject to requirements of local ordinances. HDG must 6e grounded per AC 702. PVC only for secondary runs and straight primary runs of less than 150 feet length with 4" or smaller duct. Typical Riser at Building Minmum Dimensions for Riser Bends Conduit Size Radius Earth Cover 0"-3'/z" 36' 33' 4"-5' 48" 45' 6"-Up 60" 5T Pipe cap for HDG. If PVC is used, solvent weld cap onto riser. Do not permit excess cement to enter conduit. Location of riser bend stub is critical. See working drawing j for exact placement. Fiberglass, Schedule 40, or 80 PVC or HDG. PVC is subject to requirements of local ordinances. HDG must be grounded per AC 702. PVC only for secondary runs and straight primary runs of less than 150 feet length with 4' or smaller duct. Coupling or Adapter Typical Riser at Vauk or Pad ~iir~iizrnri Ream interior of lower end of PVC riser bend to permit a smooth transition from the conduit to the Coupling or Adapter ~•----------- ---- ---~------4--+- - 3 Risers __________ _______ 4~~_____________ _ ____ _..-._ - .__________ ________ _______t-}-. ___________~ 3' Plan-View for Two Conduit Terminals ~~~1 Riser Bend Installation at Wall or Pad - $CE Public ~ r- Floor Ievei of vault or pad 01-26-2007 U GS PdCD 170 CD-57 SOULNERrv UnmRrvIA EDISON° An E~ISON /MEF.VAT/0.G1.° C..mpsny CD 175 Streetlight Conduit and Riser Bend Installation for Service to One Streetlight Standard Scope CD 175.1 Typical Conduit and Riser Bend Installation for Service to One Streetlight Standard Figure CD-33: Typical Conduit and Riser Bend Installation for Service to One Streetlight Standard Concrete Footing (See Note 11.) Q .. .... Conventional Underground Conduit 30" ~- State Highway 30" Square 24"from face of curb or Requirement 15" from inside edge of sidewalk (See Note t0.) Plan Face of curb or inside edge of sidewalk ;~j"~- (property side) Light Standard ~;; Finish Grade Flow Line of Gutter -~ ~~ 30" (MIN) Conduit 46' (MIN) Riser below gutter grade ~~ ~ Bend commercial or for conventional ~~ / underground conduit r for CICaI ' ~ 7-7/2" or as specified on '~ ~ ~; , ~ working drawing . . CIC 4 Elevation Notes: 7. Typical location for streetlight standard: a. With parkway-place behind inside edge of curb. b. Without parkway-place behind inside edge of sidewalk when curb and sidewalk do not exceed 5-1/2 feet in width, or per local inspection agency. 2. A semi-rigid or rigid conduit bend "DB" thickness minimum will be used when a conventional conduit system is installed. See working drawing for size and material. 3. No encasement required unless otherwise specified. 4. In a rigid conduit installation, short lengths of properly coupled conduit may be used to form sweeps of a radius not normally supplied by manufacturers. In trench runs, the maximum deflection allowed will be 1/2 inch for lengths two feet or shorter, and one inch for lengths over two feet. 5. For riser bends, the minimum radius permitted will be 24 inches; for horizontal bends, a minimum radius of 36 inches. 6. A pull rope or pull tape will be installed in each empty conduit. , 7. See CD 775 (Page CD{2) and CD 175 (Page CD-63) for looping installations. 8. Five-foot clearance to be maintained from fire hydrant. 9. Four-foot clearance to be maintained from top of slope of commercial driveway and two-foot clearance from residential driveway. 10. On state highway, the streetlight centerline location will be six inches behind sidewalk when sidewalk is less than seven feet wide. 17. See MS 890 for foundation details. ~~~1 Streetlight Conduit and Riser Bend Installation for Service to One Streetlight Standard - SCE Public ~ 01-26-2007 CGS CD175 Page CD-61 SWIMErIN UUEONNIA EDISON' An F.~IS,)Y INlFRYA1IOVAL~ Company Scope CD 175.2 Typical Conduit and Riser Bend Installation for Handhole through Service to Streetlight Standards Figure CD-34: Typical Conduit and Riser Bend Installation for Handhole through Service to Streetlight Standards Concrete Footing 30" 24"(Curb) State Highway 15" (Sidewalk) 30" Light Standard ~~ 46" (MIN) commercial or residential for CIC Precast Concrete or Plastic Handhole Conventional Underground Conduit or CIC Face of curb or inside edge of sidewalk (property side) Plan Flow line Finish Grade of gutter --- j -- ' ~ 12" ~'~-- 5' (MIN) ,I--- 30"(MIN) ~~ below gutter grade ', for conventional Conduit underground conduit Riser 1 Bends 1 Elevation Notes: 1. Handhole loop through service is used when atwo-inch or larger conduit is required. CIC 2. Typical location for streetlight standard: a. With parkway-place behind inside edge of curb. b. Without parkway-place behind inside edge of sidewalk when curb and sidewalk do not exceed S-1/2 feet in width, or per local inspection agency. 3. A semi-rigid or rigid conduit bend "DB" thickness minimum will be used when a conventional conduit system is installed. See working drawing for size and material. 4. No encasement required unless otherwise specified. S. In a rigid conduit installation, short lengths of properly coupled conduit may be used to form sweeps of a radius not normally supplied by manufacturers. In trench runs, the maximum deflection allowed will be 1/2 inch for lengths two feet or shorter, and one inch for lengths over two feet. 6. For riser bends, the minimum radius permitted will be 24 inches; for horizontal bends, a minimum radius of 36 inches. 7. A pull rope or pull tape will be installed in each empty conduit. B. Five-foot clearance to be maintained from fire hydrant. 9. Four-foot clearance to be maintained from top of slope of commercial driveway and two-foot clearance from residential driveway. 10. On state highway, the streetlight centerline location will be six inches behind sidewalk when sidewalk is less than seven feet wide. 11. See MS 890 for foundation details. Effective Date Approved O 1-26-2007 Streetlight Conduit and Riser Bend Installation for Service to One CD 175 ~~~ Streetlight5tandard Underground Structures Standards Q~'~ 7age CD-62 - SCE Public ~ sourarxN uuroanu EDISON' ME015061NfENNAT105AP G.mpsny Scope CD 175.3 Typical Conduk and Riser Bend Installation Loop through Service to Streetlight Standards Figure CD-35: Typical Conduit and Riser Bend Installation Loop through Service to Streetlight Standards I Concrete Footing (See Note 11.) 4 g------- -- - - -- -- -- 30, _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ~ -~ Conventional Underground Conduit or CIC State Highway 30' S uare 24' from face of curb or Requirement q 15"from inside edge of sidewalk (See Note 10.) Plan Face of curb or inside edge of sidewalk (property side) i Light Standard ---a i ~ ~ Finish Grade Flow Line of Gutter iIi 30'(MIN) I below gutter grade 45' (MIN) for conventional commercial or ~'~ (See Note 1.) underground conduit residential ~~ forCIC a 1-1/2' or as specified on working drawing ~ Elevation CIC ~ Notes: 1. Loop through streetlight service is limited to a maximum of two 1-1/2-inch conduits. 2. Typical location for streetlight standard: a. With parkway-place behind inside edge of curb. b. Without parkway-place behind inside edge of sidewalk when curb and sidewalk do not exceed 5-1/2 feet in width, or per local inspection agency. 3. A semi-rigid or rigid conduit bend "DB" thickness minimum will he used when a conventional conduit system is installed. See working drawing for size and material. 4 I 4. No encasement required unless otherwise specified. 5. In a rigid conduit installation, short lengths of properly coupled conduit may be used to form sweeps of a radius not normally supplied by manufacturers. In trench runs, the maximum deflection allowed will be one-half inch for lengths two feet or shorter, and one inch for lengths over two feet. 6. For user bends, the minimum radius permitted will be 24 inches; for horizontal bends, a minimum radius of 36 inches. 7. A pull rope or pull tape will be installed in each empty conduit. 8. Five-foot clearance to be maintained from-fire hydrant. 9. Four-toot clearance to be maintained from top of slope of commercial driveway and two feet clearance from residential driveway. 10. On state highway, the streetlight centerline location will be six inches behind sidewalk when sidewalk is less than seven feet wide. 11. See MS 890 for foundation details. ~~~ Streetlight Conduit and Riser Bend Installation for Service to One Streetlight Standard - SCE Public ~ O t -26-2007 Page CD-63 UGSI---D175 SOUIHfRN UNfURNIA EDISON' M EDISOA INfEFVATIQVAI a [i,mpmy CD 180 Blank Conduk Plugs for Vaults, Manholes, and PME and PMH Structures Scope CD 180.1 Blank Conduit Plugs Figure CD-37: Blank Conduit Plugs Type 1 Blank Conduit Plug Manufacturer -DAM-IT 2" through 6" - INWESTCO, INC. 4" and 5" b. INWESCO, INC. 746 N. Coney Ave. Azusa, CA 91702 ~I ~1 Ty Condut Plugs nk Manufacturer - ETCO Type 3 and DC Blank Conduit Plugs Manufacturer -Jack Moon Co. Type 3 and DC Plug Suppliers a. JACK MOON CO. 5548 Bandini Blvd. Bell, CA 90201 b. CAL-DUCT, INC. 2522 Lee Ave. South EI Monte, CA 91733 c. JENSEN PRECAST 14221 San Bernardino Ave. Fontana, CA 92335 d. ARMORCAST PRODUCTS CO. 2900 E. La Jolla St. Anaheim, CA 92806 a. JENSEN PRECAST 14221 San Bernardino Ave. Fontana, CA 92335 b. CAL-DUCT, INC. 2522 Lee Ave. South EI Monte, CA 91733 c. MAYDWELL & HARTZELL, INC. 6400 Corvette St. Los Angeles, CA 90040 d. SOUTHWEST UTILITY SALES 1222 Normandy Place Santa Ana, CA 92705 Notes: 1. Each conduit terminated at vaults, manholes, and PME and PMH structures will be sealed by means of a blank conduit plug to prevent water from entering through the conduit system. 2. Blank conduit plugs, Type 2 and 3, are available in one- through six-inch sizes. 3. Each plug has a place to secure the pull rope or pull tape. The pull rope or pull tape is to be tied securely to the blank plug. 4. Do not use any type of cement when installing plugs. Use installation instructions provided by the individual manufacturer. Type 3 plugs are designed for hand installation only. nVM V,w O ~ -26-2007 Blank Conduit Plugs for Vaults, Manholes, and PME and PMH Structures ~lti~l CD 180 Underground Structures Standards P, e - SCE Public ~ e CD-67 a. DAM-IT 14010 Maryton Ave. Santa Fe Springs, CA 90670 soulncRn uuroxnu EDISON' M £DISON IKIERVATIQVA(1 ~uipp.ny Scope CD 180.2 Conduit Plug and Riser Cap Figure CD-38: Conduit Plug Type SF Blank Conduit Plug Type DC Blank Conduk Plug Notes: 1. The SF conduit plug is available in four-, five-, and six-inch sizes; the DC plug is available inone- through six-inch sizes. Each plug will fit types EB and DB conduit. 2. The pull rope or pull tape should be tied securely to the plug. 3. When installing the plug, it is not necessary to use any Type of cement. 4. See CD 180 (Page CD-67) for suppliers. - 01-26-2007 CD 180 ~~~ ee CD-68 Blank Conduit Plugs for Vauks, Manholes, and PMF and PMH Structures ~~~1 - SCE Public ~ $WiHERN UOFORNIA EDISON° M E171.SO.Y INtEFVATIQ4ALR Lrnpmy Figure CD-39: Riser Cap Hole for Pull Rope Riser Gap Notes: 1. This ABS riser cap is available in four- through six-inch sizes. A plastic strap is welded to the inside of the cap. The pull rope or pull tape should be tied securely to the cap through this strap. 2. This plug should be cemented to the Sch. 80. ABS riser bend stubbed at a pole. It will provide a watertight, tamperproof installation. 3. Manufacturer: Vimar, Inc. This cap is available from: a. VIMAR, INC. 9650 Washburn Rd. Downey, CA 90241 b. CAL-DUCT, INC. 2522 Lee Ave. South EI Monte, CA 91733 Blank Conduk Plugs for Vaults, Manholes, and PME and PMH Structures ~~~ - SCE Public ~ "_ ~`__` 01-26-2007 UGS CD180 Page CD-69 SOUTHERN UOfORNIA EDISON' An fOl50N IMERNATIO:WP G"n y"ns CD 197 Conduit Mandrels - Type I and Type III Scope CD 197.1 Conduit Mandrels - Type I and Type III Figure CD-44: Conduit Mandrels - Type I and Type III - - - - - - - r-- ~ I ~ A O I -----------~ 1 L----_-----. I ~1/8" min. wall alum or steel tubing Nominal Dimension "A" Conduit Size Type IRy Type 1116y 2" 1-3/4" 1.500" 3" 2-3/4' 2.375" 3-1/2" 3-1/4" - 4" 3-3/4" 3.400" 6" 4-3/4' 4.400' 6" 5-3/4" 5.263' a~ Type I mandrels are used in EB-20, DB-60, DB-100, DB-120, and Sch. 40 plastic conduits.- 6~ Type III mandrels are only to be used in Sch. 80 plastic conduits. ~~1~ Available from: INWESCO, Inc. 746 N. Coney Ave. Azusa, CA 91702 1/4" MIN dia. rod with eye on each end. Must be free to turn. Inside Radius - 3/8" MIN Ends closed with 1/8" min. thickness alum. or steel-welded all around Armorcast Products Company 2900 E. La Jolla Rd. Anaheim, CA 92806 Polestar Industries 2058 N. Mills Suite 220 Claremont, CA 91711 Conduit Mandrels -Type 1 and Type III - SCE Public ~ 01-26-2007 Page CD-79 UGS HANDHOLES and PULL BOXES ( Specifications Referenced on Drawing 3157212 ) SWIH[xn fwtlfOYnu EDISON' M EOISON IMFFNATIOVALV Lmp,ny HP 200 Handhole Requirements Scope HP 200.1 Handhole Requirements The following tabulation shows the size and type of various handholes, manufacturers' names, an arbi- trarilyassigned item number, and material codes. This item number will be the identification used when listed on the "List of Materials" on the working drawing. Table HP-1: Concrete -Unit (Box and Cover) -Parkway Manufacturers' Numbers Item Number Nominal Size (Inside) BES Products Brooks Productsay Christy Concrete Products 18:R Concrete Products Material Code HH-1 10.5' x iT x 12' C9E 36P88-36PBCC238 N09B-N09T72 E3 1/2-PB, E3 1/Z~C-ED 655-47705 HH-26~ 10.5" x 1T x 24' - 36P68-36MBBE-36PBCC238 N09B-N09X12-N09T72 E3 1/2 PB, E3 1/2-PB-EXT, E3 1/2-C-ED 6 5 5 117 8 04 HH-3 13' x 24' x 12' C30 3SMBB-38PBCQ38 N308-N30T72 ES-2-PB, ES-2-C-ED 655-00464 HHlI 13" x 24' x 24' - 3SMBB-38MBBE-38PBCC238 N308-N30X72-N30T72 - 655-00423 HH-5 1 T x 30" x 12" C36 66MB8-66PBCC238 N366-N36T72 E66-PB, E68-C-ED 655-00498 HH{ 1T x 30" x 24" - 66MBBb6MBBE-66PBCC238 N366-N36X72-N36T72 E68-PB, E66-(12')EXT, E66L-ED 655-00530 a~ Brooks Products (formerly Carson-Brooks) b~ Limited to Streetlight Use Table HP-2: Plastic (HDPE) - Unk (Box and Cover) -Parkway Item Nominal Size Manufacturers' Numbers Material Number (Inside) New Basis Carson Industries Code HH-7 10.5' x 17' x 12' SEA-141912-C012 1419124HYE60AU0 655118307 HH$ 13' x 24' x 15' SEA-13241 SC012 13241 S-38YE60GU0 655-47903 HH-9 1 T x 30" x 15" SEA-17301 S-C020 173015-3BYE60GU0 655-48000 a~ New Basis (formerly Associated Plastics) 6~ Carson Industries (formerly Carson-Brooks) `~ Limited to Streetlight Use Table HP-3: FRP and RPM -Unit (Box and Cover) -Parkway Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP), Polymer Concrete (RPM) Item Nominal Size Manufacturers' Numbers Material Number (Inside) Armorcast Products CDR Systems Quazite-Corp-' Code HH-10 13' x 24' x 18' A600-1946A PA70-1324-18 PG 13242549 655-01355 HH-11 17' x 30' x 18' A600-1640A PA10-1730-18 PG1730-2567 655-01397 HH-12 1T x 30' x 30" A600-1640-AX30 PA10-1730-30 PD1730-ZSOOC4 655-01587 x~ Quazite Corp. (formerly Power and Communication Systems Company - P&C) Handhole Requirements 01-26-2007 ~~,,~ H P 200 Underground Structures Standards P, e - SCE Public ~ ~ ~ e HP-1 SOUtNERN UIIiWNp EDISON° M EOISON INTFF VATIN VAL° 4vnpmy Table HP-4: FRP and RPM -Unit (Box and Cover) -Light Traffic Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP), Polymer Concrete (RPM) Item Nominal Size Manufacturers' Numbers Material Number (Inside) Armorcast Products CDR Systems Code HH-13 13' x 24" x 18" A6041946TA-ED PA72-1324-18 655-00258 HH-14 17" x 30" x 18" A600-1640TH-ED PA72-1730-18 655-01025 HH-1 S 17" x 30" x 30" - PA72-1730-30 655-00605 Notes: 1. See HP 205 (page HP-4) for typical installation. 2. Handholes installed in sidewalks shall be concrete (see Table HP-i (page HP-1)) or polymer concrete (see Table HP-3 (page HP-1 )). Handholes are for non-traffic loading only. See Note 4 for handholes for vehicle loads. ~3. Slight variations may occur between manufacturers' products. 4. Handholes should not be placed in areas where deliberate vehicle loads are planned. Such locations as driveways and parking lots should not have handholes. When this is unavoidable use only the products listed in Table HP-4. 5. When ordering new units, be sure to verify that the required Penta-head locking bolts and Edison logo on the cover are included with the order EffeRive Date Approved 01-26-2007 Handhole Requirements H P 200 Q~,,y Page Underground Structures Standards HP-2 ~ - SCEPublic ~ SWiHERN ULIFORNIA EDISON° M lLlI50iY IMEFYATIUtiAL° G"npYny Scope HP 200.2 Handhole Requirements -Replacement Boxes Table HP-S: Concrete (Box Only) -Parkway Manufacturers Numbers Item Number Nominal Size (Inside) Brooks Products' Christy Concrete Products 1&R Concrete Products Material Code HB-1 10.5" x 17' x 12" 36P88 N09B E3 1/2-PB 655-01892 HB-2 10.5" x 17" x 24" 36P88-36MBBE N098-N09X12 E3 1/2-PB, E3 1/2-PB-EXT 655-01900 HB-3 13" x 24" x 1 Z" 38M88 N30B ES-2-PB 655-01926 H B-4 13" x 24" x 24' 38MBB-38MBBE N306-N30X12 - 655-02114 HB-5 17° x 30' x 12" 66M86 N36B E6-B-PB 655-01975 HB-6 17" x 30" x 24" 66MB8-66MBBE N36B-N36X12 E6-B-PB, E6-B-(12°)EXT 655-07991 a~ Brooks Products (formerly Carson-Brooks Inc.) Table HP-6: Plastic HDPE (Box Only) -Parkway Item Nominal Size Manufacturers' Numbers Material Number (Inside) New Basis' Carson Industries Code HB-7 10.5" x 1T x 12' SE6141912CH0 141912-'HY""*OUO 655-01918 HB-8 73" x 24" x 15' SEB132415CH0 132415-*HY"'OUO 655-01934 HB-9 17" x 30" x 15" SEB173016CH0 773015-"HY**"OUO 655-01983 a~ New Basis (formerly Associated Plastics) 6~ Carson Industries (formerly Carson-Brooks Inc.) Table HP-7: FRP and RPM (Box Only) -Parkway Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP), Polymer Concrete (RPM) Item Nominal Size Manufacturers' Numbers Material Number (Inside) Armorcast Products CDR Systems Quazite Corp.' Code HB-10 13" x 24" x 18" A600-1946X18-ED P810-1324-18 PG1324-8514 655-01942 HB-71 17' x 30" x 18" ~ A600-1640X18-ED P810-1730-18 PG1730-8529 655-01405 HB-12 1 T x 30" x 30" A600-1640X30-ED P610-1730-30 PD 1730-6502 655-02007 '~ Quazite Corp. (formerly Power and Communication Systems Company - P&C) Table HP-8: FRP and RPM (Box Only) -Light Traffic Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP), Polymer Concrete (RPM) Item Nominal Size Manufacturers' Numbers Material Number (Inside) Armorwst Products CDR Systems Code HB-13 13' x 24' x 18" A600-19467X78-ED PB12-132418 655-02015 HB-14 1 T x 30" x 18" A600-16407X78-ED P612-1730-18 655-02023 HB-15 1 T x 30' x 30' - P812-1730.30 655-02031 ^MM'w~ _ __••• 01-26'2007 Handhole Requirements ~~,,y ~~~ HP200 Underground Structures Standards Page - SCE Public ~ HP-3 soura[xn cuiroxnu EDISON° M£OISOa INTEFNA110NAL•('anpny HP 205 Typical Handhole Installation Scope HP 205.1 Typical Handhole Installation Figure HP-1: Typical Handhole Installation Lrfting Eye (2) ~oa Bolt Holes (2) Extension o a' \ All covers to be indentified with "EDISON" in 1/2" (MIN) block recessed letters. Typical Cover Knock Out (Four Required) Typical Assembly (Without Cover) Grade ~ Cover +A Plug or Cap Conduits ~"TYPical All Conduits ~ ~ } Crushed Rock 2" Typ. ~ 3" (MIN) ~ Locate conduits along Direc[ Burial A a narrow end of Type Conduit or HDG handhole. 36" (MIN) Radius Bend Conduk Location Section A-A Notes: 1. See HP 200 (page HP-7) for dimensions of various size handholez available. 2. Radius angle may be reduced to less than 90° providing the projected center line of the conduit clears handhole opening. 3. Two hold down devices to be supplied with each handhole. ~~~ 01-26-2007 HP205 ~~~ 9e HP-4 Typical Handhole Installation - SCE Public ~ ~lti~l SOIIINFRN UpfORNIA EDISON' M EOIY)~\ IMiFVATIUVALR Gmpanv HP 210 Pull Box Requirements Scope HP 210.1 Pull Box Requirements 1.0 General Pull boxes which have acceptable precast or nonconcrete counterparts are shown on the working draw- ings (List of Materials) by item number. The type of pull boxes approved for each item number are listed below. Other pull boxes are listed by drawing number. Unless specified on the working drawing, any of the structures covered by a particular item number are acceptable. All pull boxes shall be furnished with 1/2" x 2-1/2" S.S. pentahead bolts for cover securing. RPM cover bolts shall be furnished with captive steel washers (see FC 618). Depths of pull boxes listed are minimum. Greater depths may be necessary where required conduit cover dictates (see work drawing). 2.0 Poured-in-Field Pull Boxes Each pull box shall include accessories and facilities in conformance with the requirements set forth in the drawings, specifications, schedules, and tabulations referred to below: 1. Concrete and reinforcement .............................................. GI 020 2. Opening cover as shown on HP 230 (page HP-15) or as modified on the working drawing. 3. Conduit entrance ..................................................... CD 132 4. Inserts ..............................................AC 720, AC 723, and AC 729 5. Sump .............................................................. AC 710 6. Ground wire/ground rod (if required) ...................................... AC 700 3.0 Precast and Nonconcrete Pull Boxes Each pull box shall include accessories and facilities as required in field constructed pull boxes. (Some variations have been allowed these manufacturers. See HP 215 (page HP-9), HP 220 (page HP-11), and HP 225 (page HP-13).) Intercept boxes are available as shown. They are normally supplied with a bottom. Specify if a bottom is not desired. RPM pull box covers shall be utilized for parkway installations (see FC 618). For light-traffic applications, see FC 601, FC 606, and FC 612. All pull boxes shall be placed on a 6" crushed rock base. Mastic sealant shall be used on joints in precast and nonconcrete boxes. Approved Effective Date Pull Box Requirements 01-26-2007 ~~,,~ ~~~ HP210 Underground Structures Standards Page - SCE Public ~ HP-5 SWlHEIIN GLLIpOHN1A EDISON' An EOIS<>\ INLERNA'IIU4AL~ Cunp"nY Table HP-9: Pull Box Requirements -Unit (Box and Cover) Manufacturers and Model Numhers Quazke Jensen Precastb7 Utility Vauk Company Corporationy Field Item Nominal Construction Standard Intercept Standard Intercept Standard Number Sizea7 Type Drawings Type Type Type Type Typed? HP 230 (page K2436- K2436- ED 23-36 ED 23-36 IPB PB-1 2' x 3' x 3' (P) HP-16) W/Cover DP36-11 P DI36-11 P RPM RPM PG-2436-2591 FC 618 RPM HP 230 (page K2436- K2436- ED 23-36 ED 23-36 IPB PB-2 2' x 3' x 3' (LT) HP-1 S) W/Cover DP36-i iT DI36-11T Traffic Traffic FC 601 Steel PB-3 2'-6" x 4' x 3'-6" (P) HP 230 (page HP-16) W/Cover K3048- K3048- ED 264-42 ED 26442 IPB PG-3048-2707 DP42-11 P DI42-11 P RPM RPM FC 618 RPM HP 230 (page K3048- K3048- ED 26442 ED 26442 IPB P84 2'-6" x 4' x 3'-6" (LT) HP-15) W/Cover DP42-11T DI42-11T Traffic Traffic _ FC 606 Steel " HP 230 (page K3048- K3048- ED 26442 ED 26442 INT PB-5 2'-6" x 4' x 3'-6 (FT) HP-76) DP44-TCI-11 DI44-TCI-11 Full Traffic Full Traffic HP 230 (page K3660- K3660- ED 3548 ED 35-48 IPB PB-6 3' x 6' x 4' (P) HP-15) W/Cover DP60-11 P D160-11 P RPM RPM PG-3660-2627 FC 618 RPM HP 230 (page K3660- K3660- ED 3548 ED 35-48 IPB PB-7 3' x 5' x 4' (LT) HP-16) W/Cover DP50-11T DI50-11T Traffic Traffic FC 612 Steel a~ All Depths MINIMUM. (P) Parkway, (LT) Light-Traffic, (FT) Full-Traffic 6~ Jensen Precast (formerly Brooks Products Inc.) d Quazite Corporation (formerly Power and Communications Systems Company - P&C) ~ Quazite Corporation boxes and covers are reinforced plastic mortar (RPM) - - 01-26-2007 HP210 " HP-6 Pull Box Requirements ~~~1 SCE Public ~ sourncxn cuiroxnu sourxrxx uuwxxu EDISON° M flJlSf)ti INTER VA11().VA L> fump~ny HP 215 Pull Box 2' x 3' Precast Concrete Scope HP 215.1 Pull Box 2' x 3' Precast Concrete Figure HP-2: Pull Box 2' x 3' Precast Concrete r 8" x 16" Knockout 2 Each Side l/ 4 if 1q"- 4 i---- 1/2" 2-1/2• r~~, 1'~ 11"x 11"x 14" Deep Recess Plan View Each End 1" Dia. Ground Rod Knockout Hole --- 36~ -~ L ~~ 4 4 4 ~ . , J ____ ___ ~ Chamfer ~~ 4" Extent sion Ring 1/2" x 4" Full Threaded Adjusting Bolts 1 at Each Corner 6" 7/8" Floor Slope ~ ~ Pull Irons or to Sump 1" Threaded Inserts Side Elevation 2 Places Polymer Concrete Parkway Cover. See FC 618 Steel Light-Traffic See FC 601 "Clean Out' Under Bolt Hole 2" x 2" x 3 16" frame. Chamfer See FC 6 3 I } ~ I ~ 30' i 36" i i i i 1 1~ 6" Dia. Sump End Elevation Notes: 1. Reinforcement: H2O-S bridge loading. 2. Concrete: Concrete shall be Class "A" with 28~ay compressive strength of 3,000 psi (minimum). Slight taper (3/4" in depth of pull box) and 1" chamfer on all inside corners permitted for ease of forming. ~l"~l Pull Box 2' x 3' Precast Concrete - SCE Public ~ 01-26-2007 !!GS HP215 Page HP-9 SOVIHERN fAL60NNU EQISON' M EOISO.V INTER.VATI()~ALm Cungm 3. Installation: Pull box shall be placed on 6' (minimum) compacted rock or sand base to ensure uniform distribution of soil pressure in floor. Minimum excavation for pull box shall be 36" x 72' x depth to suit job. a. Covers: See FC 601 and FC 618 for pull box covers. S. Grade Rings: Installing contractor shall provide grade rings (6" minimum) as necessary in order to maintain cover over conduits per SCE specifications or permit agency specifications, whichever is greater. 6. Pull Irons and Eyes: See AC 729 for pull irons and AC 720 for pull eyes. •~-•••~ V~•~ O1-Z6-ZOO7 NPProvea Pull Box 2' x 3' Precast Concrete HP215 ~~~ Q~~ 9 Underground Structures Standards as a HP_ ~~ - SCE Public ~ SOUTHERN ULIEONNIA EDISON' M EDISD;V INTFF.YATIDNALR Cnmpmy HP 220 Pull Box 2-1/2' x 4' Precast Concrete Scope HP 220.1 Pull Box 2-1/2' x 4' Precast Concrete Figure HP-3: Pull Box 2-1/2' x 4' Precast Concrete 8" x 14" Knockout 2-Each Side Polymer Concrete 2-1/2" Parkway Cover. See FC 618 I 48"~ } I I I ~ _ _ _ _ _ Steel Light-Traffic Cover. ~ y. ~ See FC 606 I 4.. i 4+ i I 1" I__ o __1 --- -- 26" x 26" x 12" "Clean Out" Under Bolt Hole Deep Recess Plan View Each End 1" Dia. Ground Rod Knockout Hole 2" x 2" x 3/16" Frame See FC 606 4" Chamfer Chamfer -Extension Ring I #3 Rebar n ~~1/2" x 4" Full Threaded il~ Adjusting Bolts Illl 1 at Each Corner 56"~ I h-38~ ' ' ~ 6„ 4., ~ 4. y y 1/2" ~ 12.. I m 30' __ i ~;_ _ _ _ ~ ~ r ~' 8" x 14" I ~ f I ~ ~ Knockout ~' ~ --- -~ 5-2/8~~ - ~ - 7/8" Floor Slope ~ 6' Dia. Sump Pull Irons or to Sump i" Treaded Inserts End Elevation 2 Places Side Elevation Notes: i. Reinforcement: H2O-S bridge loading. 2. Concrete: Concrete shall be Class "A" with 28-day compressive strength of 3,000 psi (minimum). Slight taper (3/4" in depth of pull box) and 1" chamfer on all inside corners permitted for ease of forming. 3. Installation: Pull box shall be placed on 6" (minimum) compacted rock or sand base to insure uniform distribution of soil pressure in floor. Minimum excavation for pull box shall be 46' x 83' x depth to suit job Pull Box 2.1/2' x 4' Precast Concrete 01-26-2007 Underground Structures Standards ra r - SCE Public ~ e HP-11 SOUTHERN G[I{ORNp EDISON' An k0/SOS INTEFVATI[IVAI ~ lompuy 4. Covers: See FC 606 and FC 618 for pull box covers. 5. Grade Rings: Installing contractor shall provide grade rings (6" minimum) az necessary in order to maintain cover over conduits per SCE specifications or permit agency specifications, whichever is greater. 6. Pull Irons and Eyes: See AC 729 for pull irons and AC 720 for pull eyes. --...~~._ 01-26-2007 APProvetl Pull Box 2-1/2' x 4' Precast Concrete HP220 ~~~ ~~~ Page Underground Structures Standards HP- 12 - SCE Public ~ saurxrxx wxoxxu EDISON° n. crnsov rrv'rrxvxnosu• c..p.or HP 225 Pull Box 3' x S' Precast Concrete Scope HP 225.1 Pull Box 3' x S' Precast Concrete Figure HP-4: Pull Box 3' x 5' Precast Concrete B~ 6" Dia. Sump ~4" ! f A Chamfer ~ g~ ~~1" Dia. Ground Rod Knockout Hole Plan a^ Notes: 1. Reinforcement: H20.5 bridge loading. 2" RPM Parkway Cover. See FC 618 >teel Light-Traffic Cover. See FC 612 "Clean Out" Under Bolt Hole Covers 2" x 2" x 3/ 16" Steel Frame. j See FC 614 _ 44' a~q~ 36.. _iq. i i a ! i i 1.. /8 i 42" L °. __ _ J 1" 47- } 5.7/8" Deep Recess 2 Each Side Pull Box 3' x 5' Precast Concrete V~M - SCE Public ~ Extension Ring ~ , 6" 68" I Section B-B - 26' x 26" x 12' Deep Recess Each End "`-`/`" 01-26-2007 HP225 U Pzge HP-13 ~ecuvn r-r 1" Threaded Insert. 2 Req'd. 5(NIn1ERN Unr(WNIe EDISON' n., emson mmcrs.rnnoxnt• u,,,p,~y 2. Concrete: Concrete shall be Class "A" with 28day compressive strength of 3,000 psi (minimum). Slight taper (8/4' in depth of pull hox) and 1" chamfer on all inside corners permitted for ease of forming. 3. Installation: Pull box shall be placed on 6" (minimum) compacted rock or sand base to ensure uniform distribution of soil pressure in floor. Minimum excavation for pull box shall be 52' x 97' x depth to suit job. 4. Covers: See FC 612 and FC 618 for pull box covers. S. Grade Rings: Installing contractor shall provide grade rings (6" minimum) as necessary in order to maintain cover over conduits per SCE specifications or permit agency specifications, whichever is greater. 6. Pull Irons and Eyes: See AC 729 or pull irons and AC 720 for pull eyes. Ol -26-2007 ""~'"""' Pull Box 3' x 5' Precast Concrete HP225 ~~~ ~~,~ anee Underground Structures Standards HP- 14 - SCE Public ~ sournExn uuroxniA EDISON' An EOISOh INTEFNATIU¢AL®U.mpmr HP 230 Poured Concrete Pull Boxes -Construction Details Scope HP 230.7 Poured Concrete Pull Boxes -Construction Details Figure HP-5: Poured Concrete Pull Boxes -Construction Details -Plan Notes: 1. See HP 210 (page HP-5) for pull box requirements. 2. See HP 230 (page HP-16) for installation of cover designated on working drawing. 3. Reinforcing: to be welded, wire fabric - 12 ga. -2' square mesh 3/8 Ib. per square foot. 4. Inserts: 2 required each box for cable pulling. See AC 723. 4-6 required each box for cover hold down. See cover details. 5. Concrete: Per GI 020. rran } I ~~ "C" o ,( 4 4 ' Copperclad Steel Ground Rod (contractor furnished). Leave rod 8" above floor. ~4 ~-A~ I Continuous Reinforcing with Welded Wire Fabric: Cut out where openings occur. Split for inserts when necessary. a ~ ~ 9 v 9a Sump Table HP-12: Center Line Sections Inside Dimensions Concrete Excavation Reinforcing "A" "B" "C' Cubic Yards Cubic Yards Parkway Traffic 24" 36" 36" Min. 0.81 1.48 None 29.3 Sq. Ft. 48' Max. 1.04 1.92 None 38.0 Sq. Ft. 30" 48" 36" Min. 1.05 2.16 None 43.5 Sq. Ft. 48" Max. 1.33 2.81 None 57.0 Sq. Ft. Poured Concrete Pull Boxes-Construction Details V~N - SCE Public ~ -- ~-/-~- 01-26-2007 HP230 U "'9` HP-15 SOUINEPN ULIF(WN4~ EDISON° M EDISON INTF.RVATIOfAP G"npmy Figure HP-6: Poured Concrete Pull Boxes -Construction Details -Typical and Special Wall Finish flush and match sidewalk or street pavement, See: If pull box iz located in lawn. Set 1" above grade. Framc anri fnvar Inctallatinn (if req'd.) o I IYa F a o Ff'~" I I 4'n ~~ a ~o_( _ o I ~~ ,a.. 1/2" Threaded Insert - 4 places in 24" x 36" - 6 places in 30" x 48" See cover details for exact locations Welded wire fabric reinforcing if required. See tabulation Insert centered over conduit entrance. See AC 720 End Bell 5 Min a - ~I I i ° \ ,~ Typical Wall Special With Normal Floor ame ozte 01-26-2007 HP230 ~~~ 9e HP-16 #2 Rock Floor. Install only when specified on working drawing FC 601 (24" x 36' Steel Pull Box Cover -Light Traftic) FC 618 (Polymer Concrete (RPM) Pull Box Covers - Parkway) FC 603 (24" x 36" Steel Pull Box Frame) FC 606 (30"x48" Steel Pull Box Cover (Light Traffic) - FC 618 (RPM Parkway)) FC 618 (Polymer Concrete (RPM) Pull Box Covers - Parkway) FC 608 (30"x48" Steel Pull Box Frame for Covers FC 606 (Steel Light -Traffic) - FC 618 (RPM Parkway)) Poured Concrete Pull Boxes -Construction Details ~~~ - SCE Pu61ic ~ VAULTS (Specifications Referenced on Drawing 3!57212) SOIIINERN CALIFORNIA EDISON' M FDISON IATER,VATIONAL~ Gwpury VA 400 Vault Requirements Scope VA 400.1 Vault Requirements 1.0 General 1.1 Vaults that have acceptable precast counterparts are shown on the working drawings (List of Mate- rials [LOM]) by item number and the types of vaults approved for each item number are listed on VA 400 (Page VA-2). Other vaults are listed by drawing number. Unless otherwise noted on the working drawings, any of the structures covered by a particular item number are acceptable. 1.2 All vault installations will be watertight. Standard manhole cover/frame size is 30 inches. Manhole cover is to be cast-iron far traffic loading, and RPM for parkway loading. Manhole entry covers will be bolted closed and any lift holes sealed. All 4' x 5'vault covers must be 8" thick. Vault covers must be replaceable without removal of vault necks. 2.0 Poured Vauks 2.1 Each vault will include accessories and facilities in conformance with the requirements set forth in the drawings, specifications, schedules, and tabulations referred to below: A. Concrete and reinforcement as shown on structure drawings and in conformance with GI 020; B. Open cover as shown on the structure drawing or as modified on the working drawing (shown on the LOM); C. Conduit entrance .................................................. CD 130 D. Inserts .......................................................... AC 720 AC 722 AC 725 E. Sump ........................................................... AC 710 AC 711 F. Ground rods and wire .............................................. AC 700 G. Ladder .......................................................... AC 742 H. Vents ........................................ As detailed on working drawings I. Neck .................................................VA 470 (Page VA-77) 3.0 Precast Vaults 3.1 Each precast vault will be manufactured in conformancewith the requirements as referred to below. A. Vaults will be manufactured and installed to the requirements as set forth in GI 030. B. Each vault will include accessories and facilities as required in poured vaults. (Some small con- struction variations have been allowed the precast concrete manufacturers.) C. Vaults will be placed on a 6-inch (minimum) thickness of mechanically compacted crushed aggregate base (3/4" maximum). D. All walls and ceilings are to be painted white. VauR Requirements OS-16-2005 ~~,~ 9 ~~~ PaVA400 Under round Structures Standards - SCE Public ~ VA- 1 SOUiHfMN uuroaHlA EDISON' An eoru~v rNrcA.vArrovAt~ u.opoy E. Maximum placement depth is 4 feet, measured from grade to top outside surface of vault and under conditions assumed in GI 030. Contact Division Underground Planning Supervisor if greater depth is required. F. Flat wall conduit terminator entrances on end walls are standard. Side wall conduit termina- tors will only be furnished when specified on the working drawing. G. See Table VA-t (Page VA-2) for approved precast concrete vault manufacturers. Table VA-1: Vault Requirements Manufacturers' Numbers Item Number Nominal Size (Inside) Type Jensen Precast'? Utility Vauh Co. Material Code V610 5' x 10'-6" x T TUB Style K5106-FV84-i t ED 5106-84VT 655-02775 V6101 S' x 10'-6" x T Intercept K6106-FV8411-INT ED 5106-84VT-INT 655-03021 V612 6' x 12' x 7' TUB Style K612-FV84-11 ED 612-84VLT 655-00134 V6121 6' x 12' x T Intercept K612-FV8411-INT ED 612-84VLT-INT 665-03039 V774 T x 14' x 8' TUB Style K714FV96-11 ED 714-96VLT 655-02783 V7141 T x 14' x 8' Intercept K714-FV96-11-INT ED 71496VLT-INT 655-03047 V718A T x 18' x 8' Type t TUB Sryle K718-FV96-17 ED 718-96DV-Type 1 655-02791 V71SAI 7' x 18' x 8' Type i Intercept K718-FV96-11-INT ED 718-96DV-INT-Type 1 655-03054 V7188 T x 18' x 8' Type 2 TUB Style - ED 718-96DV-Type 2 655-02809 V778BI T x 18' x 8' Type 2 Intercept - ED 718-96DV-INT-Type 2 655-03062 V716 T x 16' x 8' Tunnel Sryle K78-TV76-i i ED 78-16-Tunnel 655-02817 V720 T x 20' x 8' Tunnel Sryle K78-TV20-11 ED 78-20-Tunnel 655-02825 V724 T x 24' x 8' Tunnel STyIe K78-TV2411 ED 78-24-Tunnel 655-02833 V816 8' x 16' x 9'~" (or 9'-6") This vault is available in other lengths. See VA 410 (Page VA-3) K816-FV11411 ED 816-114TV 655-02841 V820 8' x 20' x 9'~" (or 9'-6") This vault is available in other lengths. See VA 410 (Page VA-3) K820-FV17 2-11 ED 820-114TV 655-02858 V1026 10' x 26' x 12' Panel Style Special Order ED 1025-144 Panel-VT 655-02866 z~ Jensen Precast (formerly Brooks Products, Inc.) Table VA-2: Vauk Grade Rings Manufacturers' Numbers Item Number Extension Height Jensen Precasts Utility Vault Co. Material Code VX-1 6 inch VN46-R6 EDd5-06-GR 655-02874 VX-2 12 inch VN45-R12 EDd6-12-GR 655-02882 a~ Jensen Precast (formerly Brooks Products Inc.) ~~~-~ ~~~~ OS-16-2005 "P°~"""' Vauk Requirements VA400 ~~~ ~l"# Page Underground Structures Standards VA-2 - SCE Public ~ SOULHERN GILHORNIA EDISON' MGDIS¢i IMER.VATIOtiAU Cwnpmy VA 410 Precast Vertical Section Vault - 8' Wide x Variable Lengths (14' Minimum) x 9'~4" or 9'-6" High Scope VA 410.1 Precast Vertical Section Vault - 8' Wide x Variable Lengths (14' Minimum) x 9'~" or 9'-6" High Figure VA-1: Precast Vertical Section Vault - Flat-Wall Conduit Recess See CD 141 for Layout 18" x 82" x 12". (Typical) Approved Joint Sealer See GI 030. Slots for conduit bank interception may be located at any point on end walls. -~ This type available from Utility Vault Co. and lensen Precast. Flat-Wall Conduit Recess See UGS-141 for layout 18" x 75' x 12'. (typical)- °° o° oa 0 0 °o °o 0 00 o 00 ° o° 0 Temporary reinforcement to be concrete encased after ~~ ure VA-1.1 vault installation. Intercept Type Approved Joint Sealer See GI 030. x 60" Standard Opening / This type available ° o from Jensen Precast. °° o° 0 °o 0 o° °o °o ° 0 0 Conduit Terminators ~ (Typical all manufacturers) See CD 142. Figure VA-1.2 standard Type Precast Vertical Section Vauk - 8' Wide x Variable Lengths (14' ~J Minimum) x 9'd" or 9'-6" High v~~ Underground Structures Standards - SCE Public ~ Jer o° o° o° o° o° o° Notes: t. Intercept type only: Concrete floor 9' thickness poured in place. Z. Standard type only: 2 flat-wall recesses each end standard. Alternate configuration; 4 flat-wall recesses (2 on both sides) either or both ends. Flat-wall conduit recesses are standard. Deep recesses will only be furnished when specified on the working drawing. OS-16-2005 VA410 VA-3 $pUINERN UIIFORNIA EDISON° M ENIS(),Y INIERHATIOYALR Cumpmy 1.0 Concrete Concrete to have a minimum 28-day strength of 3,000 psi. 2.0 Reinforcement Designed for H-20 traffic loading (see GI 030). 3.0 Installation Intercept vault floor to be poured after precast installation. Floor will slope toward standard size sump under opening (no trough required). Seal all cold joints with Sika Seal or other specified material. Stan- dard vault to be placed on 6" (minimum) dry mechanically compacted rock (3/4" minimum - 1-1/4" maximum) to ensure uniform distribution of soil pressure on floor. Vault to be set with 1/2" slope per 8' of width toward sump side. Set vault level end-to-end (lengthwise). See GI 030 far additional informa- tion. 4.0 Excavation Size (Minimum) Varies with each manufacturer. Consult manufacturer's installation guides for exact dimensions for each vault size. 5.0 Weight Section weights vary between manufacturers. Each section is generally between 10,000 pounds and 26,000 pounds. Consult manufacturer's specifications for exact values. 6.0 Length By combining various sections, vault lengths of 14', 16', 18', 20', 22', 24', 26', 30', and others may be obtained. 7.0 UGS Reference Drawings GI 035 FC 660 Allowable Tolerances for Installed Precast Vaults Vault Cover -Precast Concrete, 48" x 60" CD 130 AC 725 AC 71 1 AC 700 AC 751 AC 740 VA 470 (Page VA-77) 141 and 142 Recesses for Conduit Entrance Inserts: Type, Location, and Quantity Sump Drain and Detail Ground Rods and Ground Wires Vent Locations Ladder Vault Neck, Poured or Precast Notes: 1. Conduit recesses to be generally as shown on CD 130, CD 141, and CD 142. Standard conduit recesses will be a flatwall design. Deep recesses will only be furnished when specified on the working drawing. Slight variations by manufacturers may be allowed with Company approval. 2. Vertical stack-up vaults will be furnished with a 5/8" (minimum) copperclad steel grounding bar, and blind ground-rod hole in every end section. 3. Tunnel-type vaults will be furnished with 1/2' ground bus inserts, and 1/2" bronze grounding inserts, as shown on VA 411 (Page VA-g). OS-16-2005 Precast Vertical Section Vault - 8' Wide x Variable Lengths (t4' NV°,~Yr.,, VA 410 ~ ~ ~ Minimum) x 9'~" or 9'-6" High ~7 e Underground Structures Standards ~lti~ Rae VA-4 - SCE Public ~ SOUINFIIN CALIFONNIA EDISON' M EDISO\ INI£RNATIOtiALO Gnopmy 4. Threaded bronze grounding inserts will have a N2 solid hard~rawn copper wire permanently brazed to the insert and to the structure rebar. Variations in insert design may be allowed to the precasters, with SCE Company approval. 5. All vent locations to be furnished with 10' plastic vent terminators. 6. Inside walls and ceiling to be painted white. ~o~' Precast Vertical Section Vauk - 8' Wide x Variable Lengths (i4' Minimum) x 9'~" or 9'-6" High ~~~ - SCE Public ~ ~~~ ~~~ Q~~ 0 ~- ~--- OS-16-2005 !!GS VA 410 Page VA-5 o~~~' 5(NIMERN ULIFORNd EDISON' M E06nV IMERYAIIOVAU Cwnpanl Scope VA 410.2 Precast TulrType Vaults Cond 1.0 Excavation Size: Consult manufacturer's installation guides for exact excavation dimensions for each structure size. 2.0 UGS Reference: GI 030 G1 035 VA 470 (Page VA-77) FC 660 AC 711 AC 725 AC 742 AC 751 OS-16-2005 VA~ U Ige VA-6 General Specification for Precast Structures Allowable Tolerances for Installed Precast Structures Vault Neck, Poured or Precast Vault Cover -Precast Concrete, 48" x 60" Sump Drain and Detail Inserts: Type, Location, and Quantity Ladder Vent Locations Precart Vertical Section Vauk - 8' Wide x Variable Lengths (14' Minimum) x 9'A" or 9'6" High - SCE Public ~ P~.~1 Figure VA-2: Precast Tub~Type Vaults SOUtNERN UnEORNIA EDISON° M EOIS(1\ INTERNATIU~AL°Cump~ny Notes: 1. Conduit terminators to 6e generally located as shown on CD 142. Standard conduit entrance will be a flatwall design. Slight variations by manufacturers may be allowable with Company approval. 2. Tub-type structures will be furnished with 1/2" threaded bronze grounding inserts, as shown on VA 411 (Page VA-9). 3. All vent locations to be furnished with 10" plastic vent terminators. 4. Inside walls and ceiling to be painted white. Precast Vertical Section Vauk - 8' Wide x Variable Lengths (14' Minimum) x 9'-4" or 9'~6"High ~~"~ Underground Structures - SCE Public ~ - - -- - OS-16-2005 UGS VA410 Page VA-7 SLIUIMFRN UEIFOIINU EDISON' M EOISON INrEPNATI(lNAL~ Cpnpan) VA 411 Precast Vertical Section Vault - 7' Wide x Variable Lengths (10' Minimum) x 8' High Scope VA 411.1 Precast Vertical Section Vault - 7' Wide x Variable Lengths (10' Minimum) x 8' High Figure VA-3: Precast Vertical Section Vault - 7' Wide x Variable Lengths (10' Minimum) x 8' High I I I I I ~_ I I I I I ~_ I 1/2" Threaded 1/2" Threaded ~ I Bronze Ground Bronze Ground I Insert -Two Places InSeR -Two I I (See See Note 3) Places Each End I I Tunnel End Intermediate Tunnel Section Section ~ 4' x S' ~ j Approved - ~ Cover ~ j / ~ ~ ~ Opening ~ Tunnel End I I I. I Joint Sealer ~ ~ \ ~ Section I f (See GI 030) / ~ I ~ I I ~ \ ~ ~ Standard Flat-Wall '~ I 1/2" Ground Buzs ~ \ / ~ ~ ~ i _ 5" Dee x 13" Conduit Recess (See Note 2) I Inserts -Four Places p j Each End ~ _ _ _ _ _ -Diameter SumJ I Ground Insert Marking (See Note 3) - 8' F >< 0 a Q 1 I I ~*--Alternate I Deep _~ Conduit Recess (See Note 2) I I I I I _J Plan View 4 " to 6" ~ Grd Vault Ceiling Grd ~ ® O O ~ ~ I ~~ O O O ~~ _I i~21"~ 00 ~~ P 00 O O O O N \/ 1/2"Inserts °ry° ~ A 1 ~ ~ 00 O OO ~~ ~ ~~ m ~____~ p End View ~~.1V Precast Vertical Section Vauh - 7' Wide x Variable Lengths (10' Minimum) x 8' High - SCE Public ~ ~~1/2" Threaded Bronze Ground Insert -Two Places Each End (See Note 3) 1/2' Ground Bus -I Inserts -Two Places (See Note 4) ~ -10" Plastic Vent Terminators (See Note 1) 18" x 60" x 3" Flat-Wall Conduit Recess (See Note 2) t/2' Ground Bus Inserts -Two Places (See Note 4) 1" Pulling Inserts OS-~ 6-2005 CGS VA411 Page VA-9 $Wlhtm SOUTHERN ULIFORNIA EDISON' M EOIS0.1 I.VTERNATIO~AL~ Gxnp,ny Notes: 1. Three 10" plastic vent terminators are required in each end section. 2. Both end sections will have as a standard two flat-wall conduit recesses, 18' wide, 50' high, and 3' deep. Alternate deep recesses will be furnished only when specified on the working drawing. See CD 141 for additional information. 3. Each end and intermediate section will have two cast-in 1/2' threaded bronze grounding inserts, placed 4' minimum, to 6' maximum down from the ceiling, positioned as shown in the drawings. Abbreviations "GRD" will be stenciled in red letters a minimum of t-1/2 high, adjacent to each grounding insert. See Note 8 for additional details. 4. Each end section will have four 1/2" ground buss inserts as shown on the drawing. Four "1" bolts (AC 731) will be furnished, installed in the top inserts. 5. With SCE Company approval, small variations in design may be allowed precasters in order to accommodate individual methods of manufacturing. 6. See GI 030 for additional information. 7. Inside walls and ceiling to be painted white. 8. Threaded bronze grounding inserts will have a H2 solid harddrawn copper wire, permanently brazed to the insert and to the structure re6ar. Variations in insert design may be allowed to the precasters, with SCE Company approval. 1.0 Concrete Concrete to have a minimum 28-day strength of 3,000 psi. 2.0 Reinforcement Designed for H-20 traffic loading (see UGS-30). 3.0 Installation- Standard vault to be placed on 6" (minimum) dry mechanically compacted rock (3/4" minimum 1-1/2" maximum) to insure uniform distribution of soil pressure on floor. Vault to be set with 1/2" slope per 7' of width toward pump side. Set vault level end to end (lengthwise). See GI 030 for additional informa- tion. 4.0 Excavation Size (Minimum) Varies vvith each manufacturer. Consult manufacturer s installation guides for exact dimensions for each vauR size. 5.0 Weight Section weights vary between manufacturers. Each section is generally between 10,000 pounds and 26,000 pounds. Consult manufacturer's specifications for exact values. 6.0 Length By combining various sections, vault lengths of 14', 1S', and 22' may be obtained. 7.0 UGS Reference Drawings GI 035 Allowable Tolerances for Installed Precast Vaults VA 470 (Page VA-77) Vault Neck, Poured or Precast FC 644 Vault Cover -Precast Concrete, 48" x 60" AC 700 Ground Wires AC 711 Sump Drain and Detail AC 725 Inserts: Type, Location, and Quantity AC 742 Ladder ~- ~~- OS-16-2005 Precast Vertical Section Vault- 7' Wide x Variable Lengths (10' ~vv,~m, VA 411 Minimum) x 8' High U ~~ Underground Structures Standards Q~"# Page VA- 10 - SCE Public ~ SUBSURFACE or SEMI-BURIED STRUCTURES ( Specifications Referenced on Drawing 3157212 ) souMrxr+ uuramu EDISON' MEUISON INlFR.VA110NM0(~gny SS 500 Slab Box and Pad Requirements Scope SS 500.1 Slab Box and Pad Requirements for Pad-Mounted Single-Phase and Three-Phase Equipment 1.0 The following table identifies the size of various slab boxes, pads, manufacturer's name, and an arbi- trarily assigned item number. On the List of Material (LOM) for each working drawing, the item number will be used as identification. Slab Boxes -Precast Concrete Slab boxes will be furnished complete with pad, box, cover, blind lifting holes, footing (6' x 8'-6" and 8' x 10'), and approved size stainless steel Penta head bolts for cover securing. Table SS-1: Slab Boxes -Precast Concrete Manufacturers' Reference Numbers Material Item No. Nominal Size Drawings Jensen Precast'? Utility Vault Co. Code 6' x 8'-6" Slab SB-1 with Footing and SS 530 K686-5842-11 ED-686-56 655-02890 4' x 7' x 3'-6" Box (Page SS-21) 8' x 10' Slab with Footing SS 530 SB 2 and 4' x 7' x 3'-6" Box (Page SS-21) K810-5642-11 ED-810-5B 655-02908 10' x 12' Slab with SS 535 SB-3 5' x 8'-6' x 5' Box (Page SS-23) K586-5660-11 ED-101 Z-56 655-02916 4'-6" x 7' Slab with SS 536 SB-4 3' x S' x 3'-6" Box (Page SS-29) K3660.PUV42-11 ED-467-SB 655-02924 T x 8' Slab with SS 537 SB-5 4' x 7' x 5' Box (Page 55-35) K78-SB60-11 ED-78-58 655-02932 8' x 10' x 8" Slab with SS 538 SB 6 4' x T x 3'b' Box (Page 5541) _ ED-810-56535 655-03443 a~ Jensen Precast (formerly Brooks Products Inc.) Table SS-2: Pads -Precast Concrete Manufacturers' Reference Numbers'? Item No. Nominal Size Jensen PrecastbJ Utility Vault Co. Material Codes P-1 4' x 4'b" PD4854-T4-11 ED 485404 Concrete 656-08804 P-2 6' x 5'-6" PD6672-T6-1 t ED 6672-06TP 656-08705 P-3 T-10" x 6' PD7294-76-11 ED 729406TP 656-08903 ar See SS 504 (Page SS-7) for poured in the field and precast concrete pads. 67 Jensen Precast (formerly Brooks Products, Inc.) Slab Box and Pad Requirements V Ls. /Y - SCE Public ~ 01-26-2007 SS 500 U s Page SS-1 © sourxern uuramu EDISON' .v, eoiw+mmex,vxnoui~ c.."v"r Table SS-3: Polymer Concrete (RPM) Manufacturers' Reference Numbers'y Armorcast New Material Item No. Nominal Size Products Utility Vault Co. CDR systems Basis Quazite Corp.6y Codes P~ 34" x 40" - - - 9690 - 656-00504 P-6 48' x 54" A6001986 ED-485404 ppy86404-1826 9707 PH6448-1826502 656-52687 Polymer '~ See SS 506 (Page SS-11) and SS 507 (Page SS-12) for polymer (RPM) pads. b~ Quazite Corp (formerly Power and Communication Systems Company) Table 55-4: PMH and PME Enclosures and Pads Manufacturers' Reference Numbers Item Number Nominal Size Reference Jensen Precastay Utility Vault Co. Material Codes 6' x 10'-6" x 7' SS 590 (Page PH 1 PMH Box SS-86) K5106-PUV84-11 ED-5106$4-PMH 655-02940 4' x 6' Pad with SS 591 (Page PH 2 2'-6" x 4' Box SS-91) K3048-PUV36-11 ED-26430-PMH-6 655-02957 4' x 4'-6" Pad SS 592 (Page PH-3 with 2' x 3' Box SS-96) K2436-PUV36-11 ED-23-30-PMH-4 655-02965 4' x 6'-6' with 2' x 3' SS 592 (Page PHL Opening -PME Pad SS-98) _ ED-0872-06-MP 655-00142 4' x 6' Pad with 2'-6" SS 540 (Page PH-6 x 4' Opening SS-47) pD3048-P-11 EDd872-06-PAD 655-00159 z~ Jensen Precast (formerly Brooks Products Inc.) Table SS-5: Bark Pads Manufacturers' Reference Numbers Item Number Nominal Size Reference Jensen Precast Utility Vauk Co. Material Codes BP-1 60" x 72" x 21.5" w/box Pending - ED-66-SB 656-00645 BP-2 72' x 114" x 21.5" w/box Pending - ED-696-SB 656-00637 Notes: 1. See AC 707 for pad-mounted transformer/capacitor grounding requirements and AC 703 for approved grounding materials. _.__...___._ 01-26-201)7 APProveo Slab Box and Pad Requirements SS 500 ti~~ 9 Q~,y ,a a Under round Structures Standards SS-2 - SCE Public ~ sourura" cuiwu"u EDISON° M EOISOV IMERYATIt).VALO (mm Wm 55 568 Precast Surface Operable Parkway Enclosure - S' x 8'-1/2" x S' Scope 55 568.1 Precast Surface Operable Parkway Enclosure - S' x 8'-1/2" x S' Figure SS-40: Precast Surface Operable Parkway Enclosure - S' x 8'-1/2" x S' Three 30" x 48" Covert per FC 618 8' 2" x 4'-0" Clear Opening w/Beams Removed Top Slab Removable Vent Beams ~ Terminator ~ i - ~ ~ i i ~,. Conduit ~ ~ i ~ Terminators See Note 1. O ~ I ff I a a r I l\l - Sump a / ' i I ~\ i ~ ~~ I ~~ Finish Grade See Note 4. ~ ~ 3" 1.0 Excavation Size: Consult manufacturers' installation guides for exact excavation dimensions. 2.0 UGS References: GI 030 General Specification for Precast Structures GI 035 Allowable Tolerances for Installed Precast Structures CD 142 Conduit Entrance FC 618 Polymer Concrete Pull Box Covers AC 711 Sump Drain and Detail Notes: 1. Conduit terminators to be generally located as shown in CD 742. Standard conduit entrance will be a flatwall design. Slight variations by manufacturers may be allowable with Company approval. 2. For surface operable enclosure structural design criteria, see SS 568 (Page SS-73) and 55 568 (Page SS-74). rr77 Precast Surface Operable Parkway Enclosure - 5' x 8'-1/2" x 5' O 1-26-2007 v~'~ Underground Structures Standards ea9SS 568 - SCE Public ~ ~ SS-71 5(NIMENN GALIrOPN1A EDISON' M EDISOS lN1£N9ATIDtiALOOnV~m 3. For a list of material requirements and notes, see SS 568 (Page 55-77). 4. Top surface of enclosure slab will be set three inches above finish grade when installed in a planted area. In paved installations, top surface of slab to be flush with grade. 5. See SS 560 (Page SS-60) for listing of approved surface operable enclosure manufacturers' names and catalog numbers. 6. Mastic sealant is required between top slab and enclosure. 7. Structure material code is 655-03070. For special fault indicator covers refer to DUG, TD 700. - O1-Z6-2007 SS 568 ~~~ je SS-7Z Precast Surface Operable Parkway Enclosure - 5' x 8'-1/2° x 5' ~lti~ - SCE Public ~ SWiHERN CAl1EORNIA EDISON' M EOISOAIMER.YATIO~AL" Gmipany Scope SS 568.2 Top Slab/Cover with Removable Beams Figure SS-41: Top Slab/Cover with Removable Beams -Plan and Section A-A 9' 7 1/2" e '-6' G m ' ' ~ ' ' t" Dia. Blind Hole a in Bottom ------ ---- i (4 Total) B ~ B \_ o m I ~ I j I! ~ Rubber Gasket I ! ~ See Detail "8" in SS 568 (Page SS-76). T~o - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - T -~~!f 3-1/2" ~L ~ 2 Ton Swift Lift "~'+ ~ 1'-9" -~ Plan View Q j4 Req d.) m (TYP ) 3 Total Grounds 1/2' Bronze Gmd. Inst. Braze to Reinforce 2 at Each End 2 Each End 2 Each E (MIN) Notes: 1. For list of materials and notes, see SS 568 (Page SS-77). Precast Surface Operable Parkway Enclosure - 5' x 8'-1/2" x S' V ~~ - SCE Public ~ - -- - Ot-26-2007 SS 568 U Pd9e SS-73 © SOUTHERN CALIFORNN EDISON° M £O/5!),\ IATfRYATI[1YAL° G+m p,n~ Figure SS-42: Top Slab/Cover with Removable Beams -Section B-B and Detail "A" Y / 1/L' 9' 6' - 5-7/8' ~- 8' 61/4' 9 11 3 Total 12 3/4' 12-3/4' r ~ See Detail 'A.' ~ ~ ~ ~ ; _ ~ i °~ - 7 i I ~-- 1' 2 3/4" 1' 2 3/4" t 8' 1i 1/2' ~ 8 Each End r i O I t ~ m ~ _ Z- - J t 6" (MIN) ~`~ 2 Each End ~ ~ ~ 6" dia. x 3" deep sump with recess for Edison sump pump Section B-8 Must be plumb and in center of 6/8" Dia. Hole flange (2 Req d.)~ 7"(TYPO ~~ ~ ~--{7~ Welded to Flange (Z Req'd.) ~.-4"- Detail "A" Notes: 1. For list of materials and notes, see SS 568 (Page SS-77). __._____ Ot-26-2007 SS 568 3e SS-74 5-7/8' - Cover Frame/Gasket Insert Detail (See SS 568 [Page SS-75].) 15 Top Slab -~ 2 Each End 5 6 2 Each End - 1O 7 Each End ~4a Precast Surface Operable Parkway Enclosure - 5' x 8'-t/2" x 5' Qlti~1 - SCE Public ~ SOIIIHFRN ULIFORNIA EDISON' M EOISOA IMERNATIt),VALS Umpmr Scope SS 568.3 Cover Frame/Gasket Insert Detail Figure SS-43: Cover Frame/Gasket Insert Detail Polymer Concrete Cover (3 total) One Piece 60 Shore EPDM Gasket Rubber Gasket (See Detail "B.") 1/2" x 2-1/2' S.S. Penta Head Bolt with Captive S.S. Washer (6 Each Cover) Cover Frame (3 total) i/2" Open Bottom Threaded Insert (6 each cover frame) Cleanout Hole Typical Cover Frame/Gasket Insert Detail Notes: t. For list of materials and notes, see SS 568 (Page SS-77). Precast Surface Operable Parkway Enclosure - S' x 8'•1/2" x S' ~7 - SCE Public ~ ustment Bolt Pocket ~ical location otal) - ---- 01-26-2007 SS 568 U ~~ raye SS-75 souMran uuroxnu EDISON° M EUISUN IATERVATIO~AL° Cu,np+nr Scope SS 568.4 Gasket Plan View for Precast Surface Operable Parkway Enclosure Figure SS-44: Gasket Plan View for Precast Surface Operable Parkway Enclosure ~~ N - N 3-7/8" a ~~ N ~O 8/S-t ,Z ~~ „8/S-L ,Z „b/L £ ,b ~ ~ ~ ro~ M~~ ~.Z/L-L I n ~ .Z/L-l rn m m ~ ~ ~ m m M T N M a N N jN M }~ W V\1 ~.o/s ~ ,z~,.-, .b/t £ ,b ~ I ~~ io m ~ \ _ ~ ~ 1O ~ v N ~ I~M 3-7/a•~ - ~ 1 I n ~ Z/L-t ~ ~ . m f ~~ rv ~ 4 ~ ~~ ~~ b/l £ Q r 01-26-2007 SS 568 je SS-76 vii io ~r i_t_ „9L/S~ Precast Surface Operable Parkway Enclosure - 5' x 8'-1/2" x 5' - SCE Public ~ e ~ rn ~ ~ N N f~ d ~ _ _ Q ~ m ~ R M C -_ LL M N p N '/ d C Y N N ~ yl N ~ P~.~1 SWrNfNN ULIrOYNIA EDISON' M EOISOM1 INTfRVATI(ItigL•C~mpany Scope SS 568.5 List of Materials for Precast Surface Operable Parkway Enclosure Table SS-13: List of Materials for Precast Surface Operable Parkway Enclosure No. Description Qty. 10" Plastic Vent Terminators 2 [~ 1/2" Diameter Threaded Bronze Grounding Inserts 4 OS 1/2" Diameter Richmond "Kohlei' Threaded Insert or Equal 4 © 1/2" Diameter 1-Bolts - AC 731 4 7 S' Diameter Plastic Conduit Terminators` 16 ® Pull Irons 7/8" Diameter Vertical 4 O9 Hot-Dipped Galvanized 30"x48" Steel Pull Box Frame 3 10 1/2" x 2-1/2" Lg. S.S. Penta Hd. Bolt with Captive Free Spinning Round Flat 5.5. Washere~ 18 11 30" x 48" Polymer Concrete Pull Box Cover 3 2 1/2" Diameter Open Bottom Threaded Insert -Star #P35T9 18 13 30" x 48" One-Piece EPDM Gasket - R&D Co. #MBE-03-MOD 3 ® 8-Piece Rubber Gasket, M/C 655-00241 1 15 Concrete Slab, M/C 655-00282 1 s~ 10" plastic vent terminators will be an Edison-approved design. b~ 1/2"threaded bronze grounding inserts will bean Edison-approved design. A #2 solid cop- per wire will be permanently brazed to the insert and structure rebar. U Plastic conduit terminators will be an Edison-approved one-piece design. d~ 7/8" pull irons will be designed for a working tension of 20,000 pounds, plus a safety fac- tor of 2. e~ The pull box cover will be attached to cover flame/inserts with i/2" x 2-1/2" long S.S. Pen- ta head bolts with captive free spinning round flat S.S. washers. 1~ The pull box will be constructed as shown in EC 618. In addition, bottom of cover will be flat and smooth with no surface pockets for a minimum of 2" back from the outer perim- eter of cover. 9~ 1/2" open-bottom metal threaded inserts will be Star, part no. P36T or equal. A clean out hole will be provided under each insert. n7 Each cover frame will be furnished with a 8-piece gasket, permanently glued in place prior to shipment. The gasket will be glued in place using 3M, Scotch-Grip brand #847 rubber and gasket adhesive. The gasket material will be Ethylene Propylene Dione Monomer (EPDM) material, SO Shore from Research and Development Co., Part No. MBE-03-MOD. The gasket and frame will be cleaned prior to application of the glue. Glue will be applied to the gasket and frame surface. Notes: 1. Design and construction of the surface operable enclosure will conform to GI 030 wherever applicable (specification for precast reinforced concrete vaults and manholes). 2. Abbreviation "GRD" will be stenciled in red letters, i-1/2" minimum height, adjacent to each grounding insert. 3. Walls will be painted white. 4. No lifting inserts or like devises will be installed in floor of base section or top outside slab surface of the enclosure. Precast Surface Operable Parkway Enclosure - 5' x 8'-1/2" x 5' ~~~ - SCE Pu61ic ~ -~-~ ~~~~ Ot-26-2007 CGS 555fi8 Page 55-77 sourxrF" cwrox"u EDISON' ME~I.WNIMF.FNATIUVALFf panr SS 590 Precast Tub-Type PMH - 7' (H) x 10'-6" (L) x S' (W) Scope SS 590.1 7' (H) x 10'-6" (L) x S' (W) -Precast Tub-Type PMH/PME Figure SS-S0: 7'H x S'W x 10'-6"L -Precast Tub-Type PMH/PME 30" Manhole Opening Cable Clear Opening-61" x 61" (See Note 6.) ~~ Approved Joint Sealer (GI 030) Conduit Terminators 1.0 Excavation Size Sump Finish Grade 3" Y Consult manufacturer's installation guides for exact excavation dimensions. 2.0 UGS Reference GI 030: General Specification for Precast Structures GI 035: Allowable Tolerances for Installed Precast Structures AC 711: Sump Drain and Detail Notes: 1. Conduit terminators to be located as shown on SS 590 (Page SS-87). Standard conduit entrance will be a flatwall design. Slight variations by manufacturers may be allowable with Company approval. 2. For PMH/PME structural design criteria, see SS 590 (Page SS-86), SS 590 (Page SS-87), and SS 590 (Page 55-88). 3. For list of material requirements and notes, see SS 590 (Page SS-89). 4. Top surface of PMH/PME structure will be set three inches above finish grade. 5. Cable clear opening will be covered with an Edison-approved cover at the time of structure placement. 6. Backfill around the structure will be with a minimum of one sack per yard sand cement slurry to within one foot of finished grade. The surface elevation of the slurry will not vary more than one foot around the perimeter of the structure as it is being placed. 7. Table SS-14 (Page SS-85) shows the approved PMH/PME enclosure manufacturers' names and catalog numbers. See SS 500 (Page SS-2) for item number and material code. Table SS-14: Precast Concrete Manufacturers' Part Numbers Jensen Precast Utilky Vault Company I K6106-PUV84-11 ED-5106-84PMH """'°"`" ~~~~~~~~ 01-26-2007 Precast Tub-Type PMH - 7' (H) x 70'-6" (L) x 5' (W) ~~,~{ 55 590 Underground Structures Standards P, e - SCE Public ~ ~ e $5-85 SOUiHfFN UIIfONNIA EDISON' M iDISn~V INI'F,FNATIUVAI~ Company Scope SS 590.2 Top Section for 7' (H) x 10'-6" (L) x 5' (W) Precast Tub-Type PMH Figure 55-51: Top Section for 7' (H) x 10'-6" (L) x 5' (W) Precast Tub-Type PMH v 11'-4" (MIN) 10'-6"(MIN) 5'-3" (MIN) 5'-3" (MIN) 7-3/4" 4'-6-3/4" 2'-11-1/4"- 9 Adapter Plate pMH r Concrete Recess 4 10 3 -' ------ ------------_--'---- - -------------._- ~ ~ ' 1 ~ ---- ------------------- o - 7 g : {' ~ ~ ._` Z ~ 6 ~ --------------------------~ ~~-- z 0" I ~ ~ PMH c a 30" 0 Cl - Q ear o ` - Opening ^ ' in ' ~ U ------------------------ - ' - to 6 I .~_. \ - ~ ; ~; I ~ --_ 4" , ' " ~ 7 in i • 1 0 0 m n 5" 3/4" (MIN)I 6' (MIN) 1 3 3'-6" Section Notes: 1. For list of materials and notes, see SS 590 (Page SS-S9j. 01-26-2007 SS 590 ti~~ 'e SS-86 Plan 10'-6"(MIN) S' - 2-i/2' Clear Opening at Top 5'-1" Clear Opening at Bottom I 10 PMH Q I 1 5" (MIN) 30° 0 j Clear ~ ~ Opening 5" 4" 6 Drop Through Cleanouts Under Cover Bolts Precast Tub-Type PMH - 7' (H) x to'~" (I-) x s' (w) - SCE Public ~ ~~~1 SONHEHN ULIFOHNIA EDISON' M GOISO~V IMEF.VArI(IM1AL" (nmpanr Scope SS 590.3 Base for 7' (H) x 10'-6" (L) x S' (W) Precast Tub-Type PMH Figure 55-52: Base for 7' (H) x 10'-6" (L) x S' (W) Precast Tub-Type PMH 10'-6"(MIN) ;n 5 5'3' (MIN) 5'-3" (MIN) I 5" r _' z ~~ Plan 10'-6" (MIN) 2'-6" --ti 1'3' ~Y 1'-3' ~ Z'-6" i PMH Q 7"* 6 __ 2 8.1/2° ~ i 2 __ ~ • ~ -- 3'-6" 10" __ 2'-41/2" ~ TYP. Both __ Sides 6" 5" 3 (MIN) Section q Notes: 1. For list of materials and notes, see SS 590 (Page SS-89). Precast Tub•Type PMH - 7' (H) x 10'-6" (L) x S' (W) vLl. /Y - SCE Public ~ - 5' (MIN) _...,___ 01-26-2007 SS 590 U S Pd9e SS-87 $pU1HERN ULIfORN1A EDISON° M EOISON IM£F NATIONAL° C "epmy Scope 55 590.4 Detail Information for 7' (H) x 10'-6" (L) x 5' (W) Precast Tub-Type PMH Figure 55-53: Detail Information for 7' (H) x 10'-6" (L) x 5' (W) Precast Tub-Type PMH Concrete Recess Detail ~~ 5' 61/2" --~ 2' ~ ~ 1/4" Deep Detail Recess ~;, 10-1/4" 2" ".\ for S&C PMH Adapter Plate \~ ~ t0 1"TYP~ ~ `..~--~Ol 6' 6 1/2" 10 ~~ 10-1/4" Adapter Plate Detail 5'- 6-1/4' 1/4" Thick Smooth Steel Plate i 11 Holes for 2" x 1" SS (S&C PMH Switches Only) Flathead Screws O Detail - 5&C PMH 3/16 Adapter Plate L 1" x 1"x 1/4" I 3/16 1/4"~ ~ ~ ~ 10" Notes: 1. For list of materials and notes, see 55 590 (Page SS-89). aroeoaEe 01-26-2007 SS 590 ~~~ Je SS-88 ~I 2-1/2" i1/S' Precast Tub•Type PMH - 7' (H) x 10'fi" (L) x 5' (W) - $CE Public ~ ~~~ sourxtx" cuxouxu EDISON° M EOISOM1 IMERVATIU VAL° G.mp"ny Scope 55 590.5 List of Materials for 7' (H) x 10'-6" (L) x S' (W) Precast Tub-Type PMH Table SS-15: List of Materials for 7' (H) x 10'-6" (L) x S' (W) Precast Tub-Type PMH Number Description Quantity 1 1/2" Diameter Threaded Bronze Grounding Inserts 6 2 1/2" Diameter Threaded Plastic Inserts Imperial Construction Products - 15,000 22 3 1/2" Diameter Richmond Kohler Threaded Inserts or Equal 4 4 1/2" Diameter 1 Bolts - AC 731 4 S 5" Diameter Plastic Conduit Terminators 24 6 Pull Irons 7/8' Vertical 8 7 30' Manhole Cover 1 8 30" Manhole Frames 1 9 Steel Adaptor Plate for 5&C PMH Cabinets 1 10 3/8" Diameter Inserts 4 11 1" (Length) x 3/8" (Diameter) Stainless Steel Flathead Screw 2 Notes: 1. Design and construction of PMH top and base section will conform to GI 030 wherever applicable (specification for precast reinforced concrete vaults and manholes). 2. Onehalf inch threaded bronze grounding inserts will bean Edison-approved design (see 1O above). AIt2 solid copper wire will be permanently brazed to the insert and structure rebar. 3. Abbreviation "GRD" will be stenciled in red letters, 1-1/2" minimum height, adjacent to each ground insert. 4. The 7/8-inch pull irons will be designed for a tension load of 20,000 pounds, with a safety factor of 2 (see ©above). 5. Walls and ceiling will be painted white. 6. One-half inch threaded plastic inserts will be Imperial Construction Products, Part Number 15,000 (see O2 above). 7. The 30-inch manhole frame and 30.inch manhole cover will be Alhambra Foundry, Part Number A-1106-MOD, per FC 621. 8. Steel adapter plate will be covered with one coat of primer and one coat of paint as specified in FC 600 (see 9O above). Plate will be attached to top section with 1" x 3/8" stainless steel flathead screws (see 11 above). 9. No lifting inserts or like devices will 6e installed in the top outside surface of the top tub PMH section, or in the floor of the base section. 10. Plastic conduit terminators will be an Edison-approved one-piece design (see OS above). 11. Structure design will be approved by the Los Angeles County Road and Bridge Department. Precast Tub-Type PMH - 7' (H) x 10'fi" (l) x 5' (W) ~~~ - SCE Public ~ iflecLVe Date 01-26-2007 55 590 U Page SS-89 FRAMES and COVERS (Specifccations Referenced on Drawing 3157212 ) soumcxx culramu EDISON' M£OISOF /NIEItNA T10NAL~f pmr FC 600 Handhole Covers Scope FC 600.1 Replacement Handhole Covers Table FC-1: Concrete -Cover Manufacturers' Reference Numbers Item Number Nominal Size (Inside) Brooks Productsay Christy Concrete Products 1&R Concrete Products Material Code HC-1 10'-6" x 17" 36PBCC238 N09T72 E3 1/2-C-ED 655-01959 HC-2 13" x 24" 38PBCC238 N30T72 E6-2-C-ED 655-02056 HC-3 1T x 30" 66PBCC238 N36T72 E6B-C-ED 655-3191 S a~ Brooks Products (formerly Carson-Brooks) e~ Limited to streetlight use Table FC-2: Plastic (HDPE) -Cover Manufacturers' Reference Numbers Item Number Nominal Size (Inside) New Basisay Carson 7ndustriesb~ Material Code HC~` 10'-6" x 17" SEC7419EDEH0 1419"~4HYE60000 655-02049 HC-6 13"x24" SEC7324EDAA0 1324"-3AYE60GU0 655-02122 HC-6 17" x 30" SEC1730EDAA0 1730"-3AYE60GU0 655-31964 a~ New Basis (formerly Associated Plastics) b~ Carson Industries (formerly Carson-Brooks) `~ Limited to streetlight use Table FC-3: FPR and RPM -Cover Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP), Polymer Concrete (RPM) Manufacturers' Reference Numbers Item Number Nominal Size (Inside) Rating Armorcast Products CDR Systems Quazite Corp.'y Material Code HC-7 13'x24" Parkway A600-1866-ED PC10-132402 PG1324-CAOOC45 655-01363 HC-8 1Tx30' Parkway A600-7643-ED PC70-7730-02 PG1730-CAOOC4S 655-01413 HC-9 13" x 24' Light Traffic A600-1969-ED PC12-132402 - 655-02130 HC-10 17" x 30' Light Traffic A600-1947-ED PC12-1730-02 - 655-01967 a~ Quazite Corp. (formerly Power and Communication Systems Company - Pt'vC) Notes: 1. Due to variations between manufacturers, replacement covers should be chosen to match the manufacturer of the box or previous cover. Handhole Covers OS-16-2005 ~~,~{ ~ ~~ FC 600 Underground Structures Standards Page - SCE Public ~ FC- 1 SOUTHERN ULIiORNIA EDISON' M EOISON INlER.NATIONAL~ W"p~ny FC 608 30"x48" Steel Pull Box Frame for Covers FC 606 (Steel Light -Traffic) - FC 618 (RPM Parkway) Scope FC 608.1 30" x 48" Steel Pull Box Frame Figure FC-6: 30"x48" Steel Pull Box Frame for Covers FC 606 (Steel Light -Traffic) - FC 618 (RPM Parkway) A~ B 0 6/8" Dia. Hole Bead Weld (Outside Only) ' d.) ~ (6 Req ~' ~' -~. - A` ~ ~ 2" x 2' x 3/16" L Frame Plan Miter Corners 3" 52-1/8' 261/16" 247/8" - 4 ~- 6" #3 Rebar 4" Long (10 Req'd.) Section B-B Notes: 1. Frames to be marked with model number 2. Frames to be hot dipped galvanized after fabrication ~~~ 30"x48" Steel PuR Box Frame for Covers FC 606 (Steel Light -Traffic) - FC 678 (RPM Parkway) SCE Public ~ I I I ~~ ~ e M ~ r N ~ ~ O B ~~ + 4 m o m N 3' Section A-A OS-16-2005 3-1/2" Pd9e fC-9 UGS FC608 SOUMFRN WIfORNIA EDISON' MfOl.50ti INTERNATIOM1AL~C ep~ny FC 618 Polymer Concrete (RPM) Pull Box Covers -Parkway Scope FC 618.1 Polymer Concrete (RPM) Pull Box Covers -Parkway Figure FC-10: Polymer Concrete (RPM) Pull Box Cover A Size A B C MAX Wt. Lb Cover Boles 2' x 3' 39-1/2' 27-1/2" 5" 75 4 2-1/2' x 4' 51-1/2" 33-i/2" 5" 80 6 3' x S'a~ 63-9/16' 39-1/2' S" 75 2 EA (4 Total) a~ 3' x 5' cover is supplied in 2 pieces (31-3/4' x 39-1/2' ea.) Lift- ing-eye slot should be in narrow end - 2 required in each piece. Covers to be designed to fit on removable cross beam in center See (FC 614 (Page FC-12)). Quazite uses tongue and groove covers so their box does not need the center support beam. Bolt-Down Slot Detail 1/4" SST Bar 1' R Lifting•Eye Slot Detail Notes: 1. Bolt down slots to be located the same as on parkway steel covers. 2. 1/2' x 2-1/2" SS yenta head bolts with captive steel washers to be furnished with each cover. 3. All covers will be 1-3/4° thick at ends and sides for a minimum of 2' back from the outer cover perimeter. 4. Manufacturers' covers are to be interchangeable, except Quazite. 5. Approved Manufactures: A. Armorcast Products Co. B. Jensen Precast C Quazite D. Utility Vault Co. ~~~ 1/2" (MIN) letters 5/8" (MIN) molded-in ~ ~ 3/4' (MAX) C If- \F~ T EDISON `Bolt Down Slot I} Liftingeye slot on / See Note 1 each end (blind hole) J B 1/r 7/8" L 1-1/4"~ I ~~ 5/8' -.I See Note 3 ~ 1-3/4" 2p~ ~~ Polymer Concrete (RPM) Pull Box Covers -Parkway - SCE Public ~ 1-1/4" (MIN) 1-1/2' (MAX 3/8"(MIN) 1/2' (MAX) ~ OS-16-2005 7/8' (MIN) UGS Page ~ V~ s sourxrxn cuxoxnu EDISON' M EOISON INIElNATIOYAP Cvnpmy FC 660 4' x 5' Precast Concrete Vault Cover (Traffic Type) Scope FC 660.1 4' x 5' Precast Concrete Vault Cover (Traffic Type) Figure FC-26: 4' x 5' Precast Concrete Vault Cover (Traffic Type) ~ 7 w ~o m a . a awl w o ~ m N ~ iC V F m "' I w '" ~o m° ax a~ I 6 #Bo q. Sp.~ 45' ~f Typ.+/ 3Ea~h Bdte ~ ~ 6 #BO q. Sp.-+I /~ 4-Sides s ,c°' -1 - #6 Tie Top ~ Qec 2 - #S Top/ /~eJ1 3-1/2" ~. ° \J ~~ -- ,~ o`ti ~ 30, Typ ~~~ \~\ a~a ti ~ ~' ~ , ~~ ~ v q ~ ~ i 2-#S Top ~ ____~ 3-#5 ~ Top - Top Eq. Sp. _ 3 - #S Eq. Sp. Cover and Hole 2'-9" Figure FC-26.7 Plan Notes: 1. Solid lines indicate top bars. Dashed lines indicate bottom bars. 4' x 5' Precast Concrete Vauk Cover (Traffic Type) V~~ - SCE Public ~ OS-16-2005 FC660 U Pzge FC-43 sourH[xn wirosnin EDISON' a, eorsau ixrezuxnouu~ ~p...y For Manhole Cover and Frame. See FC 621 (Page FC-17). Frame shown phantom in plan 1 - #6 Tie • • 8" 4" ~- 1-t/2" Ctr. 5" TYP ~ B.. a ~ 1-1/2" Clem Typ. Drop through Cleanouts L 1' x 1' x t/8' All Sides Under Cover Bolts (Typ.) ~ Mitered Corners (Typ.) - t _ __ ~ __ / See Note 6. - - 3 - #5 (4 sides) i R 1/4" Washer 1-1/2' Clr. Typ. 2" MIN OD (Typ.) 1/2" Taper 3/4" Dia. Ladder Typ, Typ' 2" Flush w/Edge Rung (Typ.) 3/16 3. ~ of Conc. (Typ.) 2'-3" Dia. Opening I 1'-7" Typ. or 2'6' Dia. Opening ~!~ 1' - 5-1/2" Typ. Section A Figure FC-26.2 Section A Each Side of Opening 3-#S 2-#5 4-#6 6-#6 3#5 ~#3 x 0'~" at 12 V / at 45- 2-#5 I 3 - #5 (4 Sides) v<Typ ~ ~ i ~ 3• 1/2" Taper Typ. 1-1/2'Clear ~" 1-1/2'Clear Typ. Typ, g" ~++- g" I k 1 ~ q. ~~-- 2'-3" Dia. Opening 1'-1"Typ. ice- or 2'-6" Dia. Opening 11-1/2' Typ. Section C Figure FC-26.3 Sections B and C OS-16-2005 FC660 ~~~ Page FC-44 4' x S' Precast Concrete Vault Cover (Traffic Type) P~.~/ - SCE Public ~ SOUTHERN UpEORNIA EDISON° M E015091MiFYATrotiA1° GmpmY Table FC-15: Bill of Material -Rebar Schedule Qty. Size Rebar Length for 2'-3' MH Opening Rebar Length for 2'-6' MH Opening 6 #5 4'-2' 4'-2" 4 #6 5'-2" 5'-2" 12 #6 4'-2' 4'-2" 8 #6 6'-2" 5'-2" 2 #6 Bent 1' - 3-1 2' 3-1/2' 1' 2' 3 1/Z' 4 #6 Bent 1' ~ 5-1 2' 3-1/2' 1'~' 3-1/2' 2 #6 Bent 0'-9-1/2" 4-1/4' 0'J 4-1/4" 4 #5 Bent 0' ~ 11-1 2' 41/2' 0'-10' 41/4" 1 #6 Tie 8' - 10-1/2" (2' - 6-5/8" LD.) 9'-8" (2' - 9-S/8" LD.) 4 #6 3'-6' 3'-2" 4 #6 4'-0" 3'-9" 22 #3 0'-6" 1" x 1" x 1/8" Angle x 4'-6" Long - (2 Required) 1' x 1" x i/8" Angle z S'-6' Long - (2 Required) Manhole Cover and Frame Per UGS 621 - (i Each Required) =For reference only Notes: 1. Concrete minimum f'c = 3,000 psi (28 days). 2. All rebar to be Grade 60. 3. Welding of reinforcing bar will conform to AWS D7.4-79. 4. Cover will conform to Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Vaults and Manholes. (See GI 030.) 5. Concrete cover top will have a checker plate imprint for a nonskid surface. 6. 3/8" x 0'-8' expansion felt is required around perimeter of cover. Attach to neck and grease between felt and cover. 7. Covers constructed by the same manufacturer will be interchangeable in all necking designed for the same size cover. 8. Standard manhole cover/frame size is 30'. The 27" cover/frame detail is shown "For Reference Only." Manufacturer will furnish plastic sealing cap for cast iron cover pickhole (1). 9. Bottom of cover will have a smooth float finish. 10. Ladder rung assembly will be fabricated from A-36 steel and hot-0ipped galvanized after washers have been welded and stress has been relieved. 11. Manufacturers will indicate their company name with a 2' maximum letter, molded into the cover top surface, adjacent to a corner. 12. Approximate weight and concrete volume of covers: a. 27' opening weight = 2,087 Ib/Vol. _ .52 CY . b. 30' opening weight = 1,994 Ib/Vol. _ .49 GY 4' x 5' Precast Concrete Vauk Cover (Traffic Type) OS-16-2005 ~~,,y FC 660 Underground Structures Standards - SCE Public ~ Raye FC-45 ACCESSORIES ( Specifications Referenced on Drawing 3157212 ) SWINFRN UIIIORNIA EDISON' M fDI50N INTFFNAT/O~ALV Comp~n~ AC 700 Ground Rod -Ground Wires Scope AC 700.1 Ground Rod -Ground Wires Precast tunnel-style vaults (7' x 8' and 8' x 9'-4") are furnished with two one-half-inch bronze grounding inserts on each end section. Other styles (stacked and so on) of precast vaults and manholes are nor- mally furnished with grounding bars (two per vault/one per manhole). Grounding bars are five-eighths-inch (minimum diameter) copperclad steel bars. Both the grounding inserts and bars are welded to the reinforcing mats of the structures. No ground rods are required where grounding inserts or bars are present. Where grounding inserts or bars are not present (and in field-poured structures), install 5/8" x 8' cop- perclad steel ground rods as shown on AC 700 (page AC-2). Ground Rod -Ground Wires 10-28-2005 ~~'~ Underground Structures Standards ~ ~~ Pa9AC 700 - sCE Public ~ AC- i sourHCU~cuiroxrvu EDISON' M £DISO.ti INRFNATIO.VAL~ GxvpmY Figure AC-1: Ground Rod Location for Vaults and Manholes 4 vvan A ~-- 4' Typical Fl oor Ground Ground Rod Rod A Two ground rods are required in any vault that does not have a ground wire in the conduit bank. One ground wire is required in any manhole that does not have a ground wire in the conduit bank Ground Rod 3 12' Floor Section A-A Ground Rods -Pull Boxes Wall Ground Rod Floor - B -~ a~ r 4" Ground Wire (See Notes Below) 1' ~ a Floor n o Ground Wire Entrance (See Note t) One ground rod to be installed in pull hoxes as shown or in '11- knock-out provided in precast B 8" units. (See Note 3) j Ground Rod Location for Pull Boxes Section B•B Notes: i. Install ground wire only where specified on the working drawing. 2. When specified on working drawing, bring telephone company bond wire into structure the same as shown for ground wire. Extend bond wire to ground rod or bar and attach. (Telephone company to furnish bond wire and clamp.) 3. One ground rod is required only in pull boxes where primary cables are installed. 4. Ground rods and ground wire, when required, are furnished by the contractor. Contractor will install all grounding materials required. _..._ __._ 10-28-2005 A"°° UGS 9e AC-2 Ground Rod -Ground Wires P~~ - SCE Public ~ 2005 by SOIIINENN CAIEONNIA EDISON' M EUISON INlERNA110VAL~ fwpml AC 703 Grounding Materials -Ground Rod and Clamps Scope AC 703.1 Grounding Materials -Ground Rod and Clamps Figure AC-4: Grounding Materials -Ground Rod and Clamps 8 0" 11 ry 0.625" - ~_~- Il' Blunt Point Chamferred End Figure AC-4.1 Copper{lad Steel Ground Rod Ground Rod Manufacturer Catalog No. Blackburn 6258 Joslyn 1-8338 ~1.31~ 5/16" - 16 Bolt with 6/8" Hex Head 2.25 1.6~~ ~ Ground Rod Ground Wire ~ 1.12 Figure AC-4.2 Heavy-Duty Bronze Ground Clamp Heavy-Duty Bronze Ground Clamp Manufacturer Catalog No. Blackburn 1-ABS/SH Burndy GRC68 Connector Mfg. Co. WB68 Dossert GN62 Joslyn 18492A6 Penn-Union CAB-2 U-Bolt 2.75 Ground Wire 3/8' - 7 6 Nut ~- 2.06 --~ Ground Rod .ockwasher U-Bok Bronze Ground Clamp Manufacturer Catalog No. Burndy GAR6426sE Dossert GPC38-13 Penn-Union GPL-S Figure AC-4.3 Bronze U-Bok Ground Clamp Notes: 1. Copper lad steel ground rods will be 6/8" diameter by 8' long (Figure AC-4.1 ). Rods are to be driven in undisturbed earth and will be a minimum of 8' in the ground. See Figure AC-4 for approved manufacturers and catalog numbers. 2. Bronze grounding clamp has a ground wire range from it6 to N2 AWG. Clamp dimensions shown in Figure AC-4.2 are approximate. See Figure AC-4 for approved manufacturers and catalog numbers. 3. Bronze U-bolt grounding clamp has a ground wire range from f74 to 2/0 AWG. Clamp dimensions shown in Figure AC-4.3 are approximate. See Figure AC-4 for approved manufacturers and catalog numbers. Grounding Materials -Ground Rod and Clamps ~~~ - SCE Public ~ -- - --- 10-28-2005 CGS AC 703 Page AC-7 SWtNFMN GLLIFORNIA EDISON' MEOISON IMERNAl10 tiAL~C pmy AC 711 Sump and Drain Details for Precast Pull Boxes, Manholes, and Vaults Scope AC 711.1 Sump and Drain Details for Precast Pull Boxes, Manholes, and Vauts 1.0 Sumps All pull boxes are required to have a sump 6" in diameter and 3" deep, centered in the floor area. All manholes and vaults are required to have a sump 13" in diameter and 5" deep. Generally, this sump is to be located directly below the man entry. All sumps in manholes and vaults will be designed to accept a flush fitting 15" diameter by 1/4" thick sump cover. It is not necessary to furnish a sump cover with any structure. 2.0 Drains In addition to a sump, vaults 7' x 14', 8' x 14' and larger are required to have a drain trough as shown below: Figure AC-6: Sump and Drain Details for Precast Pull Boxes, Manholes, and Vaults B Drain ~ Drain L 3 `w 13' Dia. Sump v 5" Deep o, 0 r r~ A 12~ Drain Trough A ~~ B 14' or Greater Length - Plan View o' Note: Slope vault floors 1/2' in • v 7' or 8' widths toward sump Z, side of vault. Set vault level • ~ end to end. (Lengthwise) z+~ o Y Drain -_~ a a ~ a o I .. c •. o . ~ .• o. 6-1/2' 6' Section B•B Compacted Rock Section A•A Notes: 1. With prior approval, slight variation in design may be allowed precasters. ~7 Sump and Drain Details for Precast Pull Boxes, Manholes, and Vaults 10-28-2005 v~'~ Underground Structures Standards AC 711 - SCE Public ~ ~ ~ Fage AC-9 SWINERN ULIFgINIA EDISON' M ED/SUN IMEY.VATIOVAIe C~mpanp AC 742 Ladder for Vaults and Manholes (Edison M/C 655.67505) Scope AC 742.1 Ladder for Vaults and Manholes Figure AC-18: Ladder for Vaults and Manholes Hook See Detail D/1 14" MIN r ~ 141/2" MAX I -f 6' Q ~ 2" 12" I 4 u• Clear A Ladder Rung See Note 4 Ladder Channel See Note 6 B See Note 4 -- -..__A A 12 Ft. Normal /B J Hook S/16' x 1-1/2" Flat Bar Q ~ ~ ® 1/4' 6' MIN 12' MAX ~ 3/4 6" 2' 1/8 TYP~ ~ ~I f~ Detail e 1 1/2' R -~ 4' 1 1/4' 6' 2" I~ ~e I Detail ~' 1 3/4. ~/4• 9/16' 9/16', 3/4', or 1' Standard Hook 7-1/2' 1-1/2' or 2" See Note 6 See Note 6 9/16', 3/4', or 1' Front View Side View See Note 6 Alternate Hook Figure AC-18.1 Front View, Side View, Standard Hook, and Ahemate Hook Ladder for Vaults and Manholes (Edison M/C 65567505) ~lti~ - SCE Public ~ Hook 3/8' x 1-1/2" Flat Bar 1% TYP 1-1/4' 1/8 TYP 1/8 TYP 3/4" - 1-1/2' or 2' See Note 6 ~~~"~ ~~~~ 10-2&2005 U ~~ AC 742 Page FaC-27 1/2" R sounlEarv culroxrvu EDISON' M EOIS(1\ I.V'/ERVATIOVAL~ Caepmy ~I3/4'l~- ~~1/8" 1-1/2" ~- 3/ 16" -~{ ~ 9/16" F~ i' ~ 2' 3/16' (Channel Detail) See Note 6 Figure AC-18.2 Section A-A Notes: 1. Ladder and support hardware will be ASTM A-575 mild steel. 2. Ladder to be hot dipped galvanized after fabrication per ASTM A-153. 3. Standard ladder length 12 feet. Other lengths available in one-foot increments 4. See ladder rung details on AC 742. S. See AC 740 (page AC-26) for manhole ladder installation details and AC 742 (page AC-30) for vault ladder installation details. 6. Channel will he either 1-1/2" x 3/4" x 1/8' typ., or 1-1/2" x 9/16" x 3/16'ryp. stock for ladder lengths 12 feet or less. Channel will be 2" x 1" x 3/76" typ. for ladders exceeding 12 feet in length. Figure AC-19: Ladder Rung and Channel 5/8" Dia. ~~ .y Knurling See Note 2 and 3 Rectangular Hole to Prevent Rotati Channel Rung End Shoulder PI Against Chap.. ~~~ Figure AC-20: Standard Rung Attachment -Rivet Rivet 3/4" MIN 10-28-2005 AC 742 '9e AC-28 Ladder for Vaults and Manholes (Edison M/C 655-67505) ~~></ - SCE Public ~ SWiHfRN UnfORNIA EDISON' M EOI50.~ lNlFRNATIO~ALm Cumpani Figure AC-21: Alternate Rung Attachment -Weld -Section B-B 1/4" ~ ~-- Typ. Rung End 11/76' Hole Notes: t. Design of rungs and attachment to ladder channels will be in conformance to the methods and dimensions shown. 2. Ladder rungs will have an approved nonslip knurled surface. Knurling lengths on rung to be a minimum of ten inches. 3. Depth of knurling on rungs will be a minimum of 0.046 inch to a maximum of 0.093 inch, with four to six points per one inch of length. 4. Standard method of rung attachment to ladder channel will be riveting. Welding is an approved alternate method of rung attachment. Ladder for Vaults and Manholes (Edison M/C 655.67505) ~~~1 - SCE Public ~ -~ ~- /-~- 10-28-2005 U ~~ AC 742 Page A~-29 SOUtHfRN CAIfORN1A EDISON° M EDISON IKr£FVATIOVAL° G+npanY Scope AC 742.2 Ladder Installation for Vaults Figure AC-22: Ladder Installation for Vaults Vault Cover _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ T I Manhole rr Clear Opening -+ `~ i I Ladder Rungs (One Each Side) II 6 ' ~ ~ Vault Cover ~ , _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ T a ~ Manhole r ~ ~ Clear Opening -_~ i i Retainer Washer 2 Ft. Ladder Mounting Min. Offset (front View) See Note 4 Notes: 1. See AC 742 (page AG27) through AC 742 (page AC-29) for ladder details. 2. See FC 660 for vault cover and ladder rung details. 3. Ladder to face oncoming traffic. 4. Offset base of ladder two feet (minimum) from vertical. 5. Ladders required in all vaults unless otherwise specified on working drawings. 6. Contractor will install ladder and leave in permanent position at completion of contract. -~ ---~ 10-28-2005 AC 742 '9` AC-30 Ladder for Vaults and Manholes (Edison M/C 655.67505) - SCE Public ~ P~.~/ W ]005 by `. 5(IUENEIIN GSLIEOIMIA EDISON° M POISON IMEIWATIV4AL° LwpanY Figure AC-23: Ladder Installation for Vaults -For Reference Only 1/2' Kohler Insert or Equal ~ Vault Cover Vault Opening 6 ~I 1 2' Min. Offset 1. See AC 742 (page AC-27) for 2. See FC 641 for insert and vas} 3. Ladder to face oncomin trail 4. Offset base of ladd~e 5. Contractor will i t `~' O Vault Opening 17" 1/2' Kohler ;;~;~-Insert or - Equal 5/S' x 21" Rod. Threaded both ends. Two washers and two nuts required. ~<°z' ider Mounting Front View Li?Gmum) from vertical. leave in permanent position at completion of contract. Ladderfor Vaults and Manholes (Edison M/C 655.67505) ~~# - SCE Public ~ e~ 1/2" z 6" Eye Bolt (1" Eye) ~_..._ __._ 10-28-2005 U ~~ AC 742 Page AC-31 SWINfNN UnfORNIA EDISON' MEOISOM1 INEERNATIO.VAL~f ip"ny AC 753 PVC Standpipe Vents - 8 Inches and 10 Inches Scope AC 753.1 PVC Standpipe Vents - 8 Inches and 10 Inches Figure AC-26: PVC Standpipe Vents - 8 Inches and 10 Inches Solvent weld 1/2' all around cap. 7+~ T/2" 3/32'--_- Detail A Cap Section " 2" p0 O 2 00 0 21/2' ~ 2-1/2' 00 O O 00 O O 2-1/2" 2 1/2" QO O O QO O O b0 0 0 0 19-t/2" d0 0 0 O 01 19-1/2° ©0 O O 0~ i 00 0 0 0 0~ 00 0 0 0~ 00 00 0 0~ d0 0 0 0~ 00 00 0 0 00 O 00 O O " A" ~ ~ 8 Rows of 12 Equally "A " ; ~ 8 Rows of 17 Equally Spaced 1' Holes ~ Spaced 1" Holes (96 Holes Total) i (136 Holes Total) 8'LD.~ X10"LD. Noes: 1. Dimension "A" to be 40" (minimum) unless otherwise shown on working drawing. 2. Material: PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride) Type II, Grade 1. ASTM D-1784 with 0.365" wall 3. Finish: Goodrich Gray 11260 or equivalent. Painted vents are not acceptable. 4. Install per AC 758 (page AC-41). PVC Standpipe Vents - 8 Inches and LO Inches ~lti~l - SCE Pu61ic ~ ffective Date 10-28-2005 UGS AC753 Page AC-37 MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES and DETAILS (Specifications Referenced on Drawing 3/57212) soumrm+ uuwurvu EDISON' .u croson rMpxvenovu• fa"p.np MS 800 Substation Power Cable Trench Scope MS 800.1 Substation Power Cable Trench -Precast (Preferred) or Poured (Non-TraFfic) Figure MS-1: Substation Power Cable Trench -Precast or Poured -Entrance Detail and Trench Plan Cover Boards One per Foot 2" x 12' x 51-1/2" Untreated Redwood Construction Heart - Well Seasoned ~ Cleat boards in threes 6' with 1' x 6"s ~ 4'~ Grade ~2~TYP~~-~1 ~1-1/2"Typ. d ~ 6, 00 2" Recess 45° Bevel AC 720 6 ~ 2.4 ~ ~ 18" MINA -,cT r 6. I ~~ °oo O S 6• O a 4/0 Bare Copper Recess 24" to face of Soakage Pit 18' DIA x Neutral Wire ' conduit; walls of recess 30" Fill with Crushed DIA 6 to be same thickness as Rock (Typ.) Riser Entrance from Rack or Metal - Sump (Typ.) trench walls. Clad Sub. See working drawing Slope conduits to proper Notes: for location (CD 172). depth to meet incoming 1. A 1" double coil insert on trench center-line is required in each end wall as shown. conduits at substation One is also required directly opposite the side entrance 1'-6' from the trench floor. fence. Figure MS-1.[ Side Entrance Detail Figure MS-7.2 End Entrance Detail Length as Shown 6' ~on Working Drawing 1" finger holes I for lifting every I 4th board I 6• I~ Trench Plan Ledge All Around Figure MS-1.3 Trench Plan Substation Power Cable Trench ~~~1 - SCE Public ~ 2'• 48" 2' Cleat ~ T 6' ifxtive Date 01-26-2007 CGS M5800 vage MS-1 Full tg•I~°I;~Grade 6' Encasement -~, r I Double Insert Each End SEIUINERN ULIIONNU EDISON° MEOISOAIK(EY.VATIOVALO Company i/2' 6" +I t~ 1/2"Curb Smooth Finish 12" ~- M-2 12" 12 I 12' 12" 12" e 8" M-1 13-1/2' i 28-1/2" 3/8" Inserts Spaced as M-1 Shown Both Sides of Drain Floor to 4 of Trench Every 3'. Start 18" Trench. Drain Qto from End Walls Sumps with Slope of 3" per 100' Figure MS-1.4 Typical Trench Section -- - -- - 01-26-2007 MS800 ~~~ '9R MS-2 Materials: Concrete: 3000 psi @ 28 days (GI 020) 0.259 cu. yd. per lin. foot of trench. Straight Mark 1 r Reinforcing Steel: Slicing overlap to be 1 S" MIN 12 required continuous #4 steel. N 1 F One per 8" of trench - u6 steel 11 Use 2 x 2 - 12/12 welded wire 55" mesh for reinforcing deep recess. Mark 2 Extend fabric 6" MIN into walls and floor. Figure MS-7.5 Mark 1 and Mark 2 Substation Power Cable Trench - SCE Public ~ ~iti~ 5°urNraM uuwanu EDISON' MEOI]'O\ IMfRWTI°~Ale °nepmY Figure MS-2: Substation Power Cable Trench -Precast or Poured -Conduit Bank Exits, Trench End Walls, and Section View of Trench t o' Figure MS-2.f Conduit Bank Exits -Plan 1-1/2" TYP~ 18" 2" TYP~ I~ ° t Q~~ ~~ ~~ ~,~ ~~~ ~~ 1" Double Coil Insert '-1 ° MAX (At entrance only) Figure MS-2.2 Trench End Wall (2 Conduk Banks) Pad Surface 1S" o ~', ~° ~ ~'~ ~~ ~ ~', 2" Typ. 6" 1" MAX All precast units have 12 (At entrance only) terminators installed. Use only outside 6 for 1 conduit bank installations. Figure MS-2.3 Trench End Wall (1 Conduk Bank) Grade Pad reinforcing to enter trench wall a MIN of 18" (poured trench) - Figure MS-2.4 Section View of Trench Adjacent to Pad for Metal Clad Unk (Poured in Place) Substation Power Cable Trench ~~~ - SCE Public ~ 1" Double Coil Insert 01-26-2007 UGS MS800 Page MS-3 ~- 6' MIN SOUMERN G1LIiORrvU EDISON' MEOISOA INIERVATIOtiAI~f ip~ny Notes: 1. Pouring of trench and pad to be monolithic. Trench to be finished smooth with drainage as indicated in MS 800 (Page MS-1). If precast trench is used, pour pad level with top of trench wall. Pad should butt against precast wall. - - ---' 01-262007 "P°'""°" Substation Power Cable Trench MS800 ~~~ ~~~ Page Underground Structures Standards M$-4 - SCE Public ~ sou/NPUn uuroawu EDISON' M EOISOIi /M£R.VATI(I.VALO Eu~p~py MS 830 Protective Barrier for Underground Distribution Structures Scope MS 830.1 Protective Barrier for Underground Distribution Structures Barriers -~ ~ - ' Equipment ~ Foundation ~ For 72" x 94" pad. 4'-6' 24. See Note 7 (Page MAX ~ MIN MS-8). - I ~ 24" MIN Typical 4'-6 ~f MAX Figure MS-5.7 Plan Equipment Foundation "---ier to be one of the following: . 4' MIN galvanized steel pipe (1/4' MIN wall) filled with concrete . 8' x 8" reinforced concrete Special barriers by prior SCE approval Figure MS-5: Protective Barrier for Underground Distribution Structures Barriers ~~ 1 3'-0' ~ pole or MIN p/ Vent ~~~ ~ ~4-6'~ MAX Figure Ms-5.2 Plan Pole or Vent Figure MS-5.3 Barrier Detail ~~~/ Protective Barrier for Underground Distribution Structures - SCE Public ~ 01-26-2007 UGS MS830 Page MS-7 6~~ SOIIIHERN ULImRNIA EDISON' MENISO,V IYfEF.VA1/U,VALB CemW^Y Notes: 1. Structures will normally be installed only in nontraffic areas. Protective barriers are to be used where construction exposes equipment to traffic. 2. Tops of protective barriers are to be smooth cut and top edges are to be rounded. 3. At least one barrier is to be removable, with a means of lifting to support the weight of the barrier, when overhead obstacles prevent equipment removal or installation by crane. The location of the removable barrier(s) shall be approved by the Underground Inspector 4. Adequate clearance must be provided for doors, cooling radiators, and so forth. 5. Protective barriers, as shown above, indicate typical requirements. Field conditions will necessitate changes for adequate equipment protection. Application of protective barriers is site-specific. 6. The Underground Inspector in the field must approve all protective barrier installations prior to construction. The Underground Inspector will determine (a) status of overhead obstructions, (b) the front and back of equipment foundations, and (c) the clearances required on doors, cooling radiators, and so forth. 7. When a 72" x 94" pad is being installed, (a) increase the distance to 36 inches minimum between the protective barriers and the front edge of the pad when 30 transformer or capacitor bank is installed; and (b) increase the distance between the protective barriers and the back edge of the pad for capacitor bank (door side only) to 36 inches minimum. The Underground Inspector will determine the front and back of this equipment foundation. 8. With prior SCE approval, the following alternatives may be used in lieu of protective barriers: a. When specified on working drawing, a 6-inch (minimum vertical face) concrete curb may be installed in place of protective barriers. This curb must be at least 6 inches thick and its front face at least 60 inches (minimum spacing) from the equipment foundation. b. When specified on working drawing for residential tract developments, protected barriers will not be required when there are rolled curbs or 6-inch vertical face curbs that have at least 60 inches (minimum spacing) from the curb to the edge of the equipment foundation. c. Where equipment is located adjacent to a residential driveway, protective barriers may not be required when there is 30-inch (minimum) clearance from the equipment foundation to the edge of the driveway. In addition, a 6Dinch clearance shall be maintained from a fire hydrant to a pole. Field conditions will necessitate changes for adequate equipment protection. If the minimum clearances cannot be obtained, protective barriers are required. ective Date 01-26-2007 MS830 ~~~ '9e MS-8 Protective Barrier for Underground Distribution Structures ~~~1 - SCE Public ~ VERIZON UNDERGROUND STRUCTURE REQUIREMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS aw rvo ,aau~ V - MnH-14-U3 4:2~NM; i'A6E 1 VERIZON DEVELOPER REQUIREMENTS DATE: TO: ~U ~ G...JI G ~9~ Q,K-5 i ~ ~ ~ ~ E= ~ .~J 21~1(}J~ D lll)Q SUBJECT: ~?G#C~~f-1~j-~3~C~01-(~~C, ~,~ILI_~R~ FROM: ~~I~R /~l_`U/~-~'~Dc~ TELEPHONE SPECIFICATIONS (ITEMS MARKED "X" REFER TO THIS LAYOUT) PLEASE CONTACT . ~~ AT 909/ 7~~' -(0(o'7,L~,pT THE START OF CONSTRUCTION. PERMANENT SERVICE FOR FIRE ALARMS AND ELEVATORS CANNOT BE PROVH)ED UNTIL CONDUIT, GROUNDS, AND BACKBOARDS ARE IN PLACE. IF YOU REQUIRE PERMANENT SERVICE PRIOR TO THE BUILDING IN- SERVICE DATE, PLEASENOTIFY VEAIZON CALIFORMA. CONTACT•~~~ ALV,4~ ~~AT 909/ ZS~~fo(o7Lo AT LEAST 72 HOURS PRIOR TO YOUR PROPOSED TRENCHING DATE TO ARRANGE FOR AND CONFIRM THE INSPECTION OF TELEPHONE FACILITIES. CONTACT VERIZON COORDIIYATOR AT 9091 30 DAYS PRIOR TO CABLE PLACEMENT IlY ORDER TO CONFIRM COMPLIANCE, ORDER MATERIALS AND SCHEDULE WORK FORCES. ALL CONDUIT RISER BENDS HAVE TO HAVE A MINIMUM OF 36" RADIUS. ALL HORIZONTAL 90 DEGREE BENDS SHALL HAVE A RADIU9 OF NOT LESS THAN FIVE FEET AND ALL VERTIAL 90 DEGREE BENDS SHALL HAVE A RADIUS OF NOT LESS THAN 3 (THREE) FEET. NO MORE THAN TWO 90 DEGREE BENDS SHALL BE PLACED IN ANY SINGLE RUN UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. eun iro intlu~ MAH~24-03 4:26F'M~ PAGE 2/5 TELEPHONE SPECIFICATIONS PAGE 2 ALL CONDUTT PLACED MUST BE MANDRELLED, MEASUREMENTS TAKEN AND A 3/8" POLYPROPYLENE LINE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND/OR DEVELOPER. AN ACCURATE MEASUREMENT OF CONDUIT PLACED WILL BE PROVIDED TO VERIZON lk'Is' ~G~' '~~ l(./~}f f} ~ BY DEVELOPER AFTER PLACEMENT. PLACE WEATHERPROOF CAPON END OF ALL CONDUITS TERMINATED OUTSIDE OF A BUILDING. RIC[D STEEL OR APPROVED PLASTIC CONDUIT (PVC SGH. N40, GT-42, DB-100(4") OR DB-120(2") IS SPECIFIED UQ UNDERGROUND CONSTRUCTION UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. CONDULETS. FLEX. TRANSITS, PLUMBERS FITTINGS, WATER AND GAS PIPES MUST NOT BE USED. NOTE: CONDUIT TERMINATED ON A POLE MUST BE P.V.C. SCHED. ~0 . (EXCEPT WHERE RIGID STEEL REQUIRED AS NOTED IN ITEM 6) TURNED UP ONE FOOT ABOVE FIIYISHED GRADE ANb SECURED FLUSI! TO BASE. POLE QUADRANT TO BE TAGGED BY VERIZON PERSONNEL ONLY. PLEASE CONTACT I cTC~Z~AT_ 7y(-66710 CONDUIT PLACED IN SAME TRENCH WITH PRIMARY POWER CONDUIT MUST BE SEPARATED BY NOT LESS THAN 12 INCHES OF WELL-PACKED DIRT OR 3 INCHES OF CONCRETE. AND HAVE NOT LESS THAN A 30 INCH COVER auvi ur. vcn•c~~.~ a..e .+u ruu~r rnnn-e»-vv +. ~... ...r .__ _._ TELEPHONE SPECIFICATIONS PAGE3 g, OWNER TO PROVIDE TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT BACKBOARD, SIZE X X 3/4" ,PLYWOOD WITH TWO COATS OF NON-CONDUCTIVE. FIRE RETARDANT PAINT, AND CLEARLY MARKED FOR "VERIZON USE ONLY". OWNER WILL PROVIDE 110-120V DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, SEPARATELY FUSED +9" ADJACENT TO BACKBOARD UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. ADEQUATE, CLEAN WORKING SPACE WITH PROPER LIGHTING IS ESSENTIAL FOR ALL WORK TO BE PERFORMED. THERE SHALL BE 30" OF WORK AREA IN FRONT OF THE BACKBOARD. A MINIMUM OF 30 FOOT CANDLES OF OVERHEAD LIGHTIIYG SHALL BE PROVIDED iN THE WORK AREA. IF A CLOSET IS PROVIDED, DOOR SILLS OR CENTER POSTS WH.L NOT OBSTRUCT ACCESS TO THE BACKBOARD. PENETRATION OF FIRE RATED WALLS, METAL AND MASONRY WALLS OR FLOORS AND PLACEMENT OF FIRE STOPPING MATERIALS IN THESE OPEMNG3 [S THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE OWNER/DEVELOPERS. ROOM• 10. PROVIDE WEATHERPROOF X X HOUSINGS, NEMA 4 RATED, UL LISTED AND TAGGED, EQUIPPED WITH LOCKABLE HASPS, GROUNDED PER ITEM #11 AND PROTECTED FROM VEIiICULAR TRAFFIC BY USE OF STEEL POST{S). .._••• ..,. .".-~..,•~ yuy iwn innu; MAM-19 -U:f 4: CbrM~ rase 4/p TELEPHONE SPECiFiCATiONS PAGE4 11. PROVIDE SOURCE OF GROUND AT THE TELEPHONE BACKBOARD LOCATION: (1) #6 -INSULATED COPPER WIRE (SOLID PREFERRED) TO POWER SYSTEM GROUND. ••~OR**• (I) #6-INSULATED COPPER WIRE (SOLID PREFERRED) TO PERMANENT METALLIC STRUCTURE SUCH AS LIFER GROUND OR BUILDING STEEL. "'OR'•* (1) #6~ INSULATED COPPER WIRE (SOLID PREFERRED) TO METALLIC WATER PIPE BONDED TO PREVIOUSLY DESCRIBED PERMANENT METALIC STRUCTURE. LEAVE ADEQUATE WIRE TO EXTEND 6 FEET BEYOND BASE OF BACKBOARD. 12. PROVIDE CABLE RACKING AS DESCRIBED IN ATTACHMENT S~ D2q•u~iNG s PROVIDE PULLING IRONS AS DESCRIBED I1V ATTACHMENT 13. PROVIDE MANHOLE(S) ~D-~jr S' .~~{ ~ -# QUfCKSET, BROOKS OR EQUIVALENT WITH ' ~ TORSION PARKWAY COVER MARKED "TEL".AND - - TERMINATOR FURNISHED FROM THE MANUFACTURER A3 -~~'~ PER VERIZON COMMUNICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS. PROVIDE PULLBOX(S) X X -# QUICKSET, BROOKS OP EQUIVALENT 1TH TORSION PARKWAY COVER 1NARKED "TEL", CABLE RACKS AND 8' GROUND ROD DRIVEN 7' INTO GROUND. PROVIDE UTILITY BOX(ES) X X -# ASSOCIATED PLASTICS, BROOKS OR EQUIVALENT WITH COVER MARKED "TEL" AND 8' GROUND ROD DRIVEN T INTO GROUND. -- -~ --~---~~~ aue ~.u ioau~ uwn-Z4-U;! 4:L/rMj rwuc D/O TELEPHONE SPECIFICATIONS PACE 5 VERIZON RECOMMENDATIONS PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 1 1/4" CONDUIT EXTENDED FROM EACH SUITE AND FROM EVERY PROPOSED COIN TELEPHONE SITE BACK TO THE MAIN TERMINAL BACKBOARD IN LIEU OF CEILING ACCESS. CHECK THE CODES MANY CITIES AND COUNTIES HAVE EXISTING CODES FOR ORDINACES THAT PROHIBIT THE INSTALLATION OF EXPOSED TELEPHONE WIRING ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILINGS WHEN THE SPACE IS USED FOR AIR HANDLING. SOME CITIES PROHIBIT THIS PRACTICE IN ANY SUSPENDED CEILING SPACE. BUILDING DESIGN MUST PROVIDE FOR THE PLACEMENT OF TELEPHONE FACILITIES IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES, ETC; E.G., NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE, ARTICLES 300 AND 800, UNIFORM MECHANICAL CODE, CHAPTER 10. IMPORTANT NOTE VERIZON CALIFORNIA, INCORPORATED RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO USE ANY CONDUIT, PULL BOXES, MANHOLES OR UTILITY BOXE3 THAT DEVIATE FROM PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. COIN PHONE INFORMATION PAY PHONES (Verizon Owaed)1-800-483-2646 PAY PHONES (Customer Owoed)1-800483-2678 WORK ORDER ~ O'-I'I `~~' ~'S~~ ~~(' LEGEND ~ 1 Material provided by Developer ... Conduit, GT-80 (General Systems Specification) provided by Developer Conduit with 3/8" polypropylene pull in line Pull box or manhole CONTRACTORS NOTES 1. Developer will provide all trenching, backfilling, and placement of this system. 2. Unless specified on drawing, a minimum of 30" cover below gutter grade flow line will be maintained. Where telephone conduit and electrial power aze installed in the same trench, there shall be f2" minimum sepazation of well packed earth or 3" of concrete between the telephone and electrical power ducts. See Detail "A", Drawing "B^. 4. Telephone conduit shall cleaz all other utilities (water, gas, sewer) as required by and directed by governmental agencies concerned. 5. Developer or developer's contractor shall be responsible for obtaining necessary excavation permits and inspection fees. 6. Developer will furnish ties for conduit, pull boxes, manholes, wall to wall, and wall to pole. All measurements will be verified by Verizon Communication's Inspector prior to backfilling. 7. All conduit sweeps and bends with radii of less than 50' will be encased in concrete. ORAYIN6 'A• 8. Conduit terminating in a manhole must be encased in concrete for at least t5" outside of manhole wall to minimize shearing action from backtill settlement. 9. All ducts must be quality checked by drawing a mandrel of proper size through all ducts prior to the acceptance of the conduit system in the presence of a Verizon Communication's Facilities Inspector. !0. Any deviation from Verizon Communication's specifications or construction drawings must have prior approval of Verizon Communication's Facilities Inspector. il. Shade ducts with select material (no rocks over 3/8" diameter) as shown in Detail "A", Drawing "B". 12. Conduit bends in a trench line that is to be provided and placed by the developer will not have less than 12'6" radius (wiles otherwise specified). Conduit which enters a building will not Gave a radius of less than 36". 13. Service laterals shall not have more than the equivalent of 180 degrees in bends from the manhole, pull box or riser pole, and shall not exceed 350' in length. Where the runs exceed 350', pull box shall be installed in such a way that no section containing one or more bends exceed 350'. The conduit end should be stubbed up the riser pole a minimum of 12". 14. Place ground rod provided by Verizon Communications at riser pole (only if Schedule 40 PVC riser is used). 15. It is our earnest desire to assist you in planning for adequate usable conduit system at a minimum cost to you; however, we cannot be responsible for deviations from these specifications which are not specifically approved by our Verizon Communications Facilities Inspector. Should you require information t any special problems you may encounter, please call Ld.~J~;17~ ~ at ~ SCE ! G 7l0 16. The developer will be responsible for purchasing materials. Specified materials will be reimbursed according to Verizon Communications current cost. Reimbursement will be made AFTER the work has been accepted by Verizon Communication Company. 17. Please call "Underground Service Alert", 4S hours before digging, Toll Free at 1-800-227-2600. DRAIIIN6 •A' CUfIf1NUED DETAIL TYPICAL A TRENC H so" Min. ~ PR~FI L.E ~. ___ 6.. Salaet Matasial 12" Min. call wall tamped tsmpad tarth tarth tree of free of sock ~ rock i debris 6 dabri~ or 3" sin. concrete ® EO i f" Par Edison Co. spae. '~ ~,,.",..I'~ VERTICAL SEPARATION EDISCnJ/ 1'$LEPF~oNC dNL`~l 30 ~MI~I. _~ ~ Selaet ~. ©~ Natasial Tar Edi:on~2 laddins Co. spae. ~~~ BQJ1'^9 ~,,, ~12" Min. wall tamped tazth tsaa et rocks ~ debris or i^ sin. c t f~11JT oncra • HORI20NTAL SEPARATION 3 D" ~ ED t ~N~TELEPHonIE/T V/ G q s min. ~ _~ 6" '• select mstasial wall tamyad earth fzaa of _(~Q • rock i debris 2.. + ' laddins d'~ 4'~ TELEPHOHE ONL7 PAGE 1 OF 2 VERIZONo~~ATIONS Loui+oa ea tlilafA7'a Ytaa~~ta aR ~~ as1-iY a~0- 70 ai o c ii DETAI L TYPICAL 30" Hin. y I---- `-- T ~ Select Material 1Z" Min. well well tamped tamped earth ~ '• earth fzee of free of sock .• I• ~ rock { debris 6 debris or / 3" sin. concrete • ® EQ' 1]- Edison Co. spec. 30" Min. A TRENC H 6n ~ ~ 1 Select © Material Per Edison ~ Eeddinf Co. spec. ~lt" Min. cell tamped earth free of rocks { debris or 3'• min. concrete HORIiONTAL SEPARATION 30" "~ min. ~ _~ 6" _ select material yell tam ed earth free of _~(~Q sock { debris j~~ • . • • ..: J 3eddins TELEPHONE ONLY PAGF Z OF 2 ~ • x.14° ~"~ I` YERTICAI. SEPARATION VERIZONe~~~ATIONS uusioe cam. twse~rs •rrsev~s usa es*eus, r.a~ozr " Draws ssi.-ssoosoa ~osaososi Ty~~ 30" d~d~ TILt1M0ME 0NL7 1 ELE PH~N E ~"REINCN "PRaF ~l_c S s~~~~ ,a.. MA7dR1AL ~~~ ~2° / aa~ 2=ttedd~n9 ~ ~-rea EDiSON svec. ••1•st a•t•r!•1 v11 i1,. Mi4• Wc~ ~ rAMOtD taa~~ai ears! tna •! Ei~RT11 FREE cF tad! t d•Yfla RocwS •yn DEBRA tddlnE tE Lc P H O N E ~E D 15 Orj/Ty/GAS 30"M~4. ~~~r.~1 30" Mln. T f•last Material 31" Mia. v11 ~ r•1t caged taapd ••tU 3 ', ~ •altl+ laaa d! tree at »elt reel 1 d•lrla ! dUrta ar 3" ^!a. e•ner•t ~_Q~.;~ t•T t/l•ee b. apes. VIITiGL ittA11Af10M ET]~SGN/ TS:I~VMONE QuL.`/ ~_,. ~ ,ty,~, Mtutlal f•* Edl•es ~/~ bdllal b. qee. 2" ~vJl•..' ~ I lt' MSt. vt11 tta •d heart! ltaa •! r•e~• 1 Itltla •t 3' aia. .TOINT taaetat• N0lliOfTA1 ttt•AlAfltgt EDilON/TELEPMOnIE~TV~G A S °°"""°"" 1 RIZON CUMMUN I CAT I ONS LocAT~wd E%CMANOE C.O. ISSUE GATE APPlIOVALS MANHOLE DETAIL RECORD - STANDARD MONOIfTHIC 4YG~'~ ~ #YZN ~ • • • ~ ~~ ar • • • • ~•~ ~ i~ WONK POSffD yEA11 MOAK DOME ONOER 1Y ~~~~~ TO M.K. M~rr~ ~~~ I / ~ duboX '~ MANHOLE DETAIL RECORD - STANOARD MONOIRNIC i 0 4'k'-+I 1 - 1 WORK POSTEO YEAa W011K GONE ONOEa 1V l I I I I TO M. N.~ TO GO. FEED ~~r ~G.bOX G~ TIME WARNER CABLE (formerly ADELPHIA ) UNDERGROUND STRUCTURE SPECIFICATIONS TIME WARNER CABLE UNDERGROUND CONSTRtiJCTION SPECIFICATIONS I. TRENCHING a. Open trenches should be excavated in a straight line. If an obstacle is in the path, gradual routing around the obstacle should be observed. b. Minimum depth of 36" to 48" in all light traffic areas is to be observed. c. Notches are to be provided so that all conduits can be swept up properly out of the way of all sidewalks, driveways, handicap ramps, fire hydrants, etc. d. A minimum of 12' cover (sand or natural soil) separating conduits from any electrical utilities at all times. II. CONDUIT INSTALLATION (Sole or Joint Trench Projects ) a. 2" Schedule 40 (PVC) should be used in all underground light traffic areas. b. Long couplers are required. c. Proper PVC cement for type of conduit required. d. Multiple conduits should be placed next to each other or stacked using the proper spacers every 3'. Conduits should not be crossed. e. All PVC conduits should have preformed bell coupler. f. Sweeps must have a minimum radius of 36". g. All conduits are to be proofed with non-deteriorating pull line. h. All conduit ends must be capped and sealed. i. All swept up conduits are to have a minimum of 12" spacing from any other existing utility or proposed utility structure. j. Inspection is required form the appropriate area coordinator prior to backfilling. CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO ' PUBLIC WORKS STANDARD DRAWINGS ~~~_~ 3e 'roi~ WE,4CENEO PLAA/E JO/NT LOD.SE6.Pr1YE1 ~A.C 3~oGC P,fZW/G/TED /N 7H/S AREA 9/OEWALK cASE A" P~PEFE.PPED a~'/OEi/AL.f' LOCAT/ON G"M/N. a<'; .,.: `: MAY BE U.sEO~ /•) WHEN FRONTAGE /S LESS TH.9N /on 'AND SAME SECT/ON EX/,STS AN BOTH S/OE,f OF LOT. 1.) FO.P MEANOE,Q/NG S/OEW,4LKS. ~~~ - -~ ,~YOENAtr VI TYP/C4L LOC4T/DA/ 'lT/L/TY T,PENCN GENE~?,4L NdTES~ L)CONCRETECLASS -dlO-C•1100 I) WEdXENEO PL4NE .10/NT! 70 /7I TCH CU.PO JO/NTA6 D/RECTED6Y ' TNE. EN6/N6EQ. ~ CUP/i1.G Ct7MiDUNO 9N,SYL. BE 9P.PAYEO !/NiFdPM4Y ON.a/1 EXPLLSEO 3r/RFACE9 P~P~VV.f TO THE E/AJ4JRATYON OF SU.f54CE H.GITE.P. .~ P~POPOSEo 6/OEN.o~x TYP/CAL S/DEI~/,4LK T/PANS/T/ON CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO PUBLIC WORKS DEPT. AP~PRQVED STD. N0. .~? ,1983 SIDEWALK LOCATION ~~~~ 202 NEW A.C, PAVEMENT I" THICKER THAN EXIST, A.C. PAVEMENT (MINIMUM 1. ' • '~ i.J '~''-O' MINIMUM; ~ f ~'-0" MINIMUM X'_ , ~~ FEATHER ~ ~ FEATHER ! I' MIN. .. - ". _ SEXIST. A.C. PAVEMENT EXIST. AGG. BAS£ TRENCH BACI .;' r7nc)t7nc7~~~7 ~)!~ [)C1 C)(7 C)C /)f7 ~)~J~)r1~1~3~)~~ TRENCH WIDTHS NOTES ' rJ •~ ~ a !J !7 C \\' ~JrViC' _ J i, EXITS A.C. PAVEMENT ~ + ~ r t` ~ ~ ~;, EXIST. AGG. BASE TRENCH EXCAVATION LINE is OR .4S DIRECTE/ BY THE ENGNEER. t EXISTING AC SHALL BE CUT AND REMOVED IN SUCH A MANNER SO FMS NOT TO TEAR. BULGE OR DISPLACE ADJACENT PAVEMENT EDGES SHAH BE CLEAN AND VERTICAL. ALL CUTS SHALL BE PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO STREET CENTER LINE. WHEN PRACTICAL 2 BASE MATERIAL TO 8E REPLACED TO DEPTH OF EXISTING BASE. AC MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR BASE MATERIP~ ., A TACK COAT OF ASPHALTIC E!AULSION JR PAVING ASPHALT SHALL 8E APPLIED TO EXISTING AC A T ALL CONTACT SURFACES. PRIOR i O RESURFACING a ASPHALTIC CONCRETE RESURFACING Ai MINIMUM TOTAL THICKNESS SHALL BE ONE INCH GREATER THAN EXISTING AC 81 AC. SHALL BE HOT P1JWT MIX CI FINISH COURSE FOR TYPE B RESURFACING SHALL BE LAIC DOWN USING A SPREADER BOX 5 ALL A C RESURFACING SHALL 9E SEAL COATED WITH AN EMULSIFIED ASPHALT AND COVERED WITH SAND. CHIP SEALING SfWLL BE APPLIED AS REO'JIREO BY CITY ENGINEER. E TRENCH BACKFILL SHALL BE DENSIFIEG TO A MINIMUM OF 90 PERCENT RELATIVE COMPACTION WHEN PAVEMENT IS TO BE PLACEC DIRECTLY ON SUBG RARE MATERL4L. THE TOP 6 INCHES OP SUBGRADE MATERIAL SHALL BE COMPAC T ED TO A RE;ATnF_ COMPACTION OF 95 PERCENT 8 WEDGEGRIND' HEADER{U' 'INCH ?E~Jt :' _I~ OF G::TTER vn7H A C.OVERLA" IS RE DUIRED IF EDGE OP PARALLEL TRENCH IS WITHIN 3 FEET OF L,P OF G.; TcR CITY OF SAH BERNARDINIO /PUBLIC WORKS DEPT. APPROVED ~" 74~ 9G STANDARD TYPICAL DETAIL N0• RESTORATION PERMANENT 3URFAC I NG /TRENCHING D1~`~°~ ~> ~ W0f218 3 ~ 0 RECOMMENDED UTILITY LOCATION ,-, . 1 SOa H „ ; WEST '~' ,i { Varic! ~' SEE NOTEsr9 ~, 'f YOlI I ~, ~ ~1 r., I 1~W - Var,aS Var,ati 12 Mi`n Il'Min I 6' S' I \ E ~ C r_ UTILITY C M 'E A MATER 3C' 8 STORM DRAIN Varies C SEVFJL Varies 0 GAS ~~ E POKER 4~ F 1ELcPNMtE-CATV ~0"' ~~' ~'' NORTH •,';I• EAST .. _t u SEE NOTEtti' ;~ \I~ II ~lr ~11~'I !W E F RECOMMENDED pTIIITY INSTALLATION SCHEDULE I, Storm Drain 2. Surer j, Power G Te le d+ane 4. Curb L Gutter S. Vilttr 6. Gas NOTES: I. WHERE Ul71NV-T'E STREET EMPROVEMENTS ARE TO BE CUNSTRlKTEO, MINIMUM COVER OF UTILITY UNES W4Y BE VARIED TO FACILITATE INSTALIATI(TN. ?. THE UTIUTYCAMPANIESSTial.l MARE EVERT EFFT]RT TO 1DCATE THEIR FACILITIES IN THE RECOW~ENOED LOCATIONS, PARTICCLARIY IN NEW SUBDIVIS14N5. j. EDISON ~ TELEPHONE UilLJTIES MAr USE A COMMON TRENCH. ALTERNQ7E LOCATION itAr BE ITMER THE EDISON POSITION OR THE TELEPHONE POSIT101J. 4. VgRTES 3' FROM THE ClitB FACE TO 14' FROM CENTERLINE. 5. THE GE~17Ea 24' OF THE STREET SHAU_ B: RESERVED FOR SEDER AND STORM ORA1N I NS TA 1,LAT TOIM . b. SURFACE UF.VAULT OR MANHOLE MUST MATCH PAVEMENT AND PARtcMAT GRADES. 7. REPAIR Of TRENCHES AND R,EPLACENpNT OF PgYEO SURFACING O1V EYIST CITY RC1AD5 SHALL 8E IAI A[CGRDANCc MI"FH CITY ORDINANCE NG. 1$79. f3. VMENEV'rR 87551 QIE, MANNOt-E GONERS S}}gLl. NDT BE PLACED WITHIN THE Sf0E7ilAL#". 9. VARIES -SEE STD. DWG. 202. l0. CITC ORDINANCE N0. 1879 REQUIRES 141E Fil1NG OF COMPLETE LOCATION MAPS rITM THE CITY E~IGJISEF.R AFTER ]NSTAIL.ATION OF ANT UTILITY. M4P5 SHALL GIVE THE ELEVATION (ABOVE MEAe1 SEH LEVEL) AND HORJ20NTAL LOCATION IN RELATION Ttl 57REfT tFN1ERL1t~ OF THE UTILITY. )~IAPS SHALL BE CER71P1Ef~ "AS BUILT'. CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO gppROVED S7ANLURO DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING ~~ 3. ,y0~ 1974 ~(~ SOt(. UNDERGROUND UTILITY LOCATION ~, cN~, EQ 17 I/ I ~~ I' I BROOKS NO ! 12 -ULLBOXaOR APP EQUAL. COVER TO BE INSCRIBED -T1 r--1-~T WITH "STREET L10 NTING" -~ i I ae 2 s 2% 1 I I/2" MIN. CONDUIT (L04D LINE 7 ~ W H a J 6 O R N W U r m a ~ W ~ 0 LOAD a a SIDE > w PULL ~ SECTION ~ /~~\ I I ~ `- \ / >< f •N of -Y ~ I CRUSHED ROCK CONDUIT 00 NOT PUCE IN DRIVEWAY OR R040- WAY~ ;' MIN. FRON FIRE NYp11ANT. SPACE EQUALLY ON RUNS NOT TO I ExCEED 200'. PULLBOX DETAIL P40MOUNT MWNTING SLEEVE P.C.C. S60-C•;2301 PER SEC. 201 STD. SPECS. FOR P.W. CONST. v •~ 2" MIN. CONDUIT TO UTIU TY N SERVICE. INSTALL S/B° a 8~ BLACKBURN COPPER CLADI OR EOUALI GROUND CLAMP AND NO. B AWG BARE COPPER SOLID BONOINO CONDUCTOR FOR OROUNDINO OF PEDESTAL. 2a SERVICE PEDESTAL DETAIL NOTES 1. SE RVILE PEDESTAL SHALL BE MYERS ELECTRIC PRODUCTS NEUGO -MIOOC/SS OR EQUAL. 2. CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR USE ON 120 -2A0 VOLT SERVICE ANO SHALL BE APPROVEC BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY, 3. CABINET SMALL SE BONDED TO CONDUIT WITH COPPER GROUND WIRE EQUIVALENT TO N0.6 A W.G. PU LL BOX SNAIL BE INSTALLED NEXT TO BASE WITH II/2' CONDVIT MINIUM. S. CON DUITS SHALL E%TEND INTO CABINET I" ABOVE FLOOR 4ND NAVE APPROVED CON IXIIT BUS NING. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE 4RR4NOEMENT3 WITH UTILITY FOR 120-2a0 VOL! SERVICE 4ND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE i0R ANY CHARGES BY THE UTILITY FOR ANY WORK. T. PUILBOXES SHALL BE Pl4CE0 ON ONCOMING TRAF iIC SIDE OF POLES. TOP TO BE FLUSH WITH 40JACE NT GRADE. KNOCK OUT OPENING TO BE BE 4LED WITH GROUT AFTER CONDUIT IN STAILATION. ~coesr.a a= ! ~c...w..eus REVISION APPROVED G' ~,~ STREET LIGHT SERVICE PEDESTAL AND PULLBOX DETAILS STANDARD N0. SL-2, CONTRACT AGREEMENT AGREEMENT CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO THIS AGREEMENT is made and conclude/d~ this a2'8 day of tJNE , 2007, between the City of San Bernazdino (hereinafter "City"), and !!~O!/ Gm/e y~oi`-~ (hereinafter "Contractor"). 1. For and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and performed by the City, and under the conditions expressed in the bond as deposited with the City, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, Contractor agrees with the City, at Contractor's own proper cost and expense in the Special Provisions to be furnished by the City, necessary to complete in good workmanlike and substantial manner the CONSTRUCTION OF UNDERGROUND (DRY) UTILITIES IN MILL STREET EAST OF WATERMAN AVENUE TO DOOLITTLE DRIVE (SS 07-18 ) in strict conformity with Plans and Special Provisions No. 11747, and also in accordance with Standard Specifications for Public Works/Construction, 2006 Edition, on file in the Office of the City Engineer, Public Works Division, Department of Development Services City of San Bernardino, the Southern California Edison Company Underground Structures Book (UGS) 2007, First Quarter Issue, which said Special Provisions, Standard Specifications and Underground Structures Standards are hereby especially referred to and by such reference made a part hereof. 2. Contractor agrees to receive and accept the prices as set forth in the bid schedule as full compensation for funrishing all materials and doing all the work contemplated and embraced in this agreement; also for all loss or damage arising out of the nature of the work aforesaid or from any unforeseen difficulties or obstructions which may arise or be encountered in the prosecution of the work and for all risks of every description connected with the work; also for all expenses incurred by or in consequence of the suspension or discontinuance of work, and for well and faithfully completing the work and the whole thereof, in the manner and according to the Plans and Special Provisions, and requirements of the Engineer under them. 3. The Contractor herein covenants by and for himself or herself, his or her heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, and all persons claiming under or through them, that there shall be no discrimination against or segregation of, any person or group of persons on account of race, color, creed, religion, sex, marital status, national origin, or ancestry in the performance of this contract, nor shall the Contractor or any person claiming under or through him or her, establish or permit any such practice or practices of discrimination or segregation with reference to the selection of subcontractors, vendees, or employees in the performance of this contract. AGREEMENT: CONSTRUCTION OF UNDERGROUND (DRY) UTILITIES IN MILL STREET, EAST OF WATERMAN AVENUE TO DOOLITTLE DRIVE (SS 07-18 ) 4. City hereby promises and agrees with the said Contractor to employ, and does hereby employ the said Contractor to provide the materials and to do the work according to the terms and conditions herein contained and referred to, for the prices aforesaid, and hereby contracts to pay the same at the time, in the manner, and upon the conditions above set forth; and the same parties for themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, do hereby agree to the full performance of the covenants herein contained. 5. It is further expressly agreed by and between the parties hereto that should there be any conflict between the terms of this instrument and the bid of said Contractor, then this instrument shaft control and nothing herein shall be considered as an acceptance of said terms of said bid conflicting herewith. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties of these present have hereunto set their hands the year and date first above written. CONTRACTOR Name of Firm: _L~oo D caePo.eA ~o~ BY L3/~ vGE .Sli'.47-~5 TITLE: !~/e~~Sl~6~/T MAILING ADDRESS: d, 13oX ~S'7~6 ~IO~GO Li' i~ ~loZ.B~o RACHEL G. CLARK City Clerk PHONE NO.:~Q ~'~O - ~/02.8~, APPROVED AS TO FORM: CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO F I ON, City Manager City o San Bernardino ATTEST: ors ~ "G~i,..,..-~ ES F. PENMAN, City Attorney ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of RIVERSIDE On JULY 6, 2007 before me, MATTHEW J. BIVENS, NOTARY PUBLIC (here insert name and title of the officer) personally appeared BRUCE SVATOS personally known to me ( ) to be the person(a'j whose name() is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/s~ekhey executed the same in his/#~er/t#~eir authorized capacity(iesj, and that by his/laefftheir signature(s`) on the instrument the person(a~, or the entity upon behalf of which the person(afi acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. N ~,•<"`~°r~ ^ MATTHEW J, BIVENS o- ~ COMM. # 7529223 ~ o NOTARY PUBUGCAUFORNUI y o lY ~ ' ORANGE COUNTY N Signature ~~~~` °4ivcm' My Comm.E:pira OEC. P, 1008 -~ < (Seal) BOND NO. PRF759271800 PREMIUM: $2,525.00 EXECUTED IN ONE COUNTERPART THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AIA DocumentA312 Performance Bond Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. CONTRACTOR (Name and Address): SURETY (Name and Principal Place of Business): HOOD CORPORATION FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND 3166 Horseless Carriage Drive 801 N. Brand Blvd., Penthouse Suite Norco, CA 92860 Glendale, CA 91203 OWNER (Name and Address): CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO City Engineer's Office, 3rtl Floor, City Hall 300 North "D" Street San Bernardino, CA 92418 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT: Date: Amount: Two Hundred Fifty-Nine Thousand Nine Hundred Sixty-Nine and No1700 Dollars ($259,969.00) Description: (Name and Location): Special Provision No. 17747 Construction of Underground (Dry) Utilities in Mill Street East of Waterman Avenue to Doolittle Drive (SS 07-18) BOND Date (Not earlier then Construction Contract Date): June 27, 2007 Amount: Two Hundred Fifty-Nine Thousand Nine Hundred Sixty-Nine and NoN 00 Dollars ($259,969.00) Modifications to this Bond: ®None ^See Page 3 CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: (Corporate Seal) Company: (Corporate Seal) HOOD CORPORATION FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT MPA OF MARYLAND i Signature: ~ _~~ Signature: Name and Title: jj~i~c- ~ t~Df Name and Title: Lourde Landa, ~O/~~~~~-~~~.-- Attofne -in-Fact (.4ny additional signatures appear on page 3) ` (FOR INFORMATION ONLY- Name, Address and Telephone) AGENT OR BROKER: OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE (Architect, Engineer, UnionBanc Insurance Services, Inc. other party) 680 Langsdorf Dr., Suite 100 Fullerton, CA 92831 (714) 578-7000 / CA License No. 0619252 AIA DOCUMENT A312 • PERFORMANCE BOND • DECEMBER 1964 ED. •AIA THE AMERICAN INSTUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A312-1964 1. The Contractor and the Surety jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns to the Owner for the performance of the Construction Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference. 2. If the Contractor performs the Construction Contract, the Surety and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this bond except to participate in conferences as provided in Subparagraph 3.1. 3. If there is no Owner Default, the Surety's obligation under this Bond shall arise after: 3.1 The Owner has notified the Contractor and the Surety at its address described in Paragraph 10 below that the Owner is considering declaring a Contractor Default and has requested and attempted to arrange a conference with the Contractor and the Surety to be held not later than fifteen days after receipt of such notice to discuss methods of performing the Construction Contract. If the Owner, the Contractor and the Surety agree, the Contractor shall 6e allowed a reasonable time to perform the Construction Contract, but such an agreement shall not waive the Owners right, if any, subsequently to declare a Contractor Default; and 3.2 The Owner has declared a Contractor Default and formally terminated the Contractor's right to complete the contract. Such Contractor Default shall not be declared earlier than twenty tlays after the Contractor and the Surely have received notice as provided in Subparagraph 3.1; and 3.3 The Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the Contract Pnce to the Surety in accordance with the terms of the Construction Contract or to a contractor selected to perform the Construction Contract in acwrdance with the Iertns of the contract with the Owner. 4. When the Owner has satisfed the conditions of Paragraph 3, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's expense lake one of the following actions: 4.1 Arrange for the Contractor, with consent of the Owner to perform and wmplete the Construction Contract; or 4.2 Undertake to perform and complete the Construction Contract itself, through its agents or Through independent contractors; or 4.3 Obtain bids or negotiatetl proposals from qualified contractors acceptable to the Owner (or a contract for performance and completion of the Construction Contract, arrange for a contract to be prepared for execution by the Owner and the contractor selected with the Owner's concurrence, to be secured with pedortnance and payment bonds executed by a qualified surety equivalent to the bonds issued on the Construction Contract, and pay to the Owner the amount of damages as described in Paragraph 6 in excess of the Balance of the Contract Price incurred by the Owner resulting from the Contractor s default; or 4.4 Waive it right to Dertorm and complete, arrange (or wmpletion or obtain a new contrecor and with reasonable promptness under the circumstances: 1. Affer investigation, determine the amount for which it may be liable to the Owner and, as soon as practicable attar the amount is determined. tentler payment therefore to the Owner; or 2. Deny liability in whole or in part and notify the Owner citing reasons therefore. 5. If the Surety does not proceed as provided in Paragreph 4 with reasonable promptness, the Surety shall be deemed to be in default on this Bond fifteen days after receipt of an additional written notice from the Owner to the surety demanding that the Surety perform its obligations under This Bono antl the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner. If the Surety proceeds as provided in Subparagraph 4.4, and the Owner refuses the payment tendered or the Surety has denied liability, in whole or in part, without further notice the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner. 6. Affer the Owner has terminated the ConVailor's right to complete the Construction Contrail, and if the Surety elects to act untler Subparagraph 4.1, 4.2, or 4.3 above, then the responsibilities of the Surety to fhe Owner shall not be greater than those of the Owner under the Construction Contract. To the limit of the amount of this Bontl, but subject to cemmiMent by the Owner of the Balance of the Contract Price to mitigation costs and damages on the Constmction Conrail, the Surety is obligated without duplication for. 6.1 The responsibilities of the Contractor for correction of defective work antl completion of the ConsWCCgon Contrail; 6.2 Additional legal, design professional and delay costs resulting from the Contractor's Default, antl resuWng from the actions or failure to act of the Surety under Paragraph 4; and 6.3 Liquidated damages, or if no liquidated damages are specified in the Construction Contract, actual damages caused by delayed performance or non-performance of the Contract. 7. The Surely shall not be liable to the owner or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction Contract, and the Balance of the Contract Price shall not be reduced or set off on acwunt of any such unrelated obligations. No right of ac8on shall accrue on this bond to any person or entity other than the Owner or its heirs, executors, administrators or successors. 8. The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, inGUding changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related subwntacts, purchase orders and other obligations. AIA DOCUMENT A312 • PERFORMANCE BOND • DECEMBER 1984 ED. •AIA AIA312-1984 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 9. Any proceeding, legal or equitable. under this Bond may be instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction in the location in which the work or part of the work is located and shall be instituted within Iwo years after Contractor Default or within two years after the Contract ceased working or within two years after the Surely refuses or fails to pedorm its obligations under this Bond, whichever occurs frst. If the provisions of this Paragraph are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. 10. Notice to the Surety, the Owner or the Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the signature page. 11. When this bond has been furnished to cemply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the consirudion was to be performed, any provision in this bond conpiding with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed tleleted here tram and provisions conforming to such statutory or other regal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is that this bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. 12. DEFINITIONS: 12.1 Balance of the Contract Price: "the total amount MODIFICATIONS TO THIS BOND ARE AS FOLLOWS Payable by the owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contmct alter all proper adjusimenls have been made, including allowances to the Contrador of any amounts received or to be received by the owner in settlement of insurance or other claims for damages to which the Contractor is enti8ed, reduced by all valid and proper payments made to or on behalf of the Contractor under the Construction Contract. 12.2 Construction Contract: The agreement between the Owner and the Contrador identifietl on the signature page, including all contract Dowments and changes thereto. 12.3 Contrador Default: Failure of the Conuador which has neither been remedied nor waived, to pedorm or otherwise comply with the terms of the Construction Contract. 12.4 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has neither been remedied nor waived, to pay the Contrador as required by the ConsWCtlon Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other terms thereof. (Space if provided below for additional signatures of added parties, other than those appearing on the cover page.) CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: (Corporate Seal) Company: Name and ripe: Name and Title: Address: Address: (Corporate Seal) AIA DOCUMENT A312 • PERFORMANCE BOND • DECEMBER 1984 ED. •AIA AIA312-1984 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of RIVERSIDE On JULY 6, 2007 before me, MATTHEW J. BIVENS, NOTARY PUBLIC (here insert name and title of the officer) personally appeared BRUCE SVATOS personally known to me to be the person~(s'f whose name(g} is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/s#~e/tHty executed the same in his/herd authorized capacity(aesj, and that by hisfHerkheir signature{) on the instrument the persorl(6}, or the entity upon behalf of which the person(aj"acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. N J.S~"°`~~,. MATTHEwJ. ei~s~ COMM. # 1529223 ~ ~ s c NOTAfty PUBL1GCALJFORNUI ~ ' ~ ~ ' ORANGE COUNTY Signature °4 MyComm.E:groaOE0.31,1ooeN (Seal) State of California } } ss. County of Oransae } On June 27. 2007 ,before me, SUSAN PONSELL. Notary Public , Dade Name antl Title M Oficer (e.g.,'Jane Doe, Notary Public") Personally appeared LOURDES LANDA , ® personally known to me evidence .• SUSAN PONSELL ~ ; ~ ~ COMM. #1734814 z Z " ~ NOTARY PUBLIC - CALIPORNIA ~ ORANGE COUNTY My Comm. Expires M®roh 27, 2011 to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/shelihey executed the same in kis/herkheir authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/herltheiT signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand an ~offic~ial~s~eapl. t ~'~ Place Notary Seal Above Signature of Notary Public OPTIONAL Though the information below is nat required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent /rautlulent removal and reattachment o/this lorm to another document Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: PERFORMANCE BOND Document Date: June 27. 2007 Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: NONE AT THIS TIME Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer Signer's Name: ^ Individual ^ Corporate Officer-Title(s): _ ^ Partner---^Limited [ ® Attorney-in-Fact ^ Trustee ^ Guardian or Conservator ^ Other: Signer is ~ rom nanonai norary Hssociavon • aaoo ueso~o nve., YA. aox La U1 • Gbarswortb, GA 91313-2402 Bontl Number. PRF769271800 Bond Premium: InGUded EXECUTED IN ONE COUNTERPART THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AIA Document A312 Payment Bond Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. CONTRACTOR (Name and Address): HOOD CORPORATION 3166 Horseless Carriage Drive Norco, CA 92860 SURETY (Name and Principal Place of Business): FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND 801 N. Brand Blvd., Penthouse Suite Glendale, CA 91203 OWNER (Name and Address): CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO City Engineer's Office, 3rd Floor, City Hall 300 North "D" Street San Bernardino, CA 92418 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT: Date: Amount: Two Hundred Fiky-Nine Thousand Nine Hundred Sixty-Nine and No1100 Dollars (5259,969.00) Description: (Name and Location): Special Provision No. 11747 Construction of Underground (Dry) Utilities in Mill Street East of Waterman Avenue to Doolittle Drive (SS 07-18) BOND Date (Not earlier then Construction Contract Date): June 27, 2007 Amount: Two Hundred Fiky-Nine Thousand Nine Hundred Sixty-Nine and No1100 Dollars (5259,969.00) Modifications to this Bond: ®NOne CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: (Corporate Seal) Company: HOOD CORPORATION FIDELITY AND Signature: Signature:- Name and Tit1e;Q,~ves ,r~~~ys Name and Title: ~ieE3/~~ (Any additional signatures appear on page 3) ^See Page 3 Orporate Seal) OF MARYLAND (FOR INFORMATION ONLY- Name, Address and Telephone) AGENT OR BROKER: OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE (Architect, Engineer, UnionBanc Insurance Services, Inc. other party) 680 Langsdorf Dr., Suite 100 Fullerton, CA 92831 X714) 578-7000 / CA License No. 0619252 AIA DOCUMENT A312 • PERFORMANCE BOND • DECEMBER 1984 ED. •AIA THE AMERICAN INSTUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE.. N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 AIA312-1984 t. The Contractor and the Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns to the Owner to pay for labor, materials and equipment fumished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference. 2. With respect to the Owner, this obligation shall be null and void if the Contractor. 2.1 Promptly makes payment, directly or indirectly for all sums due Claimants, and 2.2 Defends. indemnifes and holds harmless the Owner from claims, demands, liens or suits by any person or entity whose claim, demantl, lien or suit is for payment for labor, materials or equipment furnished for in the pertormance of the Construction Contract, provided the Owner has promptly notified the Contractor and the Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 12) of any claims, demands, liens or suits and tendered defense of such claims, demands, liens or suits to the Contractor and the Surety, provided there is no Owner Default. 3. With respell to Claimants, this obligation shall be null and void if the Contractor promptly makes payment, directly or indirectly for all sums due. 4. The Surety shall have no obligation to Claimants under this Bond until: 4.1 Claimants who are employed by or have a direct contract with the Contractor have given notice to the Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 12) and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to the Owner, stating that a claim is being made under This Bond and, with substantial accumcy, the amount of the claim. 4.2 Claimants who do not have a direct contract with the Contractor: 4.2.1 Have fumished written notice to the Contractor and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to the Owner, within 90 days after having last performed labor or last furnished materials or equipment included in the claim staling, with substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim and the name of the party to whom the materials were furnished or supplied or for whom the labor was done or performed; and 4.2.2 Have either received a rejection in whole or in part from the Contractor or not received within 30 days of furnishing the above notice any wmmunication from the Contractor by which the Contractor has indicated the claim will be paid directly or indirectly; and 4.2.3 Not having been paid within the above 30 days, have sent a written notice to the Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 12) and sent a wpy , or notice thereof, to the Owner stating that a claim is being made under this Band and enctosing a copy of the previous written notice furnished to the Contractor 6. If the notice required by Paragraph 4 is given by the Owner to the Contractor or to the Surely, that is sufficient compliance. 6. When the Claimant has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 4, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's expense take the following actions: 6.1 Send an answer to the Claimant, wiN a cepy to the Owner, within 45 days otter receipt of the claim, stating the amounts that are undisputed and the basis for challenging any amounts that are disputed, 6.2 Pay or arrange for payment of any undisputed amounts. 7 The Surety's total obligation shall not exceed the amount of this Bond, and the amount of this bond shall be credited for any payments made in good faith by the Surety. 8 Amounts owed by the Owner to the Contractor under the Constmction ControU shall be used for the performance of the Constmction Contract and to satisfy Uaims, if any, untler any Construction Pertortnance Bond. By the Contractor fumishing and the Owner accepting this Bond, they agree that all funds earned by the ControUor in pertormance of the Construction Contract are dedicated b satisfy obligations of the Contractor and the Surety under this Bond, subject to the Owner's pdority to use the funds for the completion of the work. 9 The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner, Claimants or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction Contract. The Owner shall not be liable for payment of any costs or expenses of any Claimant under this Bond, and shall have under this Bond no obligations to make payments to, give notices on behalf of, or otherwise have obligations to Claimants under this Bond. 10 The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, inGuding changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase orders and other obligations. 11 No suit or action shall be commenced by a Uaimant under this bontl other than in a court of competent jurisdiction in the location in which the work or pan of the work is located or after the expiration of one year from the tlate (1) on which the Claimant gave the notice required by Subparagraph 4.1 or Clause 4.2 (iii), or (2) or which the last labor or service was performed by anyone or the last materials or equipment were furnished by anyone under the Construction Contract, whichever of (1) or (2) first occurs. If the provisions of this Paragraph are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. 12 Notice to the Surety, the Owner or the Contractor shall tie mailed or delivered to the address shown on the signature page. Actual receipt of notice by Surely, the Owner or the ConlroU, however accomplishetl, shall be suffcient compliance as of the date received at the address shown on the signature page. AIA DOCUMENT A312 • PAYMENT BOND • DECEMBER 1984 ED. •AIA THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1736 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 AIA312-1984 13 When this bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the constmilion was to be pertormed, any provision in this Bond conFlicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted here from and provisions wnforming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is that this bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. 14 Upon request by any person or entity appearing to be a potential benefciary of this Bond, the Contractor shall promptly (urnish a copy of this Bond or shall permit a copy to be made. 15 DEFINITIONS 15.1 Claimants: An individual or entity having a direct contract with the Contractor or with a subcontractor of the Contractor to furnish labor, matedals or equipment for use MODIFICATIONS TO THIS BOND AREAS FOLLOWS in the pertormance of the Contrail. The intent of this Bond shall be to inclutle without limitation in the terms "labor, materials or equipmenP that part of water, gas, power, light heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service or rental equipment used in the Construction Contrail, architectural and engineedng services required for pertormance of the work of the Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors and all other items for which a mechanic's lien may be asserted in the junsdiceon where the labor materials or equipment were /umished. 15.2 ConsWCtion Contract: the agreement between the Owner and the Contractor identified on the signature page, inGuding all Contract Documents and changes thereto. 15.3 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has neither been remedied nor waived, to pay the Contractor as required by the ConsWilion Contract, or to perform and complete or comply with the other terms thereo/. (Space is provided below for additional signatures of added parties, other than those appearing on the rover page.) CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL Company: SURETY (Corporate Seal) Company: (Corporate Seal) Name ar Address: Signature: Name and Title: Address: AIA DOCUMENT A312 • PAYMENT BOND • DECEMBER 1984 ED. • AID THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 AIA312-1984 ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of RIVERSIDE On JULY 6, 2007 before me, MATTHEW J. BIVENS, NOTARY PUBLIC (here insert name and title of the officer) personally appeared BRUCE SVATOS personally known to me ) to be the person whose name(, is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/slaeFNiey executed the same in his"-incriii,8ir authorized capacity(iss), and that by hisfMerkheir signature.(s') on the instrument the person(sj, or the entity upon behalf of which the person(,s~ acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. w ~,.~~~~~,' MATTHEW J. BIVENS COMM. # 1529223 ~ ' i ~ c NOTARY pU8L1GCAL1iDRNU1 y d! ~ ` ORANGE COUNTY Signature ~ My Comm.Exgres DEC. tt, 1008 (Seal) State of California } } ss. County of Oranae } On June 27.2007 ,before me, _ SUSAN PONSELL. Notary Public Date Name and The of ORCer (e.g., "Jane Dce, Notary Public') Personally appeared LOURDES LANDA ® personally known to me evidease SUSAN PONSELL • ~~ COMM. #1734814 z Z ' • •• NOTARY PUBLIC -CALIFORNIA ~ ORANGE COUNTY My Comm, Expires Msrgh 2>, 2011 to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/shelihey executed the same in kris/her/iheiF authorized capacity(ies), and that by qis/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and o icial seal. Place Notary Seal Above Signature of NoUry OPTIONAL Though the in/ormation below is not required bylaw, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the documen( antl could prevent rraudulent removal and reattachment of this loan fo another documen( Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: PAYMENT BOND Document Date: June 27 2007 Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: NONE AT THIS TIME Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer Signer's Name: ^ Individual ^ Corporate Officer-Title(s): _ ^ Partner---^Limited ^ ® Attorney-in-Fact ^ Trustee ^ Guardian or Conservator ^ Other: Signer is Power of Attorney FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, and the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, corporations of the S aryland, by THEODORE G. MARTINEZ, Vice President, and ERIC D. BARNES, Assistant t t®, ' nce of authority granted by Article Vl, Section 2, of the By-Laws of said Companies, which ar ~h erne eof and are hereby certified to be in full force and effect on the date hereof, do , co d ourdes LANDA, of Fullerton, California, its true and lawful agent , t ~ a and deliver, for, and on its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed y n s u s, and the execution of such bonds or undertakings in pursuance o tt~> 1 b n atd Companies, as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes, as if theyt i ~ I xecu a ged by the regularly elected officers of the Company at its office in Baltimore, Md., ' o The said Assistants ereby certify that the extract set forth on the reverse side hereof is a lme copy of Article VI, Section 2, of the By- s o safd Companies, and is now in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vice-President and Assistant Secretary have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed the Corporate Seals of the said FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, and the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, this I lth day of April, A.D. 2007. ATTEST: ~,D DfipS - y7 t }p~~v n MIM ._.. ° ~ SBAL ~4W~. ~~° State of Maryland 1 ss: City of Baltimore f FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY Eric D. Barnes .tssistant Secretary By: Theodore G. Martinez On this 11th day of April, A.D. 2007, before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, duly commissioned and qualified, came THEODORE G. MARTINEZ, Vice President, and ERIC D. BARNES, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, and the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in and who executed the preceding htstrument, and they each acknowledged the execution of the same, and being by me duly sworn, severally and each for himself deposeth and saith, that they are the said officers of the Companies aforesaid, and that the seals affixed to the preceding instrument is the Corporate Seals of said Companies, and that the said Corporate Seals and their signatures as such officers were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Corporations. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal the day and year fast above written. o~~Nt5O9 ~- ^~~oa-° Dennis R. Hayden Notar}' Public My Commission Expires: Febmary 1, 2009 POA-F 012-4152H EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND "Article VI, Section 2. The Chairman of the Board, or the President, or any Executive Vice-President, or any of the Senior Vice-Presidents or Vice-Presidents specially authorized so to do by the Board of Directors or by the Executive Committee, shall have power, by and with [he concurrence of the Secretary or any one of the Assistant Secretaries, to appoint Resident Vice-Presidents, Assistant Vice-Presidents and Attomeys-in-Fact as the business of the Company may require, or to authorize any person or persons to execute on behalf of the Company any bonds, undertaking, recognizances, stipulations, policies, contracts, agreements, deeds, and releases and assignments of judgements, decrees, mortgages and instmments in the nature of mortgages,...and to affix the seal of the Company thereto." EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY "Article VI, Section 2. The Chairman of the Board, or the President, or any Executive Vice-President, or any of the Senior Vice-Presidents or Vice-Presidents specially authorized so to do by the Board of Directors or by the Executive Committee, shall have power, by and with the concurrence of the Secretary or any one of the Assistant Secretaries, to appoint Resident Vice-Presidents, Assistant Vice-Presidents and Attomeys-in-Fact as the business of the Company may require, or to authorize any person or persons to execute on behalf of the Company any bonds, undertaking, recognizances, stipulations, policies, contracts, agreements, deeds, and releases and assignments of judgements, decrees, mortgages and instmments in the nature of mortgages,...and to affix the seal of the Company thereto." CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, and the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney is still in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further certify that [he Vice-President who executed the said Power of Attomey was one of the additional Vice-Presidents specially authorized by the Board of Directors to appoint any Attomey-in-Fact as provided in Article VI, Section 2, of the respective By-Laws of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, and the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY. This Power of Attorney and Certificate maybe signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at a meeting duly called and held on the 10th day of May, 1990 and of the Board of Directors of the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 5th day of May, 1994. RESOLVED: "That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced seal of the company and facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any Vice-President, Secretary, or Assistant Secretary of the Company, whether made heretofore or hereafter, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed." IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seals of the said Companies, this _ 27th day of __ June _ 2007 aY~~ •/ J As.cistnnt Seere~nr~